Geh-6421 Vol I Mkvi Vol2

g
GEH-6421F, Volume II
(Supersedes GEH-6421E, Volume II)
GE Industrial Systems
SPEEDTRONIC
TM
Mark VI Turbine Control

System Guide, Volume II (2 of 2)
Publication:
Issued:
GEH-6421F, Volume II
(Supersedes GEH-6421E, Volume II)
2002-08-21
SPEEDTRONIC
TM
Mark VI Turbine Control

System Guide, Volume II (2 of 2)
2002 General Electric Company, USA.

All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America.
GE provides the following document and the information included therein as is and
without warranty of any kind, express or implied, including but not limited to any implied
statutory warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose.
These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to
provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, and
maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, and GE makes
no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein. Changes,
modifications and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are made
periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It is understood that
GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the equipment referenced
herein or to the document itself at any time. This document is intended for trained
personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein.
GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this
document. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoever to
any of these patents. All license inquiries should be directed to the address below. If
further information is desired, or if particular problems arise that are not covered
sufficiently for the purchasers purpose, the matter should be referred to:
Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA
Phone: + 1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States)
+ 1 540 378 3280 (International)
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
(+ indicates the international access code required when calling from outside the
USA)
This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA and
is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing,
operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not be
reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party
without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.
ARCNET is a registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation.

CIMPLICITY and Series 90 are trademarks, and Genius is a registered trademark, of
GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.
Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.
IBM and PC are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon.
PI-ProcessBook, PI-Data Archive, and PI-DataLink are registered trademarks of OSI Software Inc.
Proximitor, Velomitor, and KeyPhasor are registered trademarks of Bently Nevada.
QNX is a registered trademark of QNX Software Systems, LTD.
SPEEDTRONIC is a trademark of General Electric Company, USA.
Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
To:
Documentation Design, Rm. 291
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Reader Comments
Fax: 1-540-387-8651
(GE Internal DC 8-278-8651)
General Electric Company
We welcome comments and suggestions to make this publication more useful.

Your Name
Todays Date
Your Companys Name and Address
Job Site
GE Requisition No.
If needed, how can we contact you?

Fax No.
Phone No.
E-mail
Your Job Function / How You Use This Publication
Publication No.
Address
Publication Issue/Revision Date
General Rating
Contents
Organization
Technical Accuracy
Clarity
Completeness
Drawings / Figures
Tables
Referencing
Readability
Excellent
Good
Fair
Poor
Additional Comments
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
Specific Suggestions (Corrections, information that could be expanded on, and such.)
Page No.
Comments
______
__________________________________________________________________________________
______
__________________________________________________________________________________
______
__________________________________________________________________________________
______
__________________________________________________________________________________
______
__________________________________________________________________________________
______
__________________________________________________________________________________
Other Comments (What you like, what could be added, how to improve, and such.) ________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Overall grade (Compared to publications from other manufacturers of similar products, how do you rate this publication?)
Superior
Comparable
Inferior
Detach and fax or mail to the address noted above.
Do not know
Comment ____________________________________________
......................................................................... Fold here and close with staple or tape ..........................................................................................

____________________________
Place
stamp
here.
____________________________
____________________________
Documentation Design, Rm. 291
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
...........................................................................................Fold here first .........................................................................................................
Safety Symbol Legend
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not

strictly observed, could result in personal injury or death.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not

strictly observed, could result in damage to or destruction of
equipment.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that should

be strictly followed in order to optimize these applications.
Note Indicates an essential or important procedure, condition, or statement.
GEH-6421F, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide
Safety Symbol Legend a
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock

or burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained and
thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions
should install, operate, or maintain this equipment.
To minimize hazard of electrical shock or burn, approved
grounding practices and procedures must be strictly
followed.
To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused by

equipment malfunction, only adequately trained personnel
should modify any programmable machine.
The example and setup screens in this manual do not reflect

the actual application configurations. Be sure to follow the
correct setup procedures for your application.
Note Component and equipment reliabilities have improved dramatically over the
past several years. However, component and equipment failures can still occur.
Electrical and environmental conditions beyond the scope of the original design can
be contributing factors.
Since failure modes cannot always be predicted or may depend on the application
and the environment, best practices should be followed when dealing with I/O that is
critical to process operation or personnel safety. Make sure that potential I/O failures
are considered and appropriate lockouts or permissives are incorporated into the
application. This is especially true when dealing with processes that require human
interaction.
b Safety Symbol Legend
Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421F, Vol. II
Symbol
Publication
Description
IEC 417, No. 5031
Direct Current
IEC 417, No. 5032
Alternating Current
IEC 417, No. 5033
Both direct and alternating
IEC 617-2,
No. 02-02-06
Three-phase alternating
IEC 417, No. 5017
Earth (CCOM signal ground) Terminal
IEC 417, No. 5019
Protective Conductor Terminal

(Chassis Safety Ground)
Protective Conductor Terminal
(Chassis Safety Ground)
PE
IEC 417, No. 5020
Frame or Chassis Terminal
IEC 417, No. 5021
Equipotentiality
IEC 417, No. 5007
On (Supply)
IEC 417, No. 5008
Off (Supply)
IEC 417, No. 5172
Equipment protected throughout

Double Insulation or Reinforced
Insulation (equivalent to Class II of
536)
ISO 3864, No. B.3.6 Caution, risk of electric shock

ISO 3864, No. B.3.1 Caution
Safety Symbol Legend c
Drawing Symbols
Locations
O
Supplied by Others
Purchaser's Equipment
Remotely Mounted
Bus Aux Compt Device
Door Mounted
Generator Compt Device
Mounted on Door 1, 2, and so on
Generator Terminal Enclosure
Panel Mounted
Packaged Electrical Cont. CTR (PEEC)
OS
Mounted in Main Operator Station
PEECC MCC
Equipment Exists in place
SS
Static Starter
EX
EX2000 Exciter
LCI
Load Commutated Inverter
Generator Control Panel
ISO
Isolation Transformer
Turbine Control
Generator Excitation Compartment
Devices
J1
Cable Plug Connector
Case Ground
Jumper
Ground Bus
Relay Coil
Signal Ground
Solenoid Coil
Contact Actually Shown Elsewhere
Flame Detector
Customer Connection
Current Limiter (Polyfuse)
Voltage Limiter (MOV)
Conventions
Twisted Pair Wire
Twisted Shielded Pair Wire
1. For wire runs internal to the controller, twisted

pairs are adequate.
Shielded Pair Wire
2. For wire runs external to the controller (and

internal to the controller when longer than 20
feet), shielded twisted pair is required.
Low Level Signal Wiring

Practices Required
Delta
Wye
L
Low Level Wiring
High Level Wiring
Power Wiring
d Safety Symbol Legend
3. All shield drain wires should be terminated on

one end only, that end being the shield ground
points immediately adjacent to the termination
boards. The other end should be cut off and the
wire taped to prevent grounding.
4. None of the shield drain wires should ever
be routed through any controller terminal
board-mounted ferrite cores.
Contents
GEH-6421E describes the Mark VI controller, VCMI, I/O processor boards along
with their associated terminal boards (standard and DIN-rail mounted), and power
supplies.
GEI denotes the prefix
number for documents that are
partial instructions on a
standard piece of equipment
and are used to define items
such as board documents.
This document was converted into a composite manual, which contains individual
GEI documents for each board description. The contents of this document has not
changed, it has been separated into individual documents to make distribution to
other products possible.
UCV_ Controller ...GEI-100550

VCMI Master Bus Controller.GEI-100551
VDSK Interface Board...GEI-100552
VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board..GEI-100553
VRTD Processor Board..GEI-100554
VAIC Analog Input Board..GEI-100555
VAOC Analog Output Board.GEI-100556
VCCC Contact Input Board/ Relay Output Board.GEI-100557
VCRC Contact Input/Relay Board.....GEI-100558
VSVO Servo Board....GEI-100559
VTUR Turbine Control Board....GEI-100560
VVIB Vibration/Positive Board.GEI-100561
VGEN Generator Board.GEI-100562
VPYR Pyrometer....GEI-100563
VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Boards.GEI-100564
VSCA Serial Communications Board....GEI-100565
VPRO Turbine Protection Mode....GEI-100566
VME Boards...GEI-100567
TTPW Power Conditioning Boards....GEI-100568
PDM Power Distribuition...GEI-100569
GEH-6421F Mark IV Turbine Control
Contents 1
The information in GEH-6421D, Vol. II is intended to be used in conjunction with

GEH-6421D, Vol. I, which includes chapters 1 through 8 as follows:
Chapter 1 Overview. Outlines the Mark VI system and the chapters in the manual.
Chapter 2 System Architecture. Describes the main system components, the
networks, and details of the TMR architecture.
Chapter 3 Networks. Discusses the data highways and other communication
networks, including the links to other control systems.
Chapter 4 Codes and Standards. Discusses the codes, standards, and
environmental guidelines used for the design of all printed circuits, modules, cores,
panels, and cabinet line-ups in the Mark VI.
Chapter 5 Installation. Provides instructions for system installation, wiring,
grounding, checkout, and startup.
Chapter 6 Tools. Summarizes the toolbox, CIMPLICITY HMI, and the Historian.
Chapter 7 Applications. Covers several applications including protection logic,
synchronization, and details of the servo regulators.
Chapter 8 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics. Describes how process and
diagnostic alarms are generated and displayed for the operator and service engineer.
It includes a listing of the board diagnostics, and an
introduction to system troubleshooting.
2 Contents
GEH-6421F Mark IV Turbine Control
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller
These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor
to provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation,
and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, and
GE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein.
Changes, modifications, and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are
made periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It is
understood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the
equipment referenced herein or to the document itself at any time. This document is
intended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein.
document. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoever
to any of these patents. All license inquiries should be directed to the address below.
If further information is desired, or if particular problems arise that are not covered
Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
+ 1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States)
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
(+ indicates the international access code required when calling from outside
the USA)
This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA
and is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation,
testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document
shall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any
third party without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.
GE PROVIDES THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION
INCLUDED THEREIN AS IS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED
STATUTORY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Issue date: 2002-06-30
2002 by General Electric Company, USA.
Section
Page
Controller Overview.................................................................................................... 3
Operation ..................................................................................................................... 3
Controller Versions ..................................................................................................... 4
Diagnostics .................................................................................................................. 4
Installation ................................................................................................................... 4
UCVF Controller ......................................................................................................... 6
UCVE Controllers ....................................................................................................... 8
UCVD Controller ...................................................................................................... 15
Specifications ............................................................................................................ 16
UCVB Controller ...................................................................................................... 17
Specifications ............................................................................................................ 18
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................... 19
UCV Board UCVD Controller Runtime Errors......................................................... 21
2 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550
Controller Overview
The Mark VI UCV_ controller is a 6U high, single or double slot, single board
computer (SBC) that operates the turbine application code. The controller mounts in
a VME rack called the control module, and communicates with the turbine I/O
boards through the VME bus. The controller operating system is QNX, a real time,
multitasking OS designed for high-speed, high reliability industrial applications.
Three communication ports provide links to operator and engineering interfaces as
follows:
Ethernet connections to the UDH for communication with HMIs, and other
control equipment
RS-232C connection for setup using the COM1 port
RS-232C connection for communication with distributed control systems (DCS)

using the COM2 port (such as Modbus slave)
Operation
Application software can be
modified online without
requiring a restart.
The controller is loaded with software specific to its application to Steam, Gas, and
Land-Marine aeroderivative (LM), or Balance of Plant (BOP) products. It can
execute up to 100,000 rungs or blocks per second, assuming a typical collection of
average size blocks. An external clock interrupt permits the controller to synchronize
to the clock on the VCMI communication board to within 100 microseconds.
External data is transferred to and from the Control System Database (CSDB) in the
controller over the VME bus by the VCMI communication board. In a Simplex
system, the data consists of the process inputs and outputs from the I/O boards. In a
TMR system, the data consists of the voted inputs from the input boards, singular
inputs from simplex boards, computed outputs to be voted by the output hardware,
and the internal state values that must be exchanged between the controllers.
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 3
Controller Versions
Four controller versions are in use:
Like all the I/O boards, the
controller is configured using
the Control System Toolbox.
This software is summarized
in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark
VI System Guide, Chapter 6
Tools. For details refer to
GEH-6403 Control System
Toolbox for Configuring the
Mark VI Turbine Controller.
The single slot UCVE is the current generation controller used in most new
systems.
The double-slot UCVF is the high-end current generation controller used in only
the systems that require it.
Note The double slot UCVB and UCVD are no longer shipped with new systems,
but are still in use in older systems.
The UCVE and UCVF may be used to replace these other controllers, but require a
backplane upgrade. If replacing a UCVB, an Ethernet cabling upgrade is also
required.
Diagnostics
If a failure occurs in the Mark VI controller while it is running application code, the
rotating status LEDs (if supported) on the front panel stop and an internal fault code
is generated.
Additionally, if the controller detects certain system errors (typically during startup
or download) it displays flashing error codes on the status LEDs. These codes are
called runtime errors, and descriptions are available on the toolbox Help screen. The
error numbers and descriptions are also available on the controller serial port
(COM1). For further information, refer to GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System
Guide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics. Like the turbine I/O boards, the
controller maintains an internal diagnostic queue that can be queried from the
toolbox.
Installation
A control module contains (at a minimum) the controller and a VCMI. There are
three rack types that can be used, the GE Fanuc integrators rack shown in Figure 91, and two sizes of Mark VI racks shown in the section, VCMI - Bus Master
Controller. The GE Fanuc rack is shorter and is used for stand-alone modules with
remote I/O only. The Mark VI racks are longer and can be used for local or remote
I/O. Whichever rack is used, a cooling fan is mounted either above or below the
controller. The stand-alone control module implemented with a GE Fanuc
integrators rack also requires a VDSK board to supply fan power and provide the
rack identification through an ID plug.
4 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550
VCMIH2 Communication Board with

Three IONet Ports (VCMIH1 with One
IONet is for Simplex systems)
Controller
UCVX
Interface Board
VDSK
VME Rack
POWER
SUPPLY
Power Supply
Cooling Fan
behind Panel
Fan 24 Vdc
Power
Typical Controller Mounted in Rack with Communication Board
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 5
UCVF Controller
The UCVF is a double-slot board using an 850 MHz Intel Pentium III processor
with 16 Mb of flash memory and 32 Mb of DRAM (see Figure 9-2). Two
10BaseT/100BaseTX (RJ-45 connector) Ethernet ports provide connectivity to the
unit data highway (UDH).
A separate subnet address
allows the controller to
uniquely identify an
Ethernet port. IP subnet
addresses are obtained
from the Ethernet network
administrator. (for
example, 192,168.1.0,
192.168.2.0).
The second Ethernet on the UCVF is for use on a separate IP logical subnet.
Configuration of the second Ethernet port is performed through the toolbox. The
controller validates its toolbox configuration against the existing hardware each time
the rack is powered up.
ETHERNET 1
Primary Ethernet port for Unit
Data Highway (UDH)
communication (toolbox)
ETHERNET 2
Secondary Ethernet port for
expansion I/O communication
COM1 RS-232C port for
initial controller setup
serial communication
L
A
N
1
L
A
N
2
STATUS
C
O
M
1:2
Ethernet Status LEDs

Active (Blinking = Active)
(Solid = Inactive)
Link (Yellow = 10BaseT)
(Green = 100BaseTX)
(Solid = Inactive)
(Green = 100BaseTX)
Status LEDs
VMEbus SYSFAIL
Flash Activity
Power Status
CPU Throttle Indicator
U
S
B
RST
M
/
K
Keyboard/mouse port
for GE use
Monitor port for GE use
S
V
G
A
Note: To connect the

batteries that enable
NVRAM and CMOS, set
jumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")
and jumper E10 to ("IN").
M
E
Z
Z
A
N
I
N
E
UCVF
H2
x
UCVF Controller
6 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550
UCVF Controller Specifications
Item
Specification
Microprocessor
Intel Pentium III 850 MHz
Memory
32 MB DRAM
16 MB Compact Flash Module
256 KB Advanced Transfer Cache
Battery-backed SRAM - 8K allocated as NVRAM for controller functions
Operating System
QNX
Programming
Control block language with analog and discrete blocks; Boolean logic
represented in relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include:
Boolean
16-bit signed integer
32-bit floating point
64-bit long floating point
Primary Ethernet Interface

(Ethernet 1)
Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector:
TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and

toolbox
Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol for communication with

CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs
Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between
controller and third party DCS
Secondary Ethernet
Interface (Ethernet 2)
EGD protocol
COM Ports
Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors:

COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1
stop bit
COM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Power Requirements
UCVFH2
+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 7 A maximum

+12 V dc, 200 mA typical, 400 mA maximum
12 V dc, 2.5 mA typical
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 7
UCVE Controllers
The UCVE is available in multiple forms, UCVEH2 and UCVEM01 to
UCVMEM05. The UCVEH2 is the standard Mark VI controller (see Figure 9-3). It
is a single-slot board using a 300 MHz Intel Celeron processor with 16 Mb of flash
memory and 32 Mb of DRAM. A single 10BaseT/100BaseTX (RJ-45) Ethernet port
provides connectivity to the UDH.
The UCVEM_ _ modules have all the features of the UCVEH2 with the addition of
supporting additional Ethernet ports and Profibus.
IP subnet addresses are
obtained from the Ethernet
network administrator. (for
example, 192,168.1.0,
192.168.2.0)
Some UCVEM_ _ modules support secondary 10BaseT/100BaseTX Ethernet ports for

use on a separate IP logical subnet. Configuration of the secondary Ethernet port is
performed through the toolbox. The controller validates its toolbox configuration
against the existing hardware each time the rack is powered up.A separate subnet
address allows the controller to uniquely identify an Ethernet port
x
Status LEDs
STATUS
VME bus SYSFAIL

Flash Activity
Power Status
Keyboard/mouse port
for GE use
S
V
G
A
M
/
K
C
O
M
1:2
L
A
N
ETHERNET 1
Ethernet port for UDH
communication

(Solid = Inactive)
RST
P
C
M
I
P
M
E
Z
Z
A
N
I
N
E

(Green = 100BaseTX)
Note: To connect the
batteries that enable
NVRAM and CMOS, set
jumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")
and jumper E10 to ("IN").
UCVE
H2
x
UCVE Controller
8 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550
UCVEH2 Controller Specifications
Item
Specification
Microprocessor
Intel Celeron 300 MHz
Memory
32 MB DRAM
16 MB Compact Flash Module
128 KB L2 cache
Battery-backed SRAM - 8K allocated as NVRAM for controller functions
Operating System
QNX
Programming
Boolean
Primary Ethernet Interface

(Ethernet 1)

toolbox
EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI and Series

90-70 PLCs

COM Ports

COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity,1
stop bit
Power Requirements
UCVEH2
+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 8 A maximum

12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 9
UCVEM01 Controller Specifications

UCVEM01 Controller Additional Specifications
Item
Specification
Secondary Ethernet

EGD protocol
Power Requirements
+5 V dc, 6.2 A typical, 8.2 A maximum

Note UCVEH2 Controller Specifications, for specifications common to all UCVE modules.
x
Status LEDs
STATUS
VME bus SYSFAIL

Flash Activity
Power Status

S
V
G
A
Keyboard/mouse port
for GE use
M
/
K

C
O
M
1:2

(Solid = Inactive)
(Green = 100BaseTX)
L
A
N
ETHERNET 1
Primary Ethernet port for
UDH communication
(toolbox)
RST
SPEED
LINK/
ACT
ETHERNET 2
P
C
Speed (Off = 10BaseT)

(On = 100BaseTX)
Link/Active
M
I
P
M
E
Z
Z
A
N
I
N
E
Note: UCVEMxx modules

are shipped with the
batteries enabled.
UCVE
M01
x
UCVEM01 Front Panel
10 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550

Item
Specification
Secondary Ethernet
Interfaces (Ethernet 2-4)
EGD protocol
Power Requirements

x
Status LEDs
STATUS
VME bus SYSFAIL

Flash Activity
Power Status

S
V
G
A
Keyboard/mouse port
for GE use
M
/
K

C
O
M
1:2
ETHERNET 1
Primary Ethernet port for UDH

(Solid = Inactive)
L
A
N
RST
P
C
PMC
0
Secondary Ethernet ports for

expansion I/O communication:
M
I
P
ETHERNET 2
Not used

batteries enabled.
ETHERNET 3
M
E
Z
Z
A
N
I
N
E

(Green = 100BaseTX)
ETHERNET 4
610
UCVE
M02
x
UCVEH2 Front Panel
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 11

Item
Specification
PROFIBUS Interface
(PROFIBUS 1-2)
PROFIBUS DP master class 1
Power Requirements

x
STATUS
Keyboard/mouse port
for GE use
ETHERNET 1
S
V
G
A
M
/
K
C
O
M
1:2
PCI MEZZANINE CARD 1

L
A
N
RST
P
C

Top: Active
(Blinking = Active)
(Solild = Inactive)
Bottom: Link
(Yellow = 10BaseT)
(Green = 100BaseTX)
M
I
P
M
E
Z
Z
A
N
I
N
E
Status LEDs
Left: Power Status
Middle: Flash Activity
Right: VME bus SYSFAIL
PROFIBUS 1
PROFIBUS Serial Interface
Transmit Active LED
PROFIBUS 2
Transmit Active LED

batteries enabled.
UCVE
M03
x
UCVEH2 Front Panel
12 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550

UCVEM04 Specifications
Item
Specification
PROFIBUS Interface
(PROFIBUS 1-3)
Power Requirements

Note See UCVEH2 Controller Specifications, for specifications common to all UCVE modules.
STATUS
Keyboard/mouse port
for GE use
S
V
G
A

M
/
K
ETHERNET 1
C
O
M
1:2
L
A
N
RST
P
C

Top: Active
(Blinking = Active)
(Solild = Inactive)
Bottom: Link
(Yellow = 10BaseT)
(Green = 100BaseTX)
Status LEDs
Left: Power Status
Middle: Flash Activity
Right: VMEbus SYSFAIL
PROFIBUS 1
Transmit Active LED
PROFIBUS 2
Transmit Active LED
M
I
P
M
E
Z
Z
A
N
I
N
E

batteries enabled.
PROFIBUS 3
Transmit Active LED
UCVE
M04
x
UCVEM04 Front Panel
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 13

UCVEM05 Specifications
Item
Specification
Secondary Ethernet
EGD protocol
PROFIBUS Interface
(PROFIBUS 1)
Power Requirements

Note See UCVEH2 Controller Specifications, for specifications common to all UCVE modules.
Status LEDs
STATUS
VMEbus SYSFAIL
Flash Activity
Power Status
S
V
G
A
Keyboard/mouse port
for GE use
M
/
K

C
O
M
1:2
ETHERNET 1

(Solid = Inactive)
(Green = 100BaseTX)
L
A
N
RST
SPEED
LINK/
ACT
ETHERNET 2
P
C
M
I
P
M
E
Z
Z
A
N
I
N
E

batteries enabled.
Speed (Off = 10BaseT)

(On = 100BaseTX)
Link / Active
PROFIBUS 1
Transmit Active LED
UCVE
M05
x
UCVEM05 Front Panel
14 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550
UCVD Controller
The UCVD is a double-slot board using a 300 MHz AMD K6 processor with 8 Mb
of flash memory and 16 Mb of DRAM. A single 10BaseT (RJ-45 connector)
Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.
The UCVD contains a double column of eight status LEDs. These LEDs are
sequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operating
normally. When an error condition occurs the LEDs display a flashing error code
that identifies the problem. For more information refer to GEH-6410, Innovation
Series Controller System Manual.
ACTIVE
SLOT1
BMAS
ENET
SYS
BSLV
Controller and communication

status LEDs
Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codes

resulting from startup, configuration, or
download problems
COM2
MONITOR
Hard disk connector for GE use
LPT1

serial communications
H L
RESET
FLSH
GENA
COM1
Monitor port for GE Use

Only
HARD DISK

communication
ETHERNET
GENIUS
MOUSE
Special ports for GE Use,

printer, keyboard, and
mouse
KEYBOARD
ISBus drive LAN (Not Used)
Receptacle for Genius cable plug
UCVD
H2
x
UCVD Controller Front Panel
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 15
Specifications
UCVDH1 Controller Specification
Item
Specification
Microprocessor
AMD-K6 300 MHz
Memory
16 MB DRAM
8 MB Flash Memory in UCVD
256 KB of level 2 cache
Operating System
QNX
LEDs
LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows:

ACTIVE
Processor is active
SLOT 1
Controller configured as slot 1 controller in
VME rack
BMAS
VME master access is occurring
ENET
Ethernet activity
BSLV
VME slave access is occurring
STATUS
Display rotating LED pattern when OK
Display flashing error code when faulted
FLSH
Writing to Flash memory
GENX
Genius I/O is active
Programming
Boolean
Ethernet Interface
Twisted pair 10BaseT, RJ-45 connector

toolbox
Serial Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) interface between

controller and HMI
EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI, and

Series 90-70 PLCs

COM Ports

COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity,
1 stop bit
Power Requirements
+5 V dc, 6 A
+12 V dc, 200 mA
12 V dc, 200 mA
16 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550
UCVB Controller
The UCVB is a double-slot board using a 133 MHz Intel Pentium processor with 4
Mb of flash memory and 16 Mb of DRAM. A single 10Base2 (BNC connector)
Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.
The UCVB contains a double column of eight status LEDs. These LEDs are
sequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operating normally.
When an error condition occurs the LEDs display a flashing error code that identifies
the problem. For more information refer to GEH-6410, Innovation Series Controller
System Manual.
DLAN DROP
1 0
8
ETHERNET
1
ACTIVE H L
SLOT1
BMAS
ENET
SYS
BSLV
Controller and communication

status LEDs
COM2
MONITOR
DLAN network drop number

configuration dip switches (Not Used)
Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codes
resulting from startup, configuration, or
download problems
Hard disk connector for GE use
LPT1

serial communications
COM1
Monitor port for GE Use

Only
RESET
FLSH
GENA
HARD DISK

communication
GENIUS
MOUSE
Special ports for GE use,

printer, keyboard, and
mouse
KEYBOARD
DLAN
DLAN network connection (Not Used)
Receptacle for Genius cable plug
UCVB
G1
x
UCVB Controller Front Panel
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 17
Specifications
UCVBG1 Controller Specification
Item
Specification
Microprocessor
Intel Pentium 133 MHz
Memory
16 MB DRAM
4 MB Flash Memory in UCVB
256 KB of level 2 cache
Operating System
QNX
LEDs
LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows:

ACTIVE
Processor is active
SLOT 1
Controller configured as slot 1 controller in VME rack
BMAS
VME master access is occurring
ENET
Ethernet activity
BSLV
VME slave access is occurring
STATUS
Display rotating LED pattern when OK
Display flashing error code when faulted
FLSH
Writing to Flash memory
GENX
Genius I/O is active
Programming
Ethernet Interface
COM Ports
DLAN+ Interface
Power Requirements
18 UCV_Controller
Boolean
Thinwire 10Base2, BNC connector:

toolbox
SRTP interface between controller and HMI
EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI, and

Series 90-70 PLCs


COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity,
1
stop bit
Interface to DLAN+, a high speed multidrop network based on ARCNET,
using a token passing, peer to peer protocol
+5 V dc, 5.64 A
+12 V dc, 900 mA
12 V dc, 200 mA
GEI-100550
I/O Board Alarms

Diagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and reset from the toolbox.For
troubleshooting and general diagnostics alarm information refer to GEH-6421
Volume I, Chapter 8.
I/O Board Diagnostic Alarms
Possible Cause
Board
Fault
Fault Description
UCV_
31
I/O Compatibility Code Mismatch
Outdated configuration in the VCMI
32
Diagnostic Queue Overflow
Too many diagnostics are occurring

simultaneously
33
Foreground Process
Outdated runtime version
34
Background Process
37
Idle Process
38
Ambient Air Overtemperature Warning. The

rack is beginning to overheat.
The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.
39
CPU Overtemperature Fault. The controller

CPU has overheated and may fail at any time.
The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.
40
Genius I/O Driver Process
41
Register I/O Process
42
Modbus Driver Process
43
Ser Process
44
Rcvr Process
45
Trans Process
46
Mapper Process
47
SRTP Process
48
Heartbeat Process
49
Alarm Process
50
Queue Manager Process
51
EGD Driver Process
52
ADL Dispatcher Process
53
ADL Queue Process
54
DPM Manager Process
68
Genius IOCHRDY Hangup
70
Genius Lock Retry
71
Genius
72
Application Code Online Load Failure
Application code error
74
Application Code Startup Load Failure
75
Application Code Expansion Failure
76
ADL/BMS Communication Failure with the

VCMI
The VCMI firmware version is too old to work

with this controller runtime version.
77
NTP Process
78
Outdated Controller Topology
Download application code and reboot
79
Outdated VCMI Topology
Download configuration to VCMI and reboot
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 19
80
No VCMI Topology
Old VCMI firmware doesnt support

controller/VCMI topology checking. Upgrade
VCMI firmware.
81
Platform Process
82
Hardware Configuration Error
The controller hardware doesnt match the

configuration specified by the toolbox. Use the
toolbox to view the errors in the controller trace
buffer (for example: View General Dump
the trace buffer).
83
Register I/O Write/Command Limit Exceeded
Verify that the total command rate of all Modbus

interfaces does not exceed the maximum.
84
State Exchange Voter Packet Mismatch
Verify that all three controllers are executing the

same application code.
85
Maximum Number of Boolean State Variables

Exceeded
The application code is using too many Boolean

variables. Move some functions to other
controllers.
86
Too Many EGD Producers Configured for Fault The controller can redirect data over the IONET
Tolerant Support
from a maximum of 16 EGD producers. Data
from subsequent producers will be lost in the
event of an Ethernet failure.
87
Too Many EGD Points Configured for Fault

Tolerant Support
The controller can redirect a maximum of 1400

bytes of data over the IONET. Subsequent EGD
points will be lost in the event of an Ethernet
failure.
88
Producing Fault Tolerant EGD Data
The controller is redirecting data from the

Ethernet to another controller over the IONET.
89
Requesting Fault Tolerant EGD Data
The controller is requesting that Ethernet data be

redirected to it over the IONET from another
controller.
90
Process Alarm Queue Is Full
Subsequent process alarms will be lost unless

the current alarms are acknowledged and
cleared by the operator.
91
Hold List Queue Is Full
Subsequent hold alarms will be lost unless the

current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by
the operator.
92
Data Initialization Failure
Verify that all controllers are executing the same

application code. If no VCMI is used (simulation
mode), verify that the clock source is set to
internal. If a VCMI is used, verify that the clock
source is set to external.
93
Pcode mismatch between TMR controllers
Download the same application code to all three

controllers
94
Unable to start up Dynamic Data Recorder
Outdated runtime version - download runtime

and restart.
95
Dynamic Data Recorder Configuration Fault
Revalidate the application code and then select

the Update Dynamic Data Recorder button from
the toolbox toolbar
96
Dynamic Data Recorder Process
Outdated runtime version - download runtime

and restart
20 UCV_Controller
GEI-100550
UCV Board UCVD Controller Runtime Errors

In addition to generating diagnostic alarms, the UCVB and the UCVD controller
boards display status information on front panel LEDs. The Status LED group on
these controllers contains eight segments in a two vertical column layout as shown in
the following figure. These LEDs display controller errors if a problem occurs. The
rightmost column makes up the lower hexadecimal digit and the leftmost column
makes up the upper digit (the least significant bits on the bottom). Numerical
conversions are provided with the fault code definitions.
For all controllers, refer to

the stats line in the toolbox.
For example, flashing F

in this pattern:
Controller front panel

ACTIVE
SLOT1
BMAS
ENET
SYS
BSLV
S
T
A
T
U
S
F
F
F
FLSH
GENA
is error 0x43, decimal 67
Flashing Controller Status LEDs Indicate Error Codes
If the controller detects certain system errors (typically during boot-up or download),
it displays flashing and non-flashing codes on these green status LEDs. These codes
correspond to runtime errors listed in the toolbox help file. The following table
describes the types of errors displayed by the LEDs.
Controller Runtime Errors
Controller Condition
Status LED Display
Controller successfully completes its boot-up

sequence and begins to execute application
code
Display a walking ones pattern consisting of a

single lighted green LED rotating through the bank
of LEDs.
Error occurs during the BIOS phase of the

boot-up sequence
Non-flashing error code is displayed
Error occurs during the application code load
Flashing error codes are displayed until the error

has been corrected and either the application code
is downloaded again, or the controller is rebooted.
Error occurs while the controller is running
May freeze with only a single LED lighted. No

useful information can be interpreted from the LED
position. Fault codes are generated internally.
GEI-100550
UCV_Controller 21
g
+1 540 387 7000
www. 22
Geindustrial.com
UCV_Controller
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100550
GEI-100551
VCMI Bus Master Controller

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Functional Description.............................................................................................................3
Features ......................................................................................................................................6
IONet - Communications Interface .......................................................................................6
Input Data Collection - Simplex Systems ............................................................................6
Input Data Collection and Voting - TMR Systems .............................................................6
State Exchange and Voting - TMR Systems ........................................................................7
Output Data Distribution.........................................................................................................7
Voter Disagreement Detector.................................................................................................7
Performance...............................................................................................................................7
Board IDs and Addresses ........................................................................................................7
Watchdog Timer.......................................................................................................................7
Specifications............................................................................................................................8
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8
Configuration ............................................................................................................................8
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................12
2 VCMI Bus Mater Controller
GEI-100551
Functional Description
The VCMI is the communication interface between the controller and the I/O boards,
and the communication interface to the system control network, known as IONet.
VCMI is also the VME bus master in the control and I/O racks, and manages the IDs
for all the boards in the rack and their associated terminal boards. The two versions
of VCMI boards are as follows:
VCMI H1
VCMI H2
VCMI is OK
Error or Power up Failure
RUN
RUN
FAIL
FAIL
STATUS
RESET
S
E
R
I
A
L
STATUS
Pushbutton
RESET
S
E
R
I
A
L
VME bus to I/O

boards and controller
P
A
R
A
L
L
E
L
M
O8
D4
U2
L
1
E
VME bus to I/O

boards and controller
P
A
R
A
L
L
E
L
IONet node
M
O8
D4
U2
L
1
E
TX
RX
CD
IONet3 port
10Base2
Channel ID
R
S
TX
RX
CD
Transmitting Packets
Receiving Packets
Collisions on IONet
TX
RX
CD
IONet2 port
10Base2
TX
IONet port
10Base2
RX
IONet1 port
10Base2
CD
VCMI
H1
VCMI
H2
Communication
board - 1 IONet
Communication
board - 3 IONets
VCMI Boards, Single and Triple Network Versions
GEI-100551
VCMI Bus Master Controller 3
This figure shows three simplex system configurations with local and remote I/O
using the VCMI. Multiple I/O racks can be connected to IONet, each rack with its
own VCMI board. To increase data throughput for applications requiring low
latency, a second IONet port on the VCMI can be used as a parallel IONet as shown
in the lower portion of the figure.
V
C
M
I
U
C
V
X
Simplex system with

local I/O
I/O
Boards
UCVX is controller
VCMI is bus master
I/O are VME boards
R
V
C
M
I
U
C
V
X
R1
V
C
M
I
I/O
Boards
I/O
Boards
Simplex system with

local & remote I/O
IONet
R
V
C
M
I
R1
U
C
V
X
V
C
M
I
I/O
Boards
Simplex system with

multiple IONets &
remote I/O
IONet
R2
V
C
M
I
I/O
Boards
IONet
Simplex System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O
GEI-100551
This figure shows two sizes of TMR systems. The first example is a small system
where all the I/O is mounted in the VME control rack, so no remote I/O racks are
required. Each channel (R, S, T) has its own IONet, and the VCMI has three IONet
ports.
The second example is a larger system with remote I/O racks. Each IONet supports
multiple I/O racks, but only one rack is shown here. All I/O channels (R, S, T) are
identical in terms of I/O boards and points.
R
V
C
M
I
U
C
V
X
S
I/O
Boards
V
C
M
I
U
C
V
X
I/O
Boards
V
C
M
I
U
C
V
X
TMR system with

local I/O
I/O
Boards
IONet - R
IONet - S
IONet - T
R
V
C
M
I
U
C
V
X
V
C
M
I
U
C
V
X
V
C
M
I
UCVX is controller
VCMI is bus master
I/O are VME
Termination boards
Boards
not shown
TMR system with

remote I/O,
Termination boards
not shown
U
C
V
X
IONet - R
IONet - S
IONet - T
R1
V
C
M
I
I/O
Boards
S1
V
C
M
I
I/O
Boards
T1
V
C
M
I
I/O
Boards
IONet supports
multiple remote
I/O racks
TMR System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O
GEI-100551
Features
The VCMI architecture is based on the 32-bit Texas Instruments TMS320C32 digital
signal processor (DSP). The main hardware features are:
Interface to VME bus
Three 10Base2 Ethernet ports
One RS-232C serial port
One parallel port
Power system monitoring
Board and cable ID reading
Processor watchdog timer
IONet - Communications Interface

Fast I/O communication
through the VCMI supports
rapid controller response.
Communication between the control modules (control racks) and interface modules
(I/O racks) is handled by the VCMIs. In the control module the VCMI operates as
the IONet master while in the interface module it operates as an IONet slave. VCMI
establishes the network ID, and displays the network ID, channel ID, and status on
its front panel.
Physically, IONet communication is 10Base2 Ethernet using thin wire RG-58 coax
cable. The VCMI supports all three ports simultaneously.
The VCMI serves as the master frame counter for all nodes on the IONet. Operation
frames are sequentially numbered and all nodes on IONet operate in the same frame
This ensures that selected data is transmitted and operated on correctly.
Input Data Collection - Simplex Systems

When used in an interface module, the VCMI collects input data from the I/O boards
and transmits it to the control module over IONet.
In the control module, as packets of input data are received from various racks on the
IONet, the VCMI transfers them through the VME bus to the Mark VI controller for
processing.
Input Data Collection and Voting - TMR Systems

For a small TMR system, all the I/O may be handled in one (triplicated) module. In
this case the VCMI transfers, over the VME bus, the input values from each of the
I/O boards to the pre-vote table, and simultaneously transmits the data as an input
packet on the IONet. When the input packets from the other two racks are received,
they are also transferred to the pre-vote table. The input data is then voted and the
result is placed in a voted table and copied to the controller for processing. Analog
data (floating point) is voted by median select, while logical data (bit values) is twoout-of-three votes .
For a larger TMR system with remote I/O racks, the procedure is very similar except
that packets of input values may come into each master VCMI not only from I/O
boards in its own rack, but also from remote I/O racks in its channel through IONet.
After all the input data for the channel is accumulated, it is placed in the pre-vote
table and then sent to the other control modules over IONet. When the input packets
from all three channels have been received by a master VCMI, voting occurs as
described above.
GEI-100551
State Exchange and Voting - TMR Systems

A selected portion of the variables in a controller (for example, the internal states
such as counter/timer values and sequence steps) must also be transferred across the
IONet to be voted by the VCMIs and recopied to the controllers. This is known as
the state exchange. The synchronization of state variables ensures that no steps are
generated in the outputs if one of the controllers fails, or is powered down and back
up again.
Output Data Distribution

After application code operation, the VCMI reads the output values from the
controller across the VME bus. All the output data from a control module VCMI is
placed in one packet. This packet is then broadcast on the IONet and received by all
connected interface and control modules. Each interface module VCMI extracts the
required information and distributes to its associated I/O boards.
Voter Disagreement Detector

For logic values, any
disagreement is considered
bad. A time delay is required
before generating an alarm to
eliminate the problem of
transients causing false
alarms.
The master VCMIs generate diagnostics when local pre-vote data does not match the
resulting voted data. The first pass through the pre-vote data determines the control
values to be used. On the second pass, the VCMI determines whether bad values
exist by comparing its set of local channel pre-vote values with the voted result. If
there is any disagreement then the local value has been outvoted and represents a bad
value. For analog values, a dead band is defined to allow minor variations in the prevote values without creating an alarm.
Performance
The Simplex frame rate can be as fast as 10 milliseconds allowing turbine control at
100 Hz, while the TMR frame rate can be as fast as 20 ms for control at 50 Hz.
The control module is synchronized to the wall clock ensuring the sequence of
events (SOE) times are within 1 ms of the actual event times.
Board IDs and Addresses

This switch provides the
IONet address and R/S/T
channel identity, and is read
by the VCMI to determine
what channel it is on.
Each terminal board has an ID chip for each cable connector that is read serially into
the I/O board. Each I/O board in the VME rack, plus the VCMI, also has its own ID
chip which is read by the VCMI, so the VCMI can acquire the identity of all the
boards and associated terminal boards in its rack. In addition, there is an eight-bit
configuration switch on the backplane tied to slot 1 of the VME rack.
The VCMI in the control rack acquires packages of ID information from each I/O
rack. These contain the catalog number, serial number, and revision of each board in
the module along with the slot number, and the identity of each terminal board with
its slot P3/P4 location. This information is captured and stored in the controller.
Watchdog Timer
On line testing of the
watchdog function can be
performed.
GEI-100551
The watchdog timer protects against a processor stall condition. If a stall occurs the
watchdog times out after approximately 200 ms and resets the processor. It notifies
the VME backplane that the processor has been reset, and shuts off IONet
communication while stalled. The front panel reset button (if present) can be used to
force the timer to the stalled state from which it transitions to the operational state.
Specifications
VCMI Specifications
Item
Specification
Board Type
6U high VME board, 0.787 inch wide
Processor
Texas Instruments TMS320C32 32-bit digital signal processor
Memory
Dual-port memory, 32 Kbytes in 32 bit transfer configuration

SRAM, 64k x 32
Flash memory, 128k x 8
Communication
H1 version: One IONet 10 Base2 Ethernet port, BNC connector, 10

Mbits/sec
H2 version: Three IONet 10 Base2 Ethernet ports, BNC connectors, 10
Mbits/sec
VME bus block transfers
1 RS-232C Serial port, male "D" style connector, 9600, 19,200, or 38,400
bits/sec
1 Parallel port, eight bit bi-directional , EPP Version1.7 mode of IEEE
1284-1994
Frame Rate
10 ms (100 Hz) for Simplex

40 ms (25 Hz) for TMR
Diagnostics
The internal 5 V, 12 V, 15 V, and 28 V power supply buses are monitored and
alarmed. The alarm settings are configurable and usually set at 3.5%, except for the
28 V supplies, which are set at 5.5%.
Diagnostic signals from the power distribution module (PDM), connected through
J301, are also monitored. These include ground fault and over/under voltage on the
P125 V bus, two differential 5V dc analog inputs, P28A and PCOM for external
monitor circuits, and digital inputs.
Descriptions of the VCMI diagnostics are in GEH-6421, Vol. I Mark VI System
Guide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
Configuration
The I/O boards, the VCMI is configured using the toolbox. This software usually
runs on a data highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The
following table defines configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH6403 Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Controller.
GEI-100551
VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 1 of 2)

Parameter
Description
Choices
System Limits
Enable or disable all system limits
Enable, disable
PS_Limit1
Power supply limits for P5, P15, N15 in %
0 to 10
PS_Limit2
Power supply limits for P12, N12, P28, N28 in

percent
0 to 10
PwrBusLimits
Enable or disable power bus diagnostics
Enable, disable
125 vBusHlim
High limit for 125 V dc bus in volts
0 to 150
125 vBusLlim
Low limit for 125 V dc bus in volts
0 to 150
125 vBusGlim
Low volts to ground limit for 125 V dc bus (diagnostic)
0 to 150
J3 Power Monitor
PDM monitor
Connected, not connected
Logic_In_1
First of 12 logical inputs board point signal
Point edit (input BIT)
Logic_In
Configurable item
Used, unused
P125_Grd
P125 with respect to ground board point signal
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Input Type
Type of analog input
Used, unused
Low_Input
Input volts at low value
10 to +10
Low_Value
Input value in engineering units at low MA
3.4082e+038 to
3.4028e+038
High_Input
Input volts at high value
10 to +10
High_Value
Input value in engineering units at high MA
3.4082e+038 to
3.4028e+038
Input _Filter
Bandwidth of input signal filter in Hz
Unused, 0.75 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 3

Hz,
TMR_DiffLimit
Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of high-low

values
0 to 10
Sys_Lim_1_Enabl
Enable system limit 1 fault check
Enable, disable
Sys_Lim_1_Latch
Input fault latch
Latch, unlatch
Sys_Lim_1_Type
Input fault type
Greater than or equal
Configuration
Less than or equal

Sys_Lim_1
Input limit in engineering units
-3.4082e+038 to
3.4028e+038
Sys_Lim_2
Same as above for Sys Lim 1
Same as for Sys_Lim_1
N125_Gnd
Same as for P125_Grd board point signal
Same as for P125_Grd
Spare 01
Similar to P125_Grd board point signal
Similar to P125_Grd
Spare 02
Similar to P125_Grd board point signal
Similar to P125_Grd
GEI-100551
VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 2 of 2)

Parameter
Description
Choices
Board Point Signal
Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection)
Direction
Type
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3Diag_VCMI1
L3Diag_VCMI2
L3Diag_VCMI3
P125_Grd
(Input exceeds limit)
Input
BIT
N125_Grd
Input
BIT
Spare 01
Input
BIT
Spare 02
Input
BIT
P125 bus out of limits
Input
BIT
P125_Grd
Input
BIT
N125_Grd
Input
BIT
Spare 01
Input
BIT
Spare 02
Input
BIT
P125 bus out of limits
Input
BIT
Calc 125 V dc bus voltage (P125Grd - N125Grd)
Input
FLOAT
System limit reset(Special VCMI output to I/O bds)
Output
BIT
Diagnostic reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds)
Output
BIT
Suicide reset
(Special VCMI output to I/O bds)
Output
BIT
Master reset L86MR (Special VCMI out to I/O bds)
Output
BIT
Battery bus fault
Input
BIT
AC1 source fault
Input
BIT
AC2 source fault
Input
BIT
Misc contact
Input
BIT
Fuse 31, J19 fault
Input
BIT
SysLimit1-1
SysLimit1-2
SysLimit1-3
SysLimit1-4
SysLimit1_125
SysLimit2-1
SysLimit2-2
SysLimit2-3
SysLimit2-4
SysLimit2_125
P125Bus
ResetSYS
ResetDIA
ResetSuicide
MasterReset
Logic_In_1
Logic_In_2
Logic_In_3
Logic_In_4
Logic_In_5
GEI-100551
Fuse 32, J20 fault
Input
BIT
Fuse 29, J17 fault
Input
BIT
Spare 01
Input
BIT
Spare 02
Input
BIT
Spare 03
Input
BIT
Spare 04
Input
BIT
Spare 05
Input
BIT
P125 with respect to ground, P3 28 to 29
Input
FLOAT
N125 with respect to ground, negative number, P3

26 to 27
Input
FLOAT
Analog spare 01, P3 07 to 08
Input
FLOAT
Analog spare 02, P3 05 to 06
Input
FLOAT
Logic_In_6
Logic_In_7
Logic_In_8
Logic_In_9
Logic_In_10
Logic_In_11
Logic_In_12
P125_Grd
N125_Grd
Spare01
Spare02
GEI-100551
I/O Board Alarms

Diagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and reset from the toolbox. For
troubleshooting and general diagnostic alarm information refer to GEH-6421
Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VCMI
SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun
Communication problem on IONet
Flash Memory CRC Failure
Board firmware programming error

(board will not go online)
CRC Failure Override is Active

(board is allowed to go online)
16
System Limit Checking is Disabled
System checking was disabled by

configuration
17
Board ID Failure
Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board
18
J3 ID Failure
Failed ID chip on connector J3, or

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure
Failed ID chip on connector J3A, or

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24
Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility
Invalid terminal board connected to

VME I/O board
25
Board inputs disagree with the voted value
A problem with the input. This could

be the device, the wire to the terminal
board, the terminal board, or the
cable.
30
ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: #

The configuration compatibility code that the firmware is
expecting is different than what is in the tre file for this
board
A tre file has been installed that is

incompatible with the firmware on the
I/O board. Either the tre file or
firmware must change. Contact the
factory.
31
IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: #

The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expecting
is different than what is in the tre file for this board

factory.
32
P5=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P5 power

supply is out of the specified operating limits
A VME rack backplane wiring problem

and/or power supply problem
33

If "Remote Control", disable diagnostic

and ignore; otherwise probably a back
plane wiring or VME power supply
problem.
GEI-100551
34
N15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power


and ignore; otherwise probably a VME
backplane wiring and/or power supply
problem.
35

If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and

ignore; otherwise probably a VME
problem.
36

If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic and

ignore; otherwise probably a VME
problem.
37
P28A=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A power


problem.
38
P28B=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B power


problem.
39
P28C=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28C power

If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic.

Disable diagnostic if not used;
otherwise probably a backplane wiring
and/or power supply problem.
40
P28D=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28D power


41
P28E=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28E power


42


43
125 Volt Bus=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125Volt bus voltage is out of the specified operating limits
A source voltage or cabling problem;

disable 125 V monitoring if not
applicable.
44
125 Volt Bus Ground =###.## Volts is Outside of Limits.

The 125-Volt bus voltage ground is out of the specified
operating limits
Leakage or a fault to ground causing

an unbalance on the 125 V bus;
disable 125 V monitoring if not
applicable.
45
IONet-1 Communications Failure. Loss of communication

on IONet1
Loose cable, rack power, or VCMI

problem
46

on IONet2

problem
47

on IONet3

problem
48
VME Bus Error Detected (Total of ### Errors). The VCMI

has detected errors on the VME bus
The sum of errors 60 through 66 Contact the factory.
49
Using Default Input Data, Rack R.#. The VCMI is not

getting data from the specified rack
IONet communications failure - Check

the VCMI and/or IONet cables.
50
Using Default Input Data, Rack S.#. The VCMI is not


GEI-100551
51
Using Default Input Data, Rack T.#. The VCMI is not


52
Missed Time Match Interrupt (## uSec). The VCMI has

detected a missed interrupt
Possible VCMI hardware failure
53
VCMI Scheduler Task Overrun. The VCMI did not

complete running all its code before the end of the frame
Possibly too many I/O
54
Auto Slot ID Failure (Perm. VME Interrupt). The VCMI

cannot perform its AUTOSLOT ID function
I/O board or backplane problem
55
Card ID/Auto Slot ID Mismatch. The VCMI cannot read

the identity of a card that it has found in the rack
Board ID chip failed
56
Topology File/Board ID Mismatch. The VCMI has

detected a mismatch between the configuration file and
what it actually detects in the rack
ID chip mismatch - Check your

configuration
57
Controller Sequencing Overrun
Too much application code used in

controller. Reduce the code size.
58
Controller PCODE Version Mismatch between R,S,and T. Error during controller download R, S, and T have different software versions
revalidate, build, and download all 3
controllers.
59
IONet Communications Failure. Loss of communications

on the slave VCMI IONet
60-66
VME Error Bit # (Total ## Errors). The VCMI has detected VME backplane errors - Contact
errors on the VME bus
factory.
67
Controller Board is Offline. The VCMI cannot

communicate with the controller
Controller failed or is powered down.
68-87
I/O Board in Slot # is Offline. The VCMI cannot

communicate with the specified board
I/O board is failed or removed. You

must replace the board, or reconfigure
the system and redownload to the
VCMI, and reboot.
88
U17 Sectors 0-5 are not write protected
Sectors not write protected in

manufacturing. Contact the factory.
89
SRAM resources exceeded. Topology/config too large
The size of the configured system is

too large for the VCMI. You must
reduce the size of the system.
g
+1 540 387 7000
www.GEindustrial.com

problem (VCMI slave only)
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100551
GEI-100552
VDSK Interface Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
The VDSK interface board provides power subsystem monitoring to the VCMI.
VDSK is mounted adjacent to the Mark VI controller in the standalone controller
rack. It is not used in the other types of control racks.
x
Mark VI
Controller
VDSK Board
J4
J3
24 V dc supply to cooling
fan below rack
VDSK
x
Cable to power sub-system
VDSK Board with Adjacent Controller Operation

VDSK supports three functions as follows:
Interconnects the PDM with the power subsystem monitoring functions of the
VCMI through the 96-pin P2 backplane connector and the 37-pin sub-miniature
D connector on the front panel. This connection is through a 64-pin ribbon cable
connected at the back of the VME backplane.
Interconnects 12 V from the 96-pin P1 backplane connector to a front panel

mounted 2-pin connector to power the 4.3 watt 24 V dc VME rack mounted fan
assembly. This is from the front panel J4 connector.
Provides a board mounted 16-pin Ethernet ID connector, which interfaces to the

VCMI board through the P2 backplane connector ribbon cable.
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100553
VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................2
Operation....................................................................................................................................5
Specifications............................................................................................................................9
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9
Configuration ..........................................................................................................................10
DTTC Simplex Thermocouple Terminal Board................................................................12
Installation ...............................................................................................................................13
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................14
The thermocouple processor board VTCC accepts 24 type E, J, K, S (see note), or T
thermocouple inputs. These inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the
terminal board TBTC. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to the
VME rack where the VTCC thermocouple board is located. The TBTC can provide
both simplex (TBTCH1C) or triple module redundant (TMR) (TBTCHIB) control.
Input data is transferred over

the VME backplane from
VTCC to the VCMI and then
to the controller.
TBTC Terminal Board
VTCC VME Board

x
x
x
x
TC
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
TBTC, capacity for

24 thermocouple inputs
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME Bus to VCMI

communication board
JA1
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
x
x
x
TC
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JB1
Cables to VME
rack
VTCC
x
Connectors on
VME rack
J3
Shield bar
ground
J4
Barrier type terminal

blocks can be unplugged
from board for
maintenance
Thermocouple Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling
2 VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board
GEI-100553
Installation
Thermocouples are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks. These blocks are
mounted on the terminal board and held down with two screws. Each block has 24
terminals accepting up to two #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to
chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
Thermocouple Terminal Board TBTCH1C
Input 1 (-)
Input 2 (-)
Input 3 (-)
Input 4 (-)
Input 5 (-)
Input 6 (-)
Input 7 (-)
Input 8 (-)
Input 9 (-)
Input 10(-)
Input 11(-)
Input 12(-)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Input 1 (+)
Input 2 (+)
Input 3 (+)
Input 4 (+)
Input 5 (+)
Input 6 (+)
Input 7 (+)
Input 8 (+)
Input 9 (+)
Input 10(+)
Input 11(+)
Input 12(+)
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Input 13(+)
Input 14(+)
Input 15(+)
Input 16(+)
Input 17(+)
Input 18(+)
Input 19(+)
Input 20(+)
Input 21(+)
Input 22(+)
Input 23(+)
Input 24(+)
JA1
Input 13(-)
Input 14(-)
Input 15(-)
Input 16(-)
Input 17(-)
Input 18(-)
Input 19(-)
Input 20(-)
Input 21(-)
Input 22(-)
Input 23(-)
Input 24(-)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JB1
Cable to J3
on I/O rack
Cable to J4
on I/O rack
I/O terminal blocks with barrier terminals

terminal blocks can be unplugged from
terminal board for maintenance
Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with
300 V insulation
TMR version of this board has

connectors JRA, JSA, and JTA for
inputs 1-12, and
connectors JRB, JSB, and JTB for
inputs 13-24.
TBTCH1C (Simplex) Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100553
VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board 3
Thermocouple Terminal Board TBTCH1B

JTA
To J3
rack T
Input 1 (-)
Input 2 (-)
Input 3 (-)
Input 4 (-)
Input 5 (-)
Input 6 (-)
Input 7 (-)
Input 8 (-)
Input 9 (-)
Input 10(-)
Input 11(-)
Input 12(-)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Input 1 (+)
Input 2 (+)
Input 3 (+)
Input 4 (+)
Input 5 (+)
Input 6 (+)
Input 7 (+)
Input 8 (+)
Input 9 (+)
Input 10(+)
Input 11(+)
Input 12(+)
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Input 13(+)
Input 14(+)
Input 15(+)
Input 16(+)
Input 17(+)
Input 18(+)
Input 19(+)
Input 20(+)
Input 21(+)
Input 22(+)
Input 23(+)
Input 24(+)
JTB
JSA
JSB
Cable to J4
on I/O rack T
To J3
rack S
Input 13(-)
Input 14(-)
Input 15(-)
Input 16(-)
Input 17(-)
Input 18(-)
Input 19(-)
Input 20(-)
Input 21(-)
Input 22(-)
Input 23(-)
Input 24(-)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JRA
JRB
Cable to J4
on I/O rack S
Cable to J4
on I/O rack R
I/O terminal blocks with barrier terminals

Cable to J3
on I/O rack R
Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with

300 volt insulation
TBTCH1B (TMR) Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100553
Operation
The 24 thermocouple inputs on the TBTC can be grounded or ungrounded. They can
be located up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet with a
maximum two-way cable resistance of 450 ohms. High frequency noise suppression
and two cold junction reference devices are mounted on the board.
Linearization for individual thermocouple types is performed in software by VTCC.
A thermocouple which is determined to be out of the hardware limits is removed
from the scanned inputs in order to prevent adverse affects on other input channels.
If both cold junction devices are within the configurable limits, then the average of
the two is used for cold junction compensation. If only one cold junction device is
within the configurable limits, then that cold junction is used for compensation. If
neither cold junction device is within the configurable limits, then a default value is
used.
Note VTCC boards manufactured after software version VTCC-100100C and
higher have additional thermocouple and cold junction features. The new design
boards permit the use of S-type thermocouples, in addition to all previous types.
They also provide for a remote cold junction compensation feature for thermocouple
inputs. This allows the user to select whether cold junction compensation is done
based on a temperature reading at a remote location or at the terminal board as
explained above. The calculations are the same as previous VTCC boards, only the
source of the cold junction reading changes.
GEI-100553
<R> or <S> or <T> Rack
Terminal Board TBTC
Thermocouple Input Board VTCC
Local
cold junction
reference
Thermocouple
JA1
J3
Excitation
Remote cold
junction
references
High
Noise
Low Suppression
Grounded or
ungrounded
(12) thermocouples
ID
Local
cold junction
reference
Thermocouple
JB1
Connectors at
bottom of
VME rack
Excit.
J4
A/D
I/O Core
Processor
TMS320C32
VMEbus
High
Noise
Low Suppression
(12) thermocouples
ID
GEI-100553
Simplex Thermocouple Inputs
<R> Rack
Terminal Board TBTCH1B

JRA
Local
CJ reference
Thermocouple
J3

Excitation.
ID
High
Low
Grounded or
ungrounded
NS
Noise
suppression
Remote CJ
references
JSA
ID
To
<S
>
(12) thermocouples
JTA
A/D
ID
To
<T
>
JRB
Thermocouple
High
Low
Grounded or
ungrounded
Local
Cold Junction
Reference
Processor
VMEbus
J4
Excit.
I/O Core
Processor
TMS320C32
ID
NS
JSB
(12) thermocouples
ID
To
<S
>
Analog-Digital
Converter
JTB
ID
To
<T
>
TMR Thermocouple Inputs
GEI-100553
Thermocouple inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of 8.0 mV to +45.0
mV. The following table shows typical input voltages for different thermocouple
types versus minimum and maximum temperature range. It is assumed the cold
junction temperature ranges from +32 to +158 F.
Thermocouple Types and Range
Thermocouple Type
Low range, F / C
60 / 51
60 / 51
60 / 51
0 / 17.78
60 /
51
mV at low range with

reference at 158 F (70 C)
7.174
6.132
4.779
0.524
4.764
High range, F / C
1100 / 593
1400 / 798
2000 /
1093
3200 /
1760
750 /
399
mV at high range with

reference at 32 F (0 C)
44.547
42.922
44.856
18.612
20.801
The thermocouple inputs and

cold junction inputs are
automatically calibrated
using the filtered calibration
reference and zero voltages.
There are two cold junction references used per VTCC, one for connector J3 and J4.
Each reference can be selected as either remote (from VME bus) or local (from
associated terminal board, T type or D type). All references are then treated as sensor
inputs (for example, averaged, limits configured). The two references can be mixed,
one local and one remote. Cold junction signals go into signal space and are
available for monitoring. Normally the average of the two is used. Acceptable limits
are configured, and if a cold junctions goes outside the limit, a logic signal is set. A 1
F error in the cold junction compensation causes a 1F error in the TC reading.
Hard coded limits are set at 32 to 158 F, and if a cold junction goes outside these, it
is regarded as bad. Most cold junction failures are open or short circuit. If one cold
junction fails, the good one is used. If both cold junctions go bad, the backup value is
used, which can be derived from cold junction readings on other terminal boards, or
can be the configured default value.
GEI-100553
Specifications
Typical VTCC Specification
Item
Specification
Number of channels
24 channels per terminal board and I/O board
Thermocouple types
E, J, K, S, T thermocouples, and mV inputs
Span
-8 mV to +45 mV
A/D converter
Sampling type 16-bit A/D converter with better than 14-bit

resolution
CJ compensation
Reference junction temperature measured at two locations

on each TC terminal board (optional for remove CJs).
TMR board has six cold junction references.
Cold junction temperature

accuracy
Cold junction accuracy 2 F
Conformity error
Maximum software error 0.25 F
Measurement accuracy
53 microvolts (excluding cold junction reading)

Example: 3 F, type K, at 1000 F, including cold junction
contribution (RSS)
Common mode rejection
Ac common mode rejection 110 dB @ 50/60 Hz, for

balanced impedance input
Common mode voltage
5 V
Normal mode rejection
Rejection of 250 mV rms is 80 dB @ 50/60 Hz
Scan time
All inputs are sampled at 120 times per second for 60 Hz

operation; for 50 Hz operation it is 100 times per second
Fault detection
High/low (hardware) limit check

High/low system (software) limit check
Monitor readings from all TCs, CJs, calibration voltages,
and calibration zero readings
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the front panel provide status information. The normal
RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED shows a
steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board.
Each thermocouple type has Hardware Limit Checking based on preset (nonconfigurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this
limit is exceeded a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of
the 24 inputs hardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm,
L3DIAG_VTCC, referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics
are available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched,
and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
In TMR, systems limit logic
signals are voted and the
resulting composite
diagnostic is present in each
controller.
GEI-100553
Each thermocouple input has system limit checking based on configurable high and
low levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for
enable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limit
signals.
Each terminal board cable has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O
board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board
serial number, board type, revision number, and the JA1/JB1 connector location.
The TMR version of this board has six ID devices, one for each cable connector.
Details of the VTCC diagnostics are in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide,
Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
The thermocouple board is configured using the toolbox. The following table
summarizes configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403,
Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Controller.
Configuration
Thermocouple Board Configuration (Part 1 of 2)
Parameter
Description
Choices
System frequency (used for noise rejection)
50 or 60 Hz
Enables or disables all system limit checking
Enable, disable
Auto Reset
Automatic Restoring of Thermocouples removed from

scan
Enable, disable
J3J4:I200TBTCH1A
Terminal board
Connected, Not Connected
ThermCpl1
First of 24 thermocouples - board point signal
Point edit (input FLOAT)
ThermoCpl Type
Thermocouples supported by VTCC; unused inputs are

removed from scanning, mV inputs are primarily for
maintenance.
Unused, mV, S, T, K, J, E
Configuration
SysFreq
SystemLimits
When configured for mV input, the signal span is 8 mV

to +45 mV. The input is not compensated for CJ and is a
straight reading of the terminal board mV input. In order to
detect open wires, each input is biased using plus and
minus 0.25 V through 10 megohm resistors. This should
be taken into account if high impedance mV signals are to
be read.
LowPassFiltr
Enable 2 Hz low pass filter
Enable, disable
SysLim1 Enabl
Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be

used to create an alarm.
Enable, disable
SysLim1 Latch
Determines whether the limit condition will latch or

unlatch; reset used to unlatch.
Latch, unlatch
SysLim1 Type
Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than or

equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater than or equal, less

than or equal
Enter the desired value.
Engineering units
SysLim2 Enabled

used to create an alarm.
Enable, disable
SysLim2 Latch

Latch, unlatch
SysLim2 Type

equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater than or equal, less

than or equal
SysLimit 2
Enter the desired value.
Engineering units
TMR Diff Limt
Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R, S, T differ by

more than a preset value (deg F); this creates a voting
alarm condition.
60 to 2,000
ColdJunc1
First CJ reference - Board point signal (similar

configuration as for thermocouples but no low pass filter
or CJ type choices of local or remote).
As above (input FLOAT)
ColdJunc2
Second CJ reference Board point signal (similar

configuration as for thermocouples but no low pass filter
or CJ type choices of local or remote).
As above (input FLOAT)
SysLimit 1
GEI-100553
Thermocouple Board Configuration (Part 2 of 2)

Board Points (Signals)
Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection Name)
Direction Type
L3DIAG_VTCC1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VTCC2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VTCC3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
SysLim1TC1
System limit 1 for thermocouple
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim1TC24
Input
BIT
SysLim1CJ1
System limit 1 for CJ
Input
BIT
SysLim1JC2
Input
BIT
SysLim2TC1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim2TC24
Input
BIT
SysLim2CJ1
Input
BIT
SysLim2CJ2
Input
BIT
CJ Backup
CJ backup
Output
FLOAT
CJ Remote 1
CJ remote 1
Output
FLOAT
CJ Remote 2
CJ remote 2
Output
FLOAT
ThermCpl1
Thermocouple reading
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
ThermCpl24
Thermocouple reading
Input
FLOAT
ColdJunc1
CJ for TC's 112
Input
FLOAT
ColdJunc2
CJ for TC's 1324
Input
FLOAT
GEI-100553
DTTC Simplex Thermocouple Terminal Board

The DTCC board is a compact terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. The
board has 12 thermocouple inputs and connects to the VTCC thermocouple
processor board with a single 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to the one used on
the larger TBCC terminal board. The on-board signal conditioning and cold junction
reference are identical to those on the TBTC board.
An on-board ID chip
identifies the board to the
VTCC for system diagnostic
purposes.
Two DTTC boards can be connected to the VTCC for a total of 24 inputs. Only the
simplex version of the board is available. The terminal boards can be stacked
vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. High density Euro-Block type
terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board with two screw connections
for the ground connection (SCOM). Every third screw connection is for the shield.
<R> Control Rack
DTTC Terminal Board

Local
CJ
reference (1)
JA1
Excitation
J3
24 Thermocouples
Thermocouple
1 Pos
Remote CJ
references
Noise Suppression
2 Neg
3 Shld
Grounded or
ungrounded
SCOM
(12) thermocouples
ID
Connectors at
bottom of
VME rack
J4
A/D
Processor
VMEbus
Excit.
I/O Core
Processor
TMS320C32
Connector for cable

from second DTTC
terminal board
Sampling type
A/D converter
DTTC for Thermocouple Inputs
GEI-100553
Installation
Shield screws are provided on
this board, internally
connected to SCOM.
The DTTC board slides into a plastic holder which mounts on the DIN-rail.
Thermocouples are wired directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type
terminal block has 42 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board.
Typically #18 AWG wires are used. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground)
connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
DIN Thermocouple Terminal Board DTTC
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shell

connector with latching
fasteners
Cable to J3
connector in I/O
rack for the VTCC
board
JA1
Input 1 (-)
Input 2 Shld
Input 2 (-)
Input 3 (-)
Input 4 Shld
Input 4 (-)
Input 5 (-)
Input 6 Shld
Input 6 (-)
Input 7 (-)
Input 8 Shld
Input 8 (-)
Input 9 (-)
Input 10 Shld
Input 10 (-)
Input 11 (-)
Input 12 Shld
Input 12 (-)
Chassis Ground
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
Screw Connections
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
Input 1 (+)
Input 1 Shld
Input 2 (+)
Input 3 (+)
Input 3 Shld
Input 4 (+)
Input 5 (+)
Input 5 Shld
Input 6 (+)
Input 7 (+)
Input 7 Shld
Input 8 (+)
Input 9 (+)
Input 9 Shld
Input 10 (+)
Input 11 (+)
Input 11 Shld
Input 12 (+)
Chassis Ground
SCOM
Euro-Block type
terminal block
Plastic mounting
holder
DIN-rail mounting
DTTC Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100553
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VTCC

CRC failure override is Active

16

configuration.
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure.

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
32-55
Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ##

thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter
exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from
scan
A condition such as stray voltage or

noise caused the input to exceed +63
millivolts.
56-79
Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocouple The board has detected a
input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the
thermocouple open and has applied a
converter limits and will be removed from scan
bias to the circuit driving it to a large
negative number, or the TC is not
connected, or a condition such as
stray voltage or noise caused the input
to exceed 63 millivolts.
GEI-100553
80,81
Cold Junction # Raw Counts High. Cold junction device

number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the
limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs
are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is
used. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value is
used
The cold junction device on the

terminal board has failed.
82,83
Cold Junction # Raw Counts Low. Cold junction device

number # input to the A/D converter has exceeded the
limits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputs
are averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is
used

84,85
Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High.

Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converter
exceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all even
numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all odd
numbered TC inputs will be wrong
The precision reference voltage on the

board has failed.
86,87
Calibration Reference # Raw Counts Low.

Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converter

board has failed.
88,89
Null Reference # Raw Counts High
The null reference voltage signal on

the board has failed.
90,91
Null Reference # Raw Counts Low. The null (zero)

reference number # input to the A/D converter has
exceeded the converter limits. If null ref. 1, all even
numbered TC inputs will be wrong; if null ref. 2, all odd

92-115
Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermocouple input has exceeded the range of the linearization
(lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set to
the table's maximum value
The thermocouple has been

configured as the wrong type, or a
stray voltage has biased the TC
outside of its normal range, or the cold
junction compensation is wrong.
116-139
Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization
the table's minimum value

160-255
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch

cable.
256-281
Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. The

specified input signal varies from the voted value of the
signal by more than the TMR Diff Limit

cable.
GEI-100553
g
+1 540 387 7000
www. Geindustrial.com
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100553
GEI-100554
VRTD Processor Board

Changes, modifications and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are
Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
ISSUE DATE: 2002-06-30
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................4
Operation....................................................................................................................................6
Specifications............................................................................................................................8
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9
Configuration ..........................................................................................................................10
DRTD Simplex Thermocouple Terminal Board ...............................................................12
Installation ...............................................................................................................................13
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................14
The Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) processor board (VRTD) accepts 16,
three-wire RTD inputs. These inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the RTD
terminal board (TRTD). Inputs to TRTD have noise suppression circuitry to protect
against surge and high frequency noise. Cables with molded fittings connect the
terminal board to the VME rack where the VRTD processor board is located.
There are two versions of TRTD, simplex and a TMR version that fans out the
signals to three VRTD boards. VRTD converts the inputs to digital temperature
values and transfers them over the VME backplane to the VCMI, and then to the
controller.
2 VRTD Processor Board
GEI-100554
TRTD Terminal Board
VRTD VME Board

x
x
x
x
8 RTD
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
TRTD capacity for

16 RTD inputs
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME bus to VCMI

JA1
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
x
x
x
8 RTD
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JB1
Cables to VME
I/O rack
VRTD
x
Connectors on
VME I/O rack
J3
Shield
bar
J4

from board for
maintenance
RTD Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling
GEI-100554
VRTD Processor Board 3
Installation
The sixteen RTDs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on the
terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals
accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassis
ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
RTD Terminal Board TRTDH1C

Screw Connections
Input 1
Input 2
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
Input 8
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Screw Connections
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Input 1
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 7
Input 8
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Input 9
Input 9
Input 10
Input 11
Input 11
Input 12
Input 13
Input 13
Input 14
Input 15
Input 15
Input 16
1
3
5
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
First 8 TCs to JA1
JA1
Input 9 (Sig)
Input 10 (Exc)
Input 10 (Ret)
Input 11 (Sig)
Input 12 (Exc)
Input 12 (Ret)
Input 13 (Sig)
Input 14 (Exc)
Input 14 (Ret)
Input 15 (Sig)
Input 16 (Exc)
Input 16 (Ret)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
Cable to J3
on I/O rack
JB1
Second 8 TCs to JB1
Cable to J4
on I/O rack
Excxx
A
RTD
B
Sigxx
Retxx
Application Note:
- Optional Ground: connnect the "B" wire to ground;
- RTD group wiring, that is sharing the "B" wire;
tie the "B" wires together at the RTDs,
tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD termination
bboard, and interconnect with one wire.
TRTDH1C (Simplex) Board Wiring
GEI-100554
TRTDH1B provides redundant RTD inputs by fanning the inputs out to VRTD
boards in the R, S, and T. The inputs meet the same environmental, codes,
resolution, suppression, and function requirements as with the TRTD terminal board,
however, the fast scan is not available.
All RTD signals have high frequency decoupling to ground at signal entry. RTD
multiplexing on the VRTD boards is coordinated by redundant pacemakers so that
the loss of a single cable or loss of a single VRTD does not cause the loss of any
RTD signals in the control database. VRTD boards in R, S, and T read RTDs
simultaneously, but skewed by two RTDs, so that when R is reading RTD3, S is
reading RTD5, and T is reading RTD7, and so on. This ensures that the same RTD is
not excited by two VRTDs simultaneously, and hence produce bad readings.
RTD Terminal Board TRTDH1B
JTA
JTB
Input 1
Input 2
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
Input 8
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Input 1
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 7
Input 8
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Input 9
Input 9
Input 10
Input 11
Input 11
Input 12
Input 13
Input 13
Input 14
Input 15
Input 15
Input 16
To J3
Rack T
8 circuits to
JRA,
JSA,
JTA
JSA
JSB
Cable to J4
on I/O rack T
To J3
rack S
Input 9 (Sig)
Input 10 (Exc)
Input 10 (Ret)
Input 11 (Sig)
Input 12 (Exc)
Input 12 (Ret)
Input 13 (Sig)
Input 14 (Exc)
Input 14 (Ret)
Input 15 (Sig)
Input 16 (Exc)
Input 16 (Ret)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
(Exc)
(Ret)
(Sig)
JRA
JRB
8 circuits to
JRB,
JSB,
JTB
Cable to J4
on I/O rack S
Cable to J4
on I/O rack R
Cable to J3
on I/O rack R
TRTDH1B (TMR) Board Wiring
GEI-100554
Operation
The terminal board supplies a 10 mA dc multiplexed (not continuous) excitation
current to each RTD, which can be grounded or ungrounded. The 16 RTDs can be
located up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet with a maximum
two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.
The VCO type A/D converter in the VRTD board uses voltage to frequency
converters and sampling counters. The converter samples each signal and the
excitation current four times per second for normal mode scanning, and 25 times per
second for fast mode scanning, using a time sample interval related to the power
system frequency. Linearization for the selection of 15 RTD types is performed in
software by the digital signal processor.
RTD open and short circuits are detected by out of range values. An RTD that is
determined to be out of hardware limits is removed from the scanned inputs in order
to prevent adverse affects on other input channels. Repaired channels are reinstated
automatically in 20 seconds, or can be manually reinstated.
<R> or <S> or <T> I/O rack

Termination
Board TRTD
Noise
suppression
Excitation
RTD
JA1
RTD Input Board VRTD
J3
Excit.
NS
Signal
I/O Core
Processor
TMS320C32
Return
Grounded or
ungrounded
(8) RTDs
Noise
suppression
Excitation
ID
JB1
Connectors
at
A/D
bottom of
VME rack
Excit.
J4
Processor VMEbus
VME Bus
RTD
NS
Signal
Return
Grounded or
ungrounded
VCO type A/D

converter
(8) RTDs
ID
TRTD (Simplex) Inputs and Signal Processing
GEI-100554
Signals
PM= Pacemaker
Tx = VRTD transmit
Rx = VRTD receive
Terminal Board TRTDH1B
Excitation
JRA
Noise
suppression
ID
PM, Tx
RTD
Signal
NS
PM, Rx, S
JSA
Return
ID
Grounded or
ungrounded
PM, Tx
PM, Rx, R
(8) RTDs to JRA, JSA, JTA
JTA
ID
PM, Tx
PM, Rx, R
JRB
Noise
suppression
ID
Excitation
PM, Tx
RTD
Signal
NS
PM, Rx, T
JSB
Return
Grounded or
ungrounded
ID
(8) RTDs to JRB, JSB, JTB
PM, Tx
PM, Rx, T
JTB
ID
PM, Tx
PM, Rx, S
TRTD (TMR) Inputs and Signal Processing
GEI-100554
Specifications
RTD Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of channels
16 channels per terminal board

16 channels per VRTD board
RTD types
10, 100, and 200 ohm platinum

10 ohm copper
120 ohm nickel
Span
0.3532 to 4.054 volts
A/D converter resolution
14-bit resolution
Scan Time
Normal scan 250 ms (4 Hz)

Fast scan 40 ms (25 Hz)
Power consumption
Less than 12 watts
See Tables
Ac common mode rejection 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz

Dc common mode rejection 80 dB
Common mode voltage range
5V
Normal mode rejection
Rejection of up to 250 mV rms is 60 dB @ 50/60 Hz

system frequency for normal scan
Maximum lead resistance
15 ohms maximum two way cable resistance
Fault detection
High/low (hardware) limit check

High/low (software) system limit check
VRTD Accuracy
RTD Type
Group Gain
Accuracy at 400 F
120 ohm nickel
Normal_ 1.0
2 F
200 ohm platinum
Normal_ 1.0
2 F
100 ohm platinum
Normal_ 1.0
4 F
100 ohm platinum

(60 F to 400 F)
Gain_ 2.0
2 F
10 ohm copper
10 ohm Cu_10
10 F
GEI-100554
VRTD Types and Ranges

RTD Type
Name/Standard
Range degree C
Range degree F
10 ohm copper
MINCO_CA
GE 10 Ohm Copper
51 to +260
60 to +500
100 ohm platinum
SAMA 100
51 to +593
60 to +1100
100 ohm platinum
DIN 43760
IEC-751
MINCO_PD
MINCO_PE
PT100_DIN
51 to +700
60 to +1292
100 ohm platinum
MINCO_PA
IPTS-68
PT100_PURE
51 to +700
60 to +1292
100 ohm platinum
MINCO_PB
Rosemount 104
PT100_USIND
51 to +700
60 to +1292
120 ohm nickel
MINCO_NA
N 120
51 to +249
60 to +480
200 ohm platinum
PT 200
51 to +204
60 to +400
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VRTD front panel provide status information. The
normal RUN condition is a flashing green and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is
normally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the
board.
Two types of diagnostic checking are applied to all inputs, hardware limit checking
and system limit checking.
Each RTD type has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) high
and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded a
logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the 16 inputs
hardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VRTD,
referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from
the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with
the RESET_DIA signal.
Each RTD input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low
levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for
enable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limit
signals. In TMR systems limit logic signals are voted and the resulting composite
diagnostic is present in each controller.
Each connector has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The
board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number,
board type, revision number, and the JA1/JB1 connector location. The TMR board
version has six ID chips, one for each connector.
Descriptions of the VRTD diagnostics are in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System
Guide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
GEI-100554
Configuration
Like all I/O boards, the RTD board is configured using the toolbox. This software
usually runs on a data highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. For
details refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI
Turbine Controller.
Typical VRTD Configuration
Module Parameter
Description
Choices
System limits
Enable or disable all system limit checking
Enable, disable
Auto reset
Enable or disable restoring of RTDs removed from

scan
Enable, disable
Group A rate
Sampling rate and system frequency filter for first

group of 8 inputs
4 Hz, 50 Hz filter
4 Hz, 60 Hz filter
25 Hz
Group A gain
Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190, first

group of 8 inputs
Normal_1.0
Gain_2.0
10 ohm Cu_10.0
Group B rate
Sampling rate and system frequency filter for second

group of 8 inputs
4 Hz, 50 Hz filter
4 Hz, 60 Hz filter
25 Hz
Group B gain
Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190,

second group of 8 inputs
Normal_1.0
Gain_2.0
10 ohm Cu_10.0
Terminal board
Connnected, not connected
RTD1
First of 16 RTDs - Board point signal
RTD type
RTDs linearizations supported by VRTD; select RTD

or Ohms Input (unused inputs are removed from
scanning)
Unused
CU10
SysLim1 Enable
Enables or disables a temperature limit for each

RTD, can be used to create an alarm
Enable, disable
SysLim1 Latch

unlatch for each RTD; reset used to unlatch.
Latch, unlatch
SysLim1 Type

equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset
value.

Less than or equal
System Limit 1
Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, Deg

F or Ohms
60 to 1,300
Configuration
J3J4:IS200TRTDH1C
MINCO_CA
PT100_DIN
MINCO_PD
PT100_PURE
MINCO_PA
PT100_USIND MINCO_PB
N120
MINCO_NA
MINCO_PIA
PT100_SAMA
PT200
MINCO_PK
Ohms
GEI-100554
SysLim2 Enable

used to create an alarm
Enable, disable
SysLim2 Latch

Latch, unlatch
SysLim2 Type

equal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset
value.

Less than or equal
System
Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, Deg

F or Ohms
60 to 1,300
TMR
Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R,S,T

differ by more than a preset value; this creates a
voting alarm condition.
60 to 1,300
Limit 2
Diff Limt
Board Point
Description-Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection)
Direction
Type
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
System limit 1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
System limit 1
Input
BIT
System limit 2
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Signals
L3DIAG_VRTD1
L3DIAG_VRTD2
L3DIAG_VRTD3
SysLim1RTD1
:
:
SysLim1RTD16
SysLim2RTD1
:
:
System limit 2
SysLim2RTD16
GEI-100554
DRTD Simplex Thermocouple Terminal Board

The DRTD board is a compact RTD terminal board, designed for DIN-rail mounting.
The board has eight RTD inputs and connects to the VRTD processor board with a
single 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to those used on the larger TRTD terminal
board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve
cabinet space. Two DRTD boards can be connected to the VRTD for a total of 16
temperature inputs. Only a simplex version of the board is available.
The on-board noise suppression is similar to that on the TRTD. High density EuroBlock type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, with two screw
connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies the
board to the VRTD for system diagnostic purposes.
<R> Control Rack

RTD Input Board VRTD
DRTD Board
RTD
C
Noise
suppression JA1
Excitation 1
B
16 RTD inputs
Excit.
J3
Signal 2
I/O Core
Processor
TMS320C32
Return 3
Grounded or
ungrounded
SCOM
(8) RTDs
ID
Connector for
cable from second
DRTD board
Connectors at
bottom of
VME rack
J4
A/D
Processor VME Bus
Excit.
VCO Type A/D

converter
DRTD Board
GEI-100554
Installation
There is no shield termination
strip with this design.
The DRTD board slides into a plastic holder which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
eight RTDs are wired directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminal
block has 36 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board.
Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted triplet) are used. Terminals 25 through
34 are spares. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection, which
should be as short a distance as possible. For wiring grounded RTDs, see the
section, Installation for the TRTD board.
DRTD
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shell

fasteners
Cable to J3 or J4
connector in I/O rack
for VRTD board
Input 1 (Signal)
Input 2 (Excitation)
Input 2 (Return)
JA1 Input 3 (Signal)
Input 4 (Return)
Input 5 (Signal)
Input 6 (Return)
Input 7 (Signal)
Input 8 (Return)
Chassis Ground
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
Input 1 (Return)
Input 2 (Signal)
Input 3 (Return)
Input 4 (Signal)
Input 5 (Return)
Input 6 (Signal)
Input 7 (Return
Input 8 (Signal)
Chassis Ground
SCOM
Euro Block type
terminal block
Plastic mounting
holder
DIN-rail mounting
DRTD Board Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100554
I/O Board Alarms

troubleshooting and general diagnostic alarm information refer to GEG-6421
Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VRTD


16

configuration.
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
32-47
RTD # high voltage reading, Counts are Y
An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an

open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD
hardware problem (such as
multiplexer), or the RTD device has
failed.
48-63
RTD # low voltage reading, Counts are Y
An RTD wiring/cabling short, or a short

on the VRTD board, or a VRTD
failed.
GEI-100554
64-79
RTD # high current reading, Counts are Y
The current source on the VRTD is

bad, or the measurement device has
failed.
80-95
RTD # low current reading, Counts are Y.
An RTD wiring/cabling open, or an

open on the VRTD board, or a VRTD
failed.
96-111
RTD # Resistance calc high, it is Y Ohms. RTD # has a

higher value than the table and the value is Y
The wrong type of RTD has been

configured or selected by default, or
there are high resistance values
created by faults 32 or 35, or both 32
and 35.
112-127
RTD # Resistance calc low, it is Y Ohms. TRD # has a

lower value than the table and the value is Y
The wrong type of RTD has been

configured or selected by default, or
there are low resistance values
created by faults 33 or 34, or both 33
and 34.
128-151
Voltage Circuits for RTDs, or Current Circuits for RTDs

have Reference raw counts high or low, or Null raw
counts high or low
Internal VRTD problems such as a

damaged reference voltage circuit, or
a bad current reference source, or the
voltage/current null multiplexer is
damaged.
152
Failed one Clock Validity Test, scanner still running. In

TMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMR
boards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputs
under certain conditions
VME board, terminal board, or cable

could be defective.
153
Failed one Phase Validity Test, scanner still running. In


could be defective.
154
Failed both Clock Validity Tests, scanner shutdown. In


could be defective.
155
Terminal Board connection(s) wrong. Cables crossed

between <R>, <S>, and <T>
Check cable connections.
156
25 Hz Scan not Allowed in TMR Mode, please reconfigure Configuration error. Choose scan of
4 Hz_50 Hz Fltr or 4 Hz_60 Hz Fltr.
160-255
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal from A problem with the input. This could
this board disagrees with the voted value.
cable.
256-271

GEI-100554

cable.
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100554
GEI-100555
VAIC Analog Input Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................4
Operation....................................................................................................................................6
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9
Configuration ..........................................................................................................................10
DTAI Simplex Analog Input Terminal Board ...................................................................12
Installation ...............................................................................................................................13
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................15
The Analog Input Board (VAIC) accepts 20 analog inputs and controls four analog
outputs. Ten inputs and two outputs are wired to each Analog Input Terminal board
(TBAI). Inputs and outputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge
and high frequency noise. Cables connect the terminal board to the VME rack where
the VAIC processor board is located.
The VAIC converts the inputs to digital values and transfers these over the VME
backplane to the VCMI, and then to the controller. Input signals are fanned out to
three VME board racks R, S, and T for TMR applications. The VAIC requires two
terminal boards to monitor 20 inputs.
2 VAIC Analog Input Board
GEI-100555
TBAI Terminal Board
TBAI Terminal Board
VAIC VME Board

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JS1
x
x
x
To
rack
T
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
JT1
JS1
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME bus to VCMI
x
x
JT1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
x
x
JR1
To
rack
S
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Cable to VME
rack T
JR1
Cable to VME
rack S
VAIC
x
Connectors on
VME rack
J3
Shield
bar
J4

from board for maintenance
Cables to VME
rack R
Analog Input Terminal boards, I/O Board, and Cabling (TMR System)
GEI-100555
VAIC Analog Input Boards 3
Installation
The 10 inputs and two outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted
on the terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals
The types of analog inputs and outputs that can be accommodated are as follows:
Analog input, two-wire transmitter
Analog input, three-wire transmitter
Analog input, four-wire transmitter
Analog input, externally powered transmitter
Analog input, voltage 5 V, 10 V dc
Analog output, 20 mA
Analog output, 200 mA
GEI-100555
Analog Input Terminal Board TBAI

x
Input 1
Input 1
Input 2
Input 2
Input 3
Input 3
Input 4
Input 4
Input 5
Input 5
Input 6
Input 6
(20ma)
(Ret)
(20ma)
(Ret)
(20ma)
(Ret)
(20ma)
(Ret)
(20ma)
(Ret)
(20ma)
(Ret)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Input 1
Input 1
Input 2
Input 2
Input 3
Input 3
Input 4
Input 4
Input 5
Input 5
Input 6
Input 6
(24V)
(Vdc)
(24V)
(Vdc)
(24V)
(Vdc)
(24V)
(Vdc)
(24V)
(Vdc)
(24V)
(Vdc)
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Input 7 (24V)
Input 7 (Vdc)
Input 8 (24V)
Input 8 (Vdc)
Input 9 (24V)
Input 9 (1ma)
Input 10 (24V)
Input 10 (1ma)
PCOM
PCOM
Output 1 (Sig)
Output 2 (Sig)
Board Jumpers
Circuit
Jumpers
20mA/V dc Open/ Ret
Input 1
J1A
J1B
Input 2
J2A
J2B
Input 3
J3A
J3B
Input 4
J4A
J4B
Input 5
J5A
J5B
Input 6
J6A
J6B
Input 7
J7A
J7B
JT1
To I/O
rack
T
JS1
Input 7 (20ma)
Input 7 (Ret)
Input 8 (20ma)
Input 8 (Ret)
Input 9 (20ma)
Input 9 (Ret)
Input 10 (20ma)
Input 10 (Ret)
PCOM
PCOM
Output 1 (Ret)
Output 2 (Ret)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
J8A
J8B
20mA/1 mA Open/ Ret
Input 9
J9A
J9B
To I/O
rack
S
Input 8
Input 10
Output 1
Output 2
J10A
JR1
J10B
20mA/200mA
J0
No Jumper (0-20mA)
To I/O
rack
R
+24 V dc
Two-wire
transmitter
wiring 4-20mA
Voltage input
VDC J#A
4-20 ma
Three-wire
transmitter wiring
4-20 mA
20 ma
+24 V dc
Voltage input
T
Return
VDC J#A
4-20 ma
20 ma
Return
Open
Open
J#B
J#B
PCOM
Externally powered
transmitter wiring
4-20 mA
Power
Supply
+
T
+24 V dc
Voltage input
VDC J#A
4-20 ma
Four-wire
transmitter wiring
5 V dc
20 ma
+24 V dc
Voltage input
T
Return
VDC
4-20 ma
J#A
20 ma
Signal Return
Open
J#B
Max. common
mode voltage
is 7.0 V dc
Open
Misc return
to PCOM
J#B
PCOM
PCOM
TBAI Terminal Board Wiring
GEI-100555
Operation
24 V dc power is available on the terminal board for all the transducers and there is a
choice of current or voltage inputs using jumpers. One of the two analog output
circuits is 420 mA, and the other can be jumper configured for 420 mA or 0200
mA. The same terminal board can be used for TMR applications.
The VAIC board accepts 20 analog inputs, controls four analog outputs, and contains
signal conditioning, an analog MUX, A/D converter, and D/A converter.
<R> Module
Terminal Board TBAI

8 circuits per
termination board
Typical transmitter,
Mark VI powered
+24 V dc
T
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Noise
Suppression
Vdc
Application Software
P28V
Current Limit
N
S
Controller
Analog Input
Board VAIC
J#A
20 ma
A/D
250 ohms
Return
D/A
J#B
Return
Open
PCOM
Connectors
at
bottom of
VME rack
2 circuits per
termination board
P28V
Current Limit
+24 V dc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
1 ma
N
S
Open
Jump select on one

circuit only; #2 Circuit
is 4-20 ma only
Return
JR1
J3/4
5k ohms
J#B
Return
Current
Regulator/
Power Supply
Two output circuits

200 ma
JO
20 ma
Signal
Maximum Load
0-200 ma, 50 ohms
4-20 ma, 500 ohms
Excitation
20 ma
250
ohm
Return
J#A
N
S
SCOM
ID
Simplex Analog Input Processing
GEI-100555
In a TMR system, analog inputs fan out to the three control racks from JR1, JS1, and
JT1. The 24 V dc power to the transducers comes from all three VAIC boards and is
diode shared on the terminal board. Each analog current output is fed by currents
from all three VAICs.
The actual output current is measured with a series resistor, which feeds a voltage
back to each control rack. The resulting output is the voted middle value of the three
currents.
<R> Module
Terminal Board TBAI
Controller
8 circuits per
termination board
Noise
Mark VI powered
+24 V dc
T
Suppression
P28VR
P28V<T>
P28V<S>
Current Limit
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Analog Input
Board VAIC
J#A
Vdc
N
S
20 ma
250 ohms
Return
A/D
D/A
J#B
Open
Return
PCOM
Connectors
at
bottom of
VME rack
2 circuits per
termination board
P28VR
+24 Vdc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Current Limit
1 ma J#A
N
S
Filter 2 Pole
5k ohms
J#B
Return
Open
PCOM
JO
Two output circuits

#2 circuit is 4-20
mA only
S
T
Current
Regulator/
Power Supply
ID
200 ma
20 ma
Signal
Maximum load
0-200 mA, 50 ohms
4-20 mA, 500 ohms
JR1
20 ma
250
ohm
Return
Excitation
J3/J4
N
S
S
T
JS1
Return
SCOM
ID JT1
ID
To rack<S>
To rack<T>
TMR Analog Input Processing
GEI-100555
The VAIC analog input/output capacity using two TBAI terminal boards, is shown in
the following table.
VAIC Analog Inputs and Outputs
Qty
Analog Input Types
Qty
Analog Output Types
16
10 V dc, or 5 V dc, or 420 mA
020 mA, or 0200 mA
420 mA, or 1 mA
020 mA
With the above noise

suppression and filtering, the
input ac common mode
rejection (CMR) is 60 dB, and
the dc CMR is 80 dB.
Transmitter/transducers can be powered by the 24 V dc source in the control system,

or can be independently powered. Terminal board jumpers J#A, J#B, and JO set up
the type of voltage and current inputs, and select the type of current output. Each
output is monitored by diagnostics, and a suicide relay disconnects the
corresponding output if a fault cannot be cleared by a command from the processor.
Hardware filters on the terminal board suppress high frequency noise. Additional
software filters on VAIC provide configurable low pass filtering.
VAIC Board Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of channels
12 channels per terminal board (10 AI, 2 AO)

24 channels per VAIC board (20 AI, 4 AO)
Input span
1 5 V dc
Input converter resolution
16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution
Scan time
Normal scan 10 ms (100 Hz)

Inputs 1 through 4 available for scan at 200 Hz
Better than 0.1% full scale
Noise suppression on inputs
The first ten circuits (J3) have a hardware filter with single pole down break
at 500 radians/second.
The second ten circuits (J4) have a hardware filter with a two pole down
break at 72 and 500 rad/second.
A software filter, using a two pole low pass filter, is configurable for 0, .75,
1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz, 12 Hz
Ac common mode rejection 60 dB @ 60 Hz, with up to 5 volt common mode

voltage.
Dc common mode rejection 80 dB with from 5 to +7 peak volt common mode
voltage.
VAIC Board Specifications (continued)
Item
Specification
Common mode voltage range
5 V ( 2 V CMR for the 10 V inputs)
Maximum lead resistance
15 ohms maximum two-way cable resistance, cable length up to 300m (984

ft)
Output converter
12-bit D/A converter with 0.5% accuracy
Output load
500 ohms for 420 mA output

50 ohms for 200 mA output
Power consumption
Less than 31 watts
Compressor stall detection
Detection and relay operation within 30 seconds
Fault detection
Monitor D/A outputs, output currents, and total current

Monitor suicide relays and 20/200 mA scaling relays
GEI-100555
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VAIC front panel provide status information. The
normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is
normally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the
board.
Each analog input has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable)
high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded
a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the inputs
hardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VAIC,
which refers to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available
from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset
with the RESET_DIA signal.
Each input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low levels.
These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured for
enable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limits.
Details of the diagnostics are in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter
8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
The TBAI terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O
board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board
serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location.
GEI-100555
Configuration
The following table summarizes configuration choices and defaults. For details refer
to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine
Controller.
Typical VAIC Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
System limits
Enable or disable system limits
Enable, disable
Output voting
Select type of output voting
Simplex, TMR
Min_ MA_Input
Select minimum current for healthy 420 mA input
0 to 21 mA
Max_ MA_Input
Select maximum current for healthy 420 mA input
0 to 21 mA
CompStalType
Select compressor stall algorithm (# of transducers)
0, 2, or 3
InputForPS3A
Select analog input circuit for PS3A
Analog in 1, 2, 3, or 4
InputForPS3B
Select analog input circuit for PS3B
InputForPS3C
Select analog input circuit for PS3C
SelMode
Select mode for excessive difference pressure
Maximum, average
PressDelta
Excessive difference pressure threshold
5 to 500
TimeDelay
Time delay on stall detection, in milliseconds
10 to 40
KPS3_Drop_Min
Minimum pressure rate
10 to 2000
KPS3_Drop_I
Pressure rate intercept
10 to 100
KPS3_Drop_S
Pressure rate slope
0.05 to 10
KPS3_Delta_S
Pressure delta slope
0.05 to 10
KPS3_Delta_I
Pressure delta intercept
10 to 100
KPS3_Delta_Mx
Pressure delta maximum
10 to 100
KPS3_Drop_L
Threshold Pressure rate
10 to 2000
KPS3_Drop_Mx
Max pressure rate
10 to 2000
Terminal board connected to VAIC via J3
AnalogIn1
First of 10 analog inputs - board point
Point edit
Input type
Current or voltage input type
Unused, 420 mA, 5 V, 10 V
Low_Input
Value of current at the low end of scale
10 to +20
Value of input in engineering units at low end of scale
3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
Value of current at the high end of scale
10 to +20
Value of input in engineering units at high end of

scale
3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
High_Value
Input _Filter
Bandwidth of input signal filter
Unused, 0.75, 1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz,

12 Hz
Configuration
J3:IS200TBAIH1A
(input FLOAT)
Low_Value
High_Input
GEI-100555
Difference limit for voted inputs in % of high-low

values
0 to 100
Input fault check
Enable, disable
Input fault latch
Latch, unlatch
Input fault type

Less than or equal
3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
Input fault check
Enable, disable
Input fault latch
Latch, unlatch
Input fault type

Less than or equal
3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
First of two analog outputs - board point
Point edit (output FLOAT)
Type of output current
Unused, 020 mA, 0200 mA
Output mA at low value
0 to 200 mA
Output in engineering units at low mA
3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
Output mA at high value
0 to 200 mA
Output value in engineering units at high mA
3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
TMR Suicide
Suicide for faulty output current, TMR only
Enable, disable
Diff Limit
Current difference for suicide, TMR only
0 to 200 mA
D/A Err Limit
Difference between D/A reference and output, in %

for suicide, TMR only
0 to 100 %
Terminal board connected to VAIC via J4
AnalogIn11
First of 10 analog inputs - board point
AnalogOut3
First of two analog outputs - board point
TMR_Diff_Limit
Sys_Lim_1_Enable
Sys_Lim_1_Latch
Sys_Lim_1_Type
Sys_Lim_1
Sys_Lim_2_Enable
Sys_Lim_2_Latch
Sys_Lim_2_Type
Sys_Lim_2
AnalogOut1
Output_MA
Low_MA
Low_Value
High_MA
High_Value
J4:IS200TBAIH1A
Description Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection)
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VAIC1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VAIC2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VAIC3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
SysLimit1_1
System limit 1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLimit1_20
System limit 1
Input
BIT
SysLimit2_1
System limit 2
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
GEI-100555
SysLimit2_20
System limit 2
Input
BIT
OutSuicide1
Status of suicide relay for output 1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
OutSuicide4
Input
BIT
DeltaFault
Excessive difference pressure
Input
BIT
CompStall
Compressor stall
Input
BIT
Out1MA
Feedback, total output current, mA
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Out4MA
Feedback, total output current, mA
Input
FLOAT
CompPressSel
Selected compressor press, by stall Algo.
Input
FLOAT
PressRate Sel
Selected compressor press rate, by stall Algor.
Input
FLOAT
CompStallPerm
Compressor stall permissive
Output
BIT
DTAI Simplex Analog Input Terminal Board

The DTAI board is a compact analog input terminal board, designed for DIN-rail
mounting. The board has 10 analog inputs and two analog outputs, and connects to
the VAIC processor board with a single 37-pin. This cable is identical to those used
on the larger TBAI terminal board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on
the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space.
Two DTAI boards can be connected to the VAIC for a total of 20 analog inputs and
four analog outputs. Only a Simplexversion of the board is available.
The functions and on-board noise suppression are the same as those on the TBAI.
High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the
board, with two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board
ID chip identifies the board to the VAIC for system diagnostic purposes.
GEI-100555
<R> Module
DTAI Board
Mark VI powered
+24 V dc
Controller
8 circuits per terminal

Noise board
1
suppression
Voltage input 3
(+/-5,10 V dc)
4-20 mA 2
Current Limit
20 ma
A/D
D/A
J1B
Return
Open
43
Analog Input
Board VAIC
250 ohms
Return 4
41
P28V
J1A
Vdc
N
S
PCOM
Connectors
at
bottom of
VME rack
PCOM
SCOM
2 circuits per terminal
board
P28V
33
+24 V dc
Current Limit
+/-1 mA 35
N
4-20 mA 34 S
Excitation
JR1
J3/4
20 mA
5k ohms
250
ohm
Return 36
J9A
1 ma
J9B
Open
Jump select on one

circuit only; #2
Circuit is 4-20 mA
only
Return
PCOM
Two output circuits

200 mA JO
20 mA
Signal 45
Maximum Load
4-20 mA, 500 ohms
0-200 mA, 50 ohms
Return
Current
Regulator/
Power
Supply
N
46 S
SCOM
ID
DTAI Board
Installation
GEI-100555
The DTAI board slides into a plastic holder which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
Euro-Block type terminal block has 48 terminals and is permanently mounted on the
board. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted pair) are used. There are two
screws for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as
possible.
DTAI
Jumpers
37-pin "D"
shell
connector
with latching
fasteners
JR1
Cable to J3
connector in
I/O rack for
VAIC board
Screw Connections
JP1B JP1A
Input 1 (20mA)
JP2B JP2A Input 1 (Return)
Input 2 (20mA)
Input 3 (20mA)
Input 4 (20mA)
Input 5 (20mA)
Input 6 (20mA)
Input 7 (20mA)
JP8B JP8A Input 7 (Return
Input 8 (20mA)
JP9B JP9A Input 8 (Return
Input 9 (20mA)
Input 10 (20mA)
Input 10 (Ret)
JP0
PCOM
Chassis Ground
Output 1 (Return)
Output 2 (Return)
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
TB1 Screw Connections Circuit

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Input 1 (24V)
Input 1 (Vdc)
Input 2 (24V)
Input 2 (Vdc)
Input 3 (24V)
Input 3 (Vdc)
Input 4 (24V)
Input 4 (Vdc)
Input 5 (24V)
Input 5 (Vdc)
Input 6 (24V)
Input 6 (Vdc)
Input 7 (24V)
Input 7 (Vdc)
Input 8 (24V)
Input 8 (Vdc)
Input 9 (24V)
Input 9 (1mA)
Input 10 (24V)
Input 10 (1mA)
PCOM
Chassis Ground
Output 1 (Signal)
Output 2 (Signal)
Jumpers
Open/Return 20mA/V dc
Input 1
J1B
J1A
Input 2
J2B
J2A
Input 3
J3B
J3A
Input 4
J4B
J4A
Input 5
J5B
J5A
Input 6
J6B
J6A
Input 7
J7B
J7A
Input 8
J8B
Input 9
J9B
J8A
20mA/1mA
J9A
Input 10
J10B
J10A
Output 1
Output 2
SCOM
J0
No jumper
+24 V dc
Externally powered
transmitter
DIN-rail mounting
Power
Supply
4-20 mA
Return
T
-
J1A
Voltage input
20 mA
J1B
Open
+24 V dc
Alternate transmitter wiring
Return
PCOM
Voltage input
Three-wire
transmitter
T
J2A
20 mA
4-20 mA
Return
Open
J2B
Return
PCOM
DTAI Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions
GEI-100555
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VAIC


16

configuration
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24
Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on this

board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to

VME I/O board- check the connectors
and call the factory
30
ConfigCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: #

board

factory.
31
IOCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: #


factory.
32-65
Analog Input # Unhealthy
Excitation to transducer, bad

transducer, open or short-circuit
66-69
Output # Individual Current Too High Relative to Total

Current. An individual current is N mA more than half the
total current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
Board failure
70-73
Output # total Current Varies from Reference Current.

Total current is N mA different than the reference current,
where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
Board failure or open circuit
GEI-100555
74-77
Output # Reference Current Error.

The difference between the output reference and the
input feedback of the output reference is greater than the
configured DA_Err Limit measured in percent
Board failure (D/A converter)
78-81
Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex mode

only alarm if current out of bounds
Board failure
82-85
Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The shutdown

relay is not responding to commands
Board failure (relay or driver)
86-89
Output # 20/200 mA Selection Non-Functional.

Feedback from the relay indicates incorrect 20/200 mA
relay selection (not berg jumper selection)
Configured output type does not

match the jumper selection, or VAIC
board failure (relay).
90-93
Output # 20/20 mA Suicide Active. One output of the

three has suicided, the other two boards have picked up
current
Board failure
128-223
this board disagrees with the voted value
cable.
224-249

g
+1 540 387 7000

cable.
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100555
GEI-100556
VAOC Analog Output Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................4
Operation....................................................................................................................................5
Specifications............................................................................................................................7
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................7
Configuration ............................................................................................................................8
DTAO Simplex Analog Output Terminal Board ................................................................9
Installation ...............................................................................................................................10
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................11
The Analog Output Board (VAOC) controls 16 analog, 20 mA, outputs. These
outputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the Analog Output Terminal board
(TBAO). Noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high frequency
noise is mounted on the terminal board. Cables with molded plugs connect the
terminal board to the VME rack where the VAOC processor board is located. The
VAOC receives digital values from the controller over the VME backplane from the
VCMI, and converts these to analog output currents.
Note TMR applications control signals are fanned into the same terminal board
from three VME board racks R, S, and T (see figure below). Six cables are required
to support all 16 outputs with TMR.
2 VAOC Analog Output Board
GEI-100556
TBAO Terminal Board

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
8 analog
outputs
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JT1 JT2
37-pin "D"
shell type
connectors
with latching
fasteners
VAOC VME Board

x
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME bus to VCMI

communication board
JS1 JS2
Cables to VME
rack T
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
8 analog
outputs
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
Cables to VME
rack S
JR1 JR2
VAOC
x
Connectors on
VME rack R
J3
Shield
bar
J4

Cables to VME
rack R
Analog Output Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling
GEI-100556
VAOC Analog Output Board 3
Installation
The 16 analog outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on the
terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals
Analog Output Terminal Board TBAO

JT1
JT2
Output 1 (Return)
Output 2 (Return)
Output 3 (Return)
Output 4 (Return)
Output 5 (Return)
Output 6 (Return)
Output 7 (Return)
Output 8 (Return)
Output 9 (Return)
Output 10(Return)
Output 11(Return)
Output 12(Return)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Output 1 (Signal)
Output 2 (Signal)
Output 3 (Signal)
Output 4 (Signal)
Output 5 (Signal)
Output 6 (Signal)
Output 7 (Signal)
Output 8 (Signal)
Output 9 (Signal)
Output 10(Signal)
Output 11(Signal)
Output 12(Signal)
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Output 13 (Signal)
Output 14 (Signal)
Output 15 (Signal)
Output 16 (Signal)
To J4
on I/O
rack T
JS1
JS2
To J3
on I/O
rack T
To J4
on I/O
rack S
Output 13(Return)
Output 14(Return)
Output 15(Return)
Output 16(Return)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JR1
JR2
To J3
on I/O
Rack S
To J4
on I/O
rack R
To J3
on I/O
rack R
I/O terminal block with barrier terminals

Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with 300
volt insulation
TBAO Terminal Board Wiring
GEI-100556
Operation
The terminal board supports 16 analog outputs. Driven devices have a maximum
resistance of 500 ohms and can be located up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the
turbine control cabinet. VAOC in the VME rack contains the D/A converter and
driver which generates the controlled currents as shown in the figure below. The
output current is controlled by the voltage drop across a resistor on the terminal
board.
<R> Module
TBAO Terminal Board
Analog Output Board VAOC
D/A
From
controller
Noise
suppression 01
Suicide
Current
Regulator/
Power Driver
100 Relay
ohms
J3
JR1
50 ohms
NS
Output Current
Sensing
Group 1
First group of 8 analog 0-20 mA outputs

ID
From
controller
Current
Regulator/
Power Driver
Current
Signal
02
Return
03
04
05
06
Signal
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Signal
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Signal
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Return
Circuit #1
Sensing
Current
D/A
Maximum load
4-20 mA, 500
ohms
100
ohms
Suicide
Relay
J4
JR2
NS
50 ohms
Sensing
Output Current Sensing
Group 2
Second group of 8 analog 0-20 mA outputs

ID
Connectors at bottom
of VME rack
Return
Circuit #2
Signal
Return
Return
Circuit #3
Circuit #4
Signal
Return
Circuit #5
Signal
Return
Circuit #6
Signal
Return
Circuit #7
Signal
Return
Return
Circuit #8
Circuit #9
Signal
Return
Circuit #10
Signal
Return
Circuit #11
Signal
Return
Circuit #12
Signal
Circuit #13
Signal
Return
Circuit #14
Signal
Return
Circuit #15
Signal
Return
Circuit #16
Simplex Analog Output Processing
GEI-100556
In a TMR system, each analog current output is fed by the sum of the currents from
the three VAOCs as shown in the figure below. The total output current is measured
with a series resistor which feeds a voltage back to each control rack and VAOC.
The resulting output is the voted middle value of the three currents. If one output
fails, the other two pickup the current to the correct value. If one output fails high, it
is disconnected by the shutdown relay.
VME racks
<R>
<S>
<T>
Current Output Board VAOC
D/A
From
controller
Terminal Board TBAO
Current
Regulator/
Power Driver
Current
100
ohms
Suicide
Relay
J3
Noise
Suppression
JR1
50 ohms
NS
Sensing
Total Current Sensing
ID
JS1
J3
First group of (8)
0-20mA outputs
Group 1
Same for
<S>
ID
JT1
J3
Same for
<T>
ID
J4
JR2
Same for
<R>
ID
J4
Second group of
(8) 0-20mA outputs
JS2
Same for
<S>
Group 2
ID
Same for
<T>
J4
JT2
ID
Maximum load
500 ohms
01
Signal
02
Return
03
Signal
04
05
Return
06
07
08
Return
09
10
Signal
11
12
13
Signal
14
15
Return
16
Return
17
18
Signal
19
20
21
Signal
22
23
Return
24
25
Return
26
27
28
Return
29
30
Signal
31
32
Signal
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Signal
Circuit #3
Signal
Return
Return
Return
Circuit #4
Circuit #5
Circuit #6
Signal
Circuit #7
Signal
Return
Return
Circuit #8
Circuit #9
Circuit #10
Signal
Circuit #11
Signal
Circuit #12
Signal
Circuit #13
Signal
Return
Return
Return
Circuit #14
Circuit #15
Circuit #16
TMR Analog Output Processing
GEI-100556
Specifications
Each output is monitored by diagnostics. Voltage drops across the local and outer
loop current sense resistors, at the control reference, D/A outputs, and at the
shutdown relay contacts are sampled and digitized. In the event of a malfunction that
cannot be cleared by a command from the processor, the circuit is disconnected by
opening the shutdown relay contacts. This isolation function is only operational
when configured for TMR operation. Filters reduce high frequency noise and
suppress surge on each output near the point of signal exit.
Item
Specification
Number of channels
16 current output channels, single ended (one side

connected to common)
Analog outputs
0 20 mA, up to 500 ohm burden

Response better than 50 rad/sec
D/A converter resolution/accuracy
12-bit resolution with 0.5% accuracy
Frame rate
100 Hz on all 16 outputs
Fault detection
Local current
Outer total (TMR) current
D/A converter output
Suicide relay operation
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VAOC front panel provide status information. The
normal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is
normally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the
board.
Standard diagnostic information is available on the inputs and outputs, including
high and low limit checks, and high and low system limit checks (configurable). If
any one of the 16 outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm,
L3DIAG_VAOC, occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the
toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the
RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device which is
interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the
terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT
connector location.
GEI-100556
Configuration
Like all I/O boards, the VAOC board is configured using the toolbox. This software
usually runs on a data highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The
following table defines the configuration choices. Refer to GEH-6403, Control
System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Parameter
Description
Choices
Select type of output voting
Simplex, TMR
Terminal board connected to VAOC via J3
Analog output 1 - board point (first set of 8 analog

outputs)
Type of output current
Unused, 020 mA
Output MA at low value
0 to 20 mA
Output in engineering units at low MA
3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038
Output MA at high value
0 to 20 mA
Output value in engineering units at high MA
3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038
Enable Suicide for faulty output current, TMR only
Enable, disable
Current difference in MA for suicide, TMR only
0 to 20 mA
Difference between D/A reference and output, in %

for suicide, TMR only
0 to 100 %
Terminal board connected to VAOC via J4
Analog output 9 - board point (second set of 8 analog

outputs)
DescriptionPoint Edit (Enter Signal Connection)
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VAOC1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VAOC2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VAOC3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
OutSuicide1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Configuration
Output Voting
J3:IS200TBAOH1A
AnalogOut1
Output_MA
Low_MA
Low_Value
High_MA
High_Value
TMR_ Suicide
TMR_Diff Limit
D/A_Err Limit
J4:IS200TBAOH1A
AnalogOut9
Board Points Signals
OutSuicide16
Input
BIT
Out1MA
Measure total output current in mA
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
:
Out16MA
:
Measure total output current in mA
GEI-100556
DTAO Simplex Analog Output Terminal Board

The DTAO board is a compact analog output terminal board, designed for DIN-rail
mounting. The DTAO board has eight analog outputs and connects to the VAOC
processor board with a single 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to those used on
the larger TBAO terminal board.
The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet
space. Two DTAO boards can be connected to the VAOC for a total of 16 analog
outputs. Only a Simplex version of this board is available.
The functions and on-board noise suppression are the same as those on TBAO. High
density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, with
two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip
identifies the board to the VAOC for system diagnostic purposes
<R> Module
DTAO Terminal Board
VAOC Board
D/A
From
controller
Current
Regulator/
Power Driver
Suicide
Relay
100
ohms
J3
Noise
Suppresion
01
50 ohms
02
JR1
Analog Outputs
Maximum Load
4-20 mA,
500 ohms
Signal
Return
Circuit #1
Sensing
SCOM
Sensing
03
04
05
06
07
08
First group of 8 analog 4-20 mA outputs

ID
D/A
From
controller
Current
Regulator/
Power Driver
100
ohms
Suicide
Relay
J4
Eight analog
outputs
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Sensing
Signal
Return Circuit #2
Signal
Return Circuit #3
Signal
Return Circuit #4
Signal
Return Circuit #5
Signal
Return Circuit #6
Signal
Return Circuit #7
Signal
Return Circuit #8
Sensing
To second DTAO
terminal board
Second group of 8 analog 4-20 mA outputs
Connectors at
bottom of VME rack
DTAO Board
GEI-100556
Installation
The DTAO board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
eight analog outputs are wired directly to the terminal block as shown in the
following figure. The Euro-Block type terminal block has 36 terminals and is
permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded
twisted pair) are used. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection
which should be as short a distance as possible.
DTAO
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shell

connector with
latching fasteners
JR1
Output 1 (Return)
Output 2 (Return)
Output 3 (Return)
Output 4 (Return)
Output 5 (Return)
Output 6 (Return)
Output 7 (Return)
Output 8 (Return)
Chassis Ground
SCOM
Cable to J3 or J4
connector in I/O
rack for VAOC
board
Screw Connections
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
Output 1 (Signal)
Output 2 (Signal)
Output 3 (Signal)
Output 4 (Signal)
Output 5 (Signal)
Output 6 (Signal)
Output 7 (Signal)
Output 8 (Signal)
Chassis Ground
Euro-Block type
terminal block
Plastic mounting
holder
DIN-rail mounting
DTAO Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100556
I/O Board Alarms

Diagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed or reset from the toolbox. For
Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VOAC


16

configuration
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
82-97
Output # Total Current Too High Relative to Total Current. Board failure
An individual current is N mA more than half the total
current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
98-113
Output # Total Current Varies from Reference Current.

Total current is N mA different than the reference current,
where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit
Board failure or open circuit
114-129
Output # Reference Current Error. The difference

between the output reference and the input feedback of
the output reference is greater than the configured
DA_Err Limit measured in percent
Board failure (D/A converter)
GEI-100556
130-145
Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex mode

alarm indicating current is too high or too low
Board failure
146-161
Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The suicide relay

is not responding to commands
Board failure (relay or driver)
162-177
Output # Suicide Active. One output of three has suicided, Board failure
the other two boards have picked up the current
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100556
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards
Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
All rights reserved
Section
Page
VCCC Contact Input Board....................................................................................................2
Installation .................................................................................................................................4
Operation....................................................................................................................................5
Specifications............................................................................................................................8
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8
Configuration ............................................................................................................................9
TICI Isolated Digital Input Board........................................................................................10
DTCI Simplex Contact Input Terminal Board ..................................................................11
Installation ...............................................................................................................................12
DTCI Wiring and Cabling VCCC Relay Output Board...................................................13
Installation ...............................................................................................................................15
Operation..................................................................................................................................16
Specifications..........................................................................................................................18
Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................18
Configuration ..........................................................................................................................19
TRLYH1C Relay Outputs with Voltage Sensing .............................................................20
Installation ...............................................................................................................................22
Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................23
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................28
VCCC Contact Input Board

VCRC is a single slot version
of VCCC with the same
functionality and contact
input cables plug into the
front of the board.
2 VCCC Boards
The Contact Input/Relay Output Board (VCCC) with its associated daughterboard accepts
48 discrete inputs and controls 24 relay outputs. VCCC is a double width module and
connects to two sets of J3/J4 plugs via the VME backplane. The Contact Input Terminal
Board (TBCI) accepts 24 dry contact inputs, and two boards are required to support 48
inputs. The Relay Output Terminal Board (TRLY) controls 12 relays and is described in the
next section.
GEI-100557
VME Rack
J1
VCCC
daughterboard
VCCC
board
J2
J2
Backplane cable connectors
J3
J3
J4
J4
Backplane wiring
Terminal Boards
TB3 JF1 JF2

Power Plugs
TRLY JT1
Relay/
Sol
Outputs JS1
12 per
board
TB3 JF1 JF2

Power Plugs
JE1 JE2
Power Plugs
JE1 JE2
Power Plugs
TRLY JT1
Relay/
Sol
Outputs JS1
12 per
board
JT1
TBCI
Contact
Inputs JS1
24 per
board
JT1
TBCI
Contact
Inputs JS1
24 per
board
JA1
Power
JG1
Plug
JA1
Power
JG1
Plug
JR
1
JR
1
Simplex Boards and Cabling for Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs
The first 24 dry contact inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the TBCI, and
a second terminal board is required for inputs 25 48. Dc power for the contacts is
provided. Contact inputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge
and high frequency noise. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to
the VME rack where the VCCC processor board is located.
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 3
TBCI Contact Input Terminal Board
x
x
x
12 contact
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JT1
1
3
5
7 JE1 JE2
9
11
13
15
17
19
JS1
21
23
VCCC VME Board
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME bus to VCMI
Cable to VME
rack T
x
x
x
12 contact
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cable to VME
rack S
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JR1
Cable to VME
rack R
Connectors on
VME rack R
VCCC
x
J3
J3
J4
J4
Shield
bar
To relay
output boards
Cable from
second TBCI
Contact Input Terminal board, I/O Board, and Cabling
Installation
The 24 dry contact inputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on
the terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals
ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block. The 125 V dc
excitation voltage is cabled in through plugs JE1 and JE2.
4 VCCC Boards
GEI-100557
Contact Input Terminal Board TBCI
1
JT1
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
3
3
Input 1 (Positive) JE1
JE2
Input 2 (Positive)
Input 3 (Positive) Contact excitation
source:
Input 4 (Positive)
H1 - 125 V dc
Input 5 (Positive)
H2 - 24 V dc
Input 6 (Positive)
Input 7 (Positive)
Input 8 (Positive)
Input 9 (Positive)
Input 10 (Positive)
Input 11 (Positive)
Input 12 (Positive)
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Input 13
Input 14
Input 15
Input 16
Input 17
Input 18
Input 19
Input 20
Input 21
Input 22
Input 23
Input 24
Input 1 (Return)
Input 2 (Return)
Input 3 (Return)
Input 4 (Return)
Input 5 (Return)
Input 6 (Return)
Input 7 (Return)
Input 8 (Return)
Input 9 (Return)
Input 10(Return)
Input 11(Return)
Input 12(Return)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
To rack T
JS1
Input 13 (Return)
Input 14 (Return)
Input 15 (Return)
Input 16 (Return)
Input 17 (Return)
Input 18 (Return)
Input 19 (Return)
Input 20 (Return)
Input 21 (Return)
Input 22 (Return)
Input 23 (Return)
Input 24 (Return)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
(Positive)
To rack S
JR1
Inputs 22, 23, 24

are 10 mA, all
others are 2.5 mA
To rack R
Terminal blocks can be unplugged
from terminal board for maintenance
Up to two #12 AWG wires per
point with 300 V insulation
TBCI Terminal Board Wiring
Operation
The VCCC passes the input voltages through optical isolators and transfers the
signals over the VME backplane to the VCMI. The VCMI then sends them to the
controller. The contact input processing is shown in the following figure.
The TBCIH1 dry contact inputs are powered from a floating 125 V dc (100 145 V
dc) supply from the turbine control. Power converters convert the 115/230 V ac
and/or 125 V dc power sources to a redundant, internal 125 V dc bus to power the
electronics. The 125 V dc bus is current limited in the Power Distribution Module
prior to feeding each contact input. The TBCIH2 dry contact inputs are powered
from a floating 24 V dc (18.5 32 V dc) supply.
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 5
Terminal Board TBCI
<R> Rack
Contact Input Board VCCC
JE1
(+) Floating
(-)
From power
distribution
module <PDM>
H1 - 125 V dc
H2 - 24 V dc
power source
Gate
JE2
(+)
(-)
(+)
Noise
Suppression
(-)
N
S
Field Contact
Total of 48 circuits
J3
JR1
Gate
Ref.
Gate
ID
N
S
Field Contact
Gate
Optical isolation
BCOM
Gate
J4
(+)
(-)
P5
Gate
(+)
(-)
Gate
N
S
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
N
S
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
N
S
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
N
S
Field Contact
BCOM
Contact inputs from second

TBCI terminal board
24 contact inputs per
terminal board
Simplex Contact Input Processing
6 VCCC Boards
GEI-100557
A pair of termination points is provided for each input with one point (screw)
providing the positive dc source and the second point providing the return (input) to
the board. The current loading is 2.5 mA per point for 21 of the inputs on each
terminal board, and the other three have a 10 mA load to support interface with
remote solid-state output electronics.
Each input is optically isolated and sampled at frame rate for control functions, and
at 1ms for SOE reporting. A 4 ms hardware filter is used, and noise rejection is 60 V
rms at 125 V dc excitation. Contact input circuitry is designed for NEMA Class G
creepage and clearance.
For TMR applications contact input voltages are fanned out to three VME board
racks R, S, and T via plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. The signals are processed by the three
VCCCs and the results voted by the VCMI board in each controller rack.
<T>
<S>
<R>
Terminal Board TBCI
JE1
(+) Floating
(-)
From power
distribution
module <PDM>
H1 - 125 V dc
H2 - 24 V dc
power source
VME racks
Shown for <R>
Gate
JE2
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
Noise
Suppression
N
S
J3
JR1
Gate
P5
Gate
Ref.
ID
BCOM
N
S
N
S
Gate
Gate
J3
JS1
Gate
Optical isolation
Gate
ID
BCOM
JT1
J3
N
S
J4
N
S
ID
From second TBCI
BCOM
N
S
Field Contact
BCOM
24 contact inputs per terminal board.

Each contact input terminates on one
point and is fanned to <R>, <S>, and <T>.
TMR Contact Input Processing
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 7
Specifications
High speed scanning and recording at 1 ms rate is available for inputs monitoring
important turbine variables. The sequence of events recorder reports all contact
openings and closures with a time resolution of 1 ms. Contact chatter and pulse
widths down to 6 ms are reported.
Filters reduce high frequency noise and suppress surge on each input near the point
of signal exit. Noise and contact bounce is filtered with a 4 ms filter. Ac voltage
rejection (50/60 Hz) is 60 V rms with 125 V dc excitation.
VCCC Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of channels
48 dry contact voltage input channels (24 per terminal board)
Excitation voltage
H1 - Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc

H2 Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc
Input current
H1 for 125 V dc applications:

First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 kohms)
Last three circuits draw 10 mA (12.5 kohms)
First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 kohms)
Last three circuits draw 9.9 mA (2.42 kohms)
Isolation
Optical isolation to 1500 volts on all inputs
Input filter
Hardware filter, 4 ms
Ac voltage rejection
60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation
Frame rate
System dependent scan rate for control purposes

1,000 Hz scan rate for SOE monitoring
Power consumption
20.6 watts on the terminal board

N/A watts in the VCCC board
Fault detection
Loss of contact input excitation voltage

Non-responding contact input in test mode
Unplugged cable
Diagnostics
If any one of the 48 inputs
goes unhealthy, a composite
diagnostic alarm,
L3DIAG_VCCC occurs.
Details of the individual
diagnostics are available
from the toolbox. The
diagnostic signals can be
individually latched, and then
reset with the RESET_DIA
signal if they go healthy
8 VCCC Boards
Three LEDs at the top of the VCCC front panel provide status information. The
normal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is
board
The dry (isolated) external contacts are monitored, and also the excitation voltage. If
the excitation drops to below 40% of the nominal voltage, a diagnostic alarm is set
and latched
Each terminal board connector has its own ID device which is interrogated by the
I/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial
number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. Refer
to GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and
Diagnostics
GEI-100557
Configuration
Like all I/O boards, the VCCC is configured using the toolbox. This software usually
runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The
following table defines configuration choices and defaults. Refer to GEH-6403,
Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Typical VCCC (Contact Input) Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
Enable all system limit checking
Enable, disable
Terminal board connected to VCCC from J3
First contact of 24 on first terminal board board point
Point edit
Contact input
Select contact input
Used, unused
Signal invert
Inversion makes signal true if contact open
Normal, invert
Sequence of
Select input for sequence of events scanning
Enable, disable
Signal filter
Contact input filter in milliseconds
0, 10, 20, 50
Terminal board connected to VCCC from J4
First contact of 24 on second terminal board board point
Point edit
Configuration
System Limits
J3A:IS200TBCIH1A
Contact01
(input BIT)
events
J4A:IS200TBCIH1A
Contact01
GEI-100557
(input BIT)
Description-Enter Signal Connection Name
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VCCC1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC3
Board diagnostic
(For relay output points, see TRLY)
Input
BIT
VCCC Boards 9
TICI Isolated Digital Input Board

The Isolated Digital Input terminal board (TICI) is an input board which works with
VCCC (but not VCRC) in a similar way to TBCI. TICI provides voltage detection
circuits to detect a range of voltages across relay contacts, fuses, and switches.
The TICI is similar to the TBCI, except for the following items:
TICI input voltage ranges are:
70 145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to 61 V dc
200 250 V dc, nominal 250 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to 61 V dc
90 132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection threshold of 35
to 76 V ac
190 264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection threshold of
35 to 76 V ac
Input hardware filtering is provided using time delays of 15 ms, nominal:
For dc applications the time delay is 15 8 ms
For ac applications the time delay is 15 13 ms

In addition to hardware filters, the contact input state is software filtered using
configurable time delays, selected from 0, 10, 20, 50, and 100 ms. For ac inputs, a
filter of at least 10 ms is recommended.
V ac
Supply
TICI Terminal Board

Auto
Voltage
Sensing
Circuit
Run
Customer's
Load/Motor
TICI Sensing Available Control Voltage Across Device
The following restrictions should be noted regarding creepage and clearance on the
230 V rms application:
For NEMA requirements:
For CE Mark:
230 V single-phase
230 V single or 3-phase
Refer to the section Contact Inputs TBCI for information on monitoring dry
(isolated) contact inputs, and on the VCCC board.
10 VCCC Boards
GEI-100557
DTCI Simplex Contact Input Terminal Board

The DTCI board is a compact contact input terminal board, designed for DIN-rail
mounting. The DTCI board has 24 contact inputs with a nominal excitation of 24 V
dc, and connects to the VCCC (VCRC) processor board with a single 37-pin cable.
The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on a DIN-rail to conserve cabinet
space. Two DTCI boards can be connected to the VCRC for a total of 48 contact
inputs. Only a Simplex version of this board is available.
VCRC is a single-width board

and is preferred to VCCC.
The function and on-board signal conditioning are the same as those on TBCI,
except they are scaled for 24 V dc. High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are
permanently mounted to the board with two screw connections for the ground
connection (SCOM ). The input excitation range is 18 to 32 V dc, and the threshold
voltage is 50% of the excitation voltage. The ac voltage rejection is 12 V rms.
Contact inputs take 2.5 mA nominal current on the first 21 circuits, and 10 mA on
circuits 22 through 24.
DTCI Board
24 V dc
excitation
power source
49
(+)
52
(-)
50
(+)
53
(-)
51
(+)
54
(-)
<R> Rack
Gate
ID
Gate
JR1
J3
Noise SuppInput 1 Positive 1 ression

N
Input 1 Return 2 S
Input 2 Positive
P5
Gate
Reference
Gate
3
N
S
Input 2 Return 4
Gate
Optical isolation
Gate
Gate
Input 3 Positive
J4
5
N
S
Input 3 Return 6
Input 4 Positive
7
N
S
Input 4 Return 8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Input 24 Positive 47
N
Input 24 Return 48 S
Field contacts (24)
SCOM
Contact inputs from second

DTCI terminal board
BCOM
24 contact inputs per

terminal board
DTCI Board
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 11
Installation
The DTCI board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
contact inputs are wired directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminal
block has 60 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically
#18 AWG wires are used. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection,
which should be as short a distance as possible, and six screws for the 24 V dc
excitation power.
DTCI Board
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shell

connector with
latching fasteners
Cable to J3 or J4
connector in I/O
rack for VCRC
board
Input 1 (Return)
Input 2 (Return)
Input 3 (Return)
Input 4 (Return)
Input 5 (Return)
Input 6 (Return)
Input 7 (Return
Input 8 (Return)
JR1
Input 9 (Return)
Input 10 (Return)
Input 11 (Return)
Input 12 (Return)
Input 13 (Return)
Input 14 (Return)
Input 15 (Return)
Input 16 (Return)
Input 17 (Return)
Input 18 (Return)
Input 19 (Return)
Input 20 (Return)
Input 21 (Return)
Input 22 (Return)
Input 23 (Return)
Input 24 (Return)
Excitation (Positive)
Excitation (Negative)
Chassis Ground
SCOM
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
Input 1 (Positive)
Input 2 (Positive)
Input 3 (Positive)
Input 4 (Positive)
Input 5 (Positive)
Input 6 (Positive)
Input 7 (Positive)
Input 8 (Positive)
Input 9 (Positive)
Input 10 (Positive)
Input 11 (Positive)
Input 12 (Positive)
Input 13 (Positive)
Input 14 (Positive)
Input 15 (Positive)
Input 16 (Positive)
Input 17 (Positive)
Input 18 (Positive)
Input 19 (Positive)
Input 20 (Positive)
Input 21 (Positive)
Input 22 (Positive)
Input 23 (Positive)
Input 24 (Positive)
Chassis Ground
Euro-Block type
terminal block
Contact excitation
24 V dc
DIN-rail mounting
12 VCCC Boards
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
Plastic mounting
holder
GEI-100557
DTCI Wiring and Cabling VCCC Relay Output Board

VCRC is a single slot version
of VCCC with the same
functionality (except driving
TICI) and relay output cables
plug into J3 and J4.
The Contact Input/Relay Output Board (VCCC), with its associated daughterboard,
controls 24 relay/solenoid outputs. VCCC is a double-width module and connects to
two sets of J3/J4 plugs via the VME backplane. The main board controls 12 relays
through the Relay Output Terminal board (TRLY). Two TRLY boards are required
for a total of 24 relays.
VME Rack
J1
VCCC
Daughterboard
VCCC
Board
J2
J2
Backplane cable connectors
J3
J3
J4
J4
Backplane wiring
Terminal Boards
TB3 JF1 JF2

Power Plugs
TB3 JF1 JF2

Power Plugs
JE1 JE2
Power Plugs
JE1 JE2
Power Plugs
TRLY JT1
Relay/
Sol
outputs JS1
12 per
board
TRLY JT1
Relay/
Sol
outputs JS1
12 per
board
JT1
TBCI
contact
inputs JS1
24 per
board
JT1
TBCI
contact
inputs JS1
24 per
board
JA1
Power
JG1
Plug
JA1
Power
JG1
Plug
JR
1
JR
1
Simplex Cabling for Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 13
TRLY holds twelve plug-in magnetic relays. A second board is required for output
relays 13-24. Cables with molded fittings connect the terminal board to the VME
rack where the VCCC processor board is located. Plug JA1 connects to J3/4 on
Simplex systems, and plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.
Relay Output Terminal Board TRLY
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
TB3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
VME Board VCCC
Solenoid
power
X
JT1
RUN
FAIL
STAT
JF1 JF2
Cable to VME
rack T
Fuses
VME bus to VCMI
JS1
Cable to VME
rack S
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Output
Relays
Daughterboard
JA1 JR1
Cable to VME
rack R
VCCC
x
Connectors on
VME rack R
J3
J3
Cables to relay
output terminal
boards
J4
J4
Solenoid
power
Shield
bar
To second
TRLY
To contact input board
Relay Output Terminal board, I/O Board, and Cabling
14 VCCC Boards
GEI-100557
Installation
The customers 12 relay outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks
mounted on the terminal board as shown in the figure below. Each block is held
down with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires.
A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the
left of each terminal block. Solenoid power for outputs 16 is plugged to JF1
normally. JF2 can be used to daisy-chain power to other TRLYs. Alternatively
customer power may be wired directly into TB3 when power is not plugged into
JF1/JF2. JG1 provides power to customers special solenoid, Output 12.
Jumpers JP1JP6 are removed in the factory and shipped in a plastic bag. Reinstall
the appropriate jumper if power to a field solenoid is required. The fuses should also
be removed for this application to ensure that suppression leakage is removed from
the power bus.
These jumpers are for

isolation of the monitor
circuit when used on isolated
contact applications.
Alternative customer
power wiring
Return
N125/24 V dc
Power
P125/24 V dc
TB3
Relay Output Terminal Board

TRLYH1B
JF1
x
4
JF2
1
3
x
Powered,
fused
solenoids
form-C
Output 01 (COM)
Output 01 (SOL)
Output 02 (COM)
Output 02 (SOL)
Output 03 (COM)
Output 03 (SOL)
Output 04 (COM)
Output 04 (SOL)
Output 05 (COM)
Output 05 (SOL)
Output 06 (COM)
Output 06 (SOL)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Output 01 (NC)
Output 01 (NO)
Output 02 (NC)
Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NC)
Output 03 (NO)
Output 04 (NC)
Output 04 (NO)
Output 05 (NC)
Output 05 (NO)
Output 06 (NC)
Output 06 (NO)
Relays
FU1 Out 01
-
+
FU7
Dry
contacts
form-C
Output 08 (COM)
x
x
Output 09 (COM)
x
x
Output 10 (COM)
x
x
Output 11 (COM)
Special
circuit,
form-C,
ign. xfmr.
x
x
Output 12 (COM)
Output 12 (SOL)
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
JP1
FU2 Out 02 FU8
JP2
+
FU3 Out 03 FU9
+
FU4 Out 04 FU10
+
JP3
To
connectors
JA1, JR1,
JS1, JT1
JP4
FU5 Out 05 FU11
JP5
+
FU6 Out 06 FU12
Fuses
Fuses
Neg,return
Pos, High
x
x
Output 07 (COM)
Power
source
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Output 07 (NC)
Output 07 (NO)
Output 08 (NC)
Output 08 (NO)
Output 09 (NC)
Output 09 (NO)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 12 (NO)
JP6
Jumper
choices:
power (JPx)
or dry
contact (dry)
To connectors JA1, JR1, JS1, JT1
Power to special circuit 12

JG1
Customer power
2
3
Customer return
JF1, JF2, and JG1 are power plugs
TRLY Terminal Board Wiring
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 15
Operation
For simplexoperation, cables carry control signals plus monitor feedback voltages
between VCCC to TRLY through JA1. Relay drivers, fuses, and jumpers are
mounted on the relay board. The first six relay circuits can be jumpers configured for
either dry, Form-C contact outputs, or to drive external solenoids. A standard 125 V
dc or 115 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source, with on-board suppression can
be provided for solenoid power. This comes in on JF1 (or TB) as shown in the figure
below. The next five relays (7 11) are unpowered isolated Form-C contacts.
Output 12 is an isolated Form-C contact, used for ignition transformers, for example.
Output 01
NC 1
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B

Alternate
Power, 20 A
24 V dc or
125 V dc or
115 V ac or
240 V ac
Normal Power
Source,pluggable
(7 Amp)
Com 2
JP1
NO 3
3
4
K1
JF1 1
3
JF2
N125/24 Vdc
FU1
K1
Sol 4
"6" of the above circuits
3.15 Amp
slow-blow
Field
Solenoid
+
-
Output 07
1
3
NC
Monitor
>14 Vdc
>60 Vac
25
K7
Com
JA1
26
VCCC
Relay J3/4
Output
<R>
K1
FU7
P125/24 V dc
1
2
Power
Daisy-Chain
<R>
Dry
TB3
Monitor Select
NO
Dry
Contact,
Form-C
27
K7 K7
"5" of these circuits
JR1
P28V
Relay
Driver
ID
RD
JS1
ID
JT1
Coil K#
Output 12
Monitor
>14 Vdc
>60 Vac
"12" of the above circuits
NC
45
K12
Com
46
Special
Circuit
NO
ID
Available for
GT Ignition Transformers
(6 Amp at 120 Vac
3 Amp at 240 Vac)
16 VCCC Boards
47
K12 K12
JG1
1
3
Sol
"1" of these circuits
48
GEI-100557
For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the three
VME board racks R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals are
voted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. Power for the relay coils
comes in from all three racks and is diode shared.
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B
Output 01
NC 1
Alternate
power, 20 A
24 V dc or
125 V dc or
115 V ac or
240 V ac
Dry
TB3
K1
FU7
P125/24 V dc
1
2
Com 2
JP1
NO 3
3
4
Normal power
source,pluggable
(7 Amp)
K1
JF11
3
JF2
Power
daisy-chain
N125/24 Vdc
FU1
Sol 4
6 of the above circuits
3.15 Amp
slow-blow
Monitor
>14 Vdc
>60 Vac
+
-
25
K7
Com
JA1
26
<S>
Monitor Select
<R>
Field
solenoid
Output 07
NC
1
3
<T>
K1
NO
Dry
contact,
form-C
27
K7 K7
5 of these circuits
VCCC
J3/4
Relay
Output
JR1
P28V
Relay
Driver
<R>
ID
J3/4
Same for
<S>
Monitor
>14 Vdc
>60 Vac
ID
JT1
Same for
<T>
K#
RD
JS1
J3/4
Coil
Output 12
NC
45
K12
Com
46
Special
circuit
NO
ID
Available for
GT ignition transformers
(6 Amp at 120 Vac
3 Amp at 240 Vac)
47
K12 K12
JG1
1
3
Sol
1 of these circuits
48
TMR Relay Output Board
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 17
Specifications
Relays are driven at the frame rate and have a 3.0 Amp rating. The rated contact to
contact voltage is 500 V ac for one minute and the rated coil to contact voltage is
1,500 V ac for one minute. The typical time to operate is 10 ms.
The relay outputs have failsafe features so that when a cable is unplugged, the inputs
vote to de-energize the corresponding relays. Similarly, if communication with the
associated VME board is lost, the relays de-energize.
VCCC Relay Output Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of relay channels on

one TRLY board
12 relays:
voltages
6 relays with optional solenoid driver
5 relays with dry contacts only

1 relay with 7 Amp rating
VCCC total is 24 relays on two TRLY boards
Rated voltage on relays
a:
b:
Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dc
Nominal 120 V ac or 240 V ac
Max load current
a:
b:
c:
0.6 Amp for 125 V dc operation

3.0 Amp for 24 V dc operation;
3.0 Amp for 120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz operation
Max response time on
25 ms typical
Max response time off
25 ms typical
Contact material
Silver cad-oxide
Contact life
Electrical operations:
Mechanical operations:
Fault detection
Loss of relay solenoid excitation current or coil current

disagreement with command.
Unplugged cable or loss of communication with VME board.
Relays deenergize if communication with associated VME
board is lost.
100,000
10,000,000
Diagnostics
Each of the three terminal

board connectors have their
own ID device which is
interrogated by the I/O board.
The board ID is coded into a
read-only chip containing the
board serial number, board
type, revision number, and the
JR1/JS1/JT1 connector
location.
18 VCCC Boards
Three LEDs at the top of the VCCC front panel provide status information. The
normal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED is
board.
The output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against the
command at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, an
alarm is latched. The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of the
fuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 V ac/dc.
If any one of the 12 outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm,
L3DIAG_VCCC occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the
toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with the
RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
GEI-100557
Configuration
Like all I/O boards, the VCCC module is configured using the toolbox. This software
usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The
following table summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. Refer to GEH6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Typical VCCC Relay Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
Select system limits
Enable, disable
Terminal board 1 connected to VCCC via J3
Relay01
First relay output (from first set of 12 relays) - Board

point
Point edit (output BIT)
Relay output
Select relay output
Used, unused
Enable fuse diagnostic
Enable, disable
Relay 01 contact voltage (first set of 12 relays) Board point
Configurable item: slot#
Used, unused
Signal invert
Inversion makes signal true if contact is open
Normal, invert
Signal filter
Contact Input filter in milliseconds
0, 10, 20, 50
Terminal board 2 connected to VCCC through J4
Relay01
Relay output 1 (second set of 12 relays) - Board

point
Relay01Fdbk
Relay 1 Contact Voltage (second set of 12 relays)

- Board point
Configuration
System Limits
J3:IC200TRLYH1B
FuseDiag
Relay01Fdbk
Contact input
J4:IC200TRLYH1B
Description- Enter Signal Connection Name
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VCCC
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
1*
2
3
*For VCCC contact input points, see TBCI section.
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 19
TRLYH1C Relay Outputs with Voltage Sensing

Relay contact voltage detection is available with the optional TRLYH1C relay
terminal board. TRLYH1C is driven by VCCC (or VCRC) in the same way as
TRLY, and has the same 12 output relays. Voltage sensing is done with 18 small
voltage monitor boards as shown in figure below. Individual voltage monitors can be
isolated by removing a jumper.
TRLYH1C is the same as the standard TRLY board except for the following:
Six jumpers for converting the solenoid outputs to dry contact type are removed.
These jumpers were associated with the fuse monitoring.
Input relay coil monitoring is removed from the 12 relays.
Relay contact voltage monitoring is added to the 12 relays. Individual

monitoring circuits have voltage suppression, and can be isolated by removing
their associated jumper.
High frequency snubbers are installed across the NO and Sol terminals on the
six solenoid driver circuits and on the special circuit, output 12.
The contact voltage ranges for the monitors are as follows:
16-32 V dc, nominal 24 V dc
70-145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc
90-132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz
190-264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz
The threshold voltage ranges for the monitors are as follows:
24 V dc applications:
10 to 16 V dc
125 V dc applications:
40 to 65 V dc
115/230 V ac applications: 45 to 72 V ac
The contact input state is software filtered using time delays.
20 VCCC Boards
GEI-100557
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1C

Output 01
NC 1
Alternate
power, 20 A
24 V dc or
125 V dc or
115 V ac or
240 V ac
K1
TB3
FU7
P125/24 V dc
1
2
Com 2
NO 3
6 of these
circuits
Normal power
source,pluggable
(7 Amp)
N125/24 Vdc
JF11
JF2
Snub
Output 07
NC
Monitor
>14 Vdc
>60 Vac
25
K7
Com
26
<S>
Monitor Select
NO
K7
VCCC
J3/4
Relay
Output
JP1
JA1
<R>
Field
Solenoid
Sol
1
3
<T>
K1
3.15 Amp
slow-blow
Power
daisy-chain
FU1
K1
Dry
contact
form-C
27
K7
JP7
JR1
P28V
K#
Coil
<R>
ID
J3/4
RD
JS1
Same for
<S>
ID
J3/4
JT1
Same for
<T>
5 of these circuits
Relay
Driver
JP12
Monitor
>14 Vdc
>60 Vac
Output 12
NC
45
K12
Com
46
Special
circuit
NO
ID
Available for
GT ignition transformers
(6 Amp at 120 Vac
3 Amp at 240 Vac)
47
K12 K12
JG1
Snub
1
3
1 of these circuits
Sol 48
Relay Output Board with Contact Voltage Sensing
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 21
Installation
TRLYH1C wiring is the same as for TRLY, but the jumpers are different. It is not
possible to jumper convert the solenoid driver circuits to isolated output contacts, but
the two fuses can be removed for this purpose. Twelve jumpers are available to
isolate the contact voltage monitors. The default is jumper in place, and isolation is
by removing the jumper.
Alternative customer
power wiring
Power
P125/24 Vdc
TB3
Relay Output Terminal Board

TRLYH1C (Contact Voltage Sensing)
Power
source
N125/24 Vdc
Return
JF1
JF2
1
Powered,
fused
solenoids
form-C
Output 01 (COM)
Output 01 (SOL)
Output 02 (COM)
Output 02 (SOL)
Output 03 (COM)
Output 03 (SOL)
Output 04 (COM)
Output 04 (SOL)
Output 05 (COM)
Output 05 (SOL)
Output 06 (COM)
Output 06 (SOL)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Output 01 (NC)
Output 01 (NO)
Output 02 (NC)
Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NC)
Output 03 (NO)
Output 04 (NC)
Output 04 (NO)
Output 05 (NC)
Output 05 (NO)
Output 06 (NC)
Output 06 (NO)
Dry
contacts
form-C
Output 08 (COM)
x
x
Output 09 (COM)
x
x
Output 10 (COM)
x
x
Output 11 (COM)
Special
circuit,
form-C,
ign. xfmr.
x
x
Output 12 (COM)
Output 12 (SOL)
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
FU7
JP1 Solenoid
FU2
FU3
FU4
Out 02
Out 03
Out 04
FU5
Out 05
FU8
JP2 Solenoid
+
FU9
+
FU10
+
JP3 Solenoid
JP4 Solenoid
FU11
JP5 Solenoid
+
FU12
JP6 Solenoid
Fuses
pos,high
JP7
Cable
Dry Contact
connectors
JA1, JR1,
JP8
JS1, JT1
FU6 Out 06
Fuses
neg,return
x
x
+
Out 01
Output 07 (COM)
FU1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Output 07 (NC)
Output 07 (NO)
Output 08 (NC)
Output 08 (NO)
Output 09 (NC)
Output 09 (NO)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 12 (NO)
Relays
Dry Contact
JP9
Dry Contact
Power to circuit 12
JG1
JP10
Customer
Dry Contact
1
power
JP11
2
Dry Contact
JP12
Special Circuit
3
4
Customer
return
TRLYH1D Relay Outputs with Solenoid Integrity Sensing
22 VCCC Boards
GEI-100557
The TRLYH1D board with solenoid integrity sensing provides six powered relay
outputs for controlling 24 V dc, 110 V dc, or 125 V dc solenoids. For 24 V dc
solenoids, the solenoid monitoring function can accommodate solenoids with
nominal resistance of 17 to 53 ohms. A BAD 24 V SOLENOID alarm is annunciated
if this resistance is outside of a 10 to 150 ohm band. For 110/125 V dc solenoids, the
solenoid monitoring function can accommodate solenoids with nominal resistance of
300 to 1100 ohms. A BAD 110/125V SOLENOID alarm is annunciated if its
resistance is outside of a 167 to 2500 ohm band. There are two normally open (NO)
relay contacts for each solenoid. Solenoid current flows through 3.15 Amp, time
delay fuses, which have a short circuit rating of 35 Amps.
Each solenoid fuse pair is monitored downstream of the fuses and gives a latched
alarm when the fuse output is less than 16 V dc ( 4 V dc). The TRLYH1D board is
controlled by either the VCCC daughterboard or the VCRC (both mounted in the
VME rack).
The TRLYH1D is similar to the TRLYH1B board with the following differences:
Only six relays configured as solenoid drivers
Designed for 24 /110/ 125 V dc applications only
Solenoid relay circuits have a normally open (NO) contact in the return side as
well as the source side.
No relay coil monitoring
Cannot be configured for externally powered dry contact use
Provides solenoid integrity monitoring
No special use relay for driving an ignition transformer
Not backward compatible with either the TRLYH_B or TRLYH_C.
Diagnostics
Diagnostic alarm signals and one alarm reset signal are provided. When each
solenoid is de-energized, the resistance is monitored for abnormal values. If a bad
solenoid is detected two consecutive times, the VCCC or VCRC board will set a
latched alarm, one per relay. The solenoid detection signal has a 1.3 second delay
because the solenoid contacts must be open for at least 1.3 seconds to get a valid
reading.
Diagnostic messages are posted for each relay output as follows:
GEI-100557
Solenoid #x has an electrical open or short circuit
Solenoid #x has no voltage source, check fusing
VCCC Boards 23
Normal power source, pluggable,

24 /110 /125 Vdc (14 Amp)
CHAS +
JF1
Alternate power
source (14 Amp)
Customer Solenoid
Return wiring option
+
-
Power, daisy chain connector

- + CHAS
3
2 TB3
JF2
TRLYH1D
JA1
JR1
JS1
JT1
3.15 Amp
Slow-Blow
Pos
FUy
fuse
JA1
Coil
JR1
TMR
6 of the above
circuits
JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1
JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1
NO CONNECTION
For factory test
use only
SOL
Ext Sol
Solenoid
Integrity
Monitor
Fuse Status Feedback

3
Six of the
above
circuits
Fuse Monitor Select

P28V
0SOLOK
Fuse
Monitor
RD
JS1
JT1
1FUSOK
0=SEL 1,2,3
1=SEL 4,5,6
COM
NO
P28V
Ret
Simplex
TB1
NC
FUx
fuse
Fuse
(Self Reset)
JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1
Power
Supply 24 kHz
JA1
JR1
ID
ID
JS1
JT1
ID
NC
01
05
09
13
17
21
COM
02
06
10
14
18
22
NO
03
07
11
15
19
23
SOL
04
08
12
16
20
24
FUx/y
FU7/1
FU8/2
FU9/3
FU10/4
FU11/5
FU12/6
CKT
#01
#02
#03
#04
#05
#06
k
inal B
Term 1
TB
Assignments:
TRLYH1D Block Diagram
24 VCCC Boards
GEI-100557
VME backplane
VC
CC
J1
Da
ugh
ter
Bd
J2
Relay/Sol
outputs
6 per board
TRLY
JT1
JT1
Relay/Sol
outputs
6 per board
TRLY
J2
Backplane
wiring
J3
J3
J4
J4
Contact inputs
24 per board
JT1
TBCI
Contact inputs
24 per board
JT1
TBCI
JS1
JS1
JR1
JR1
JS1
JS1
JR1
JR1
JA1
JA1
Power plugs
JF1 JF2 JG1
Power plugs
JF1 JF2 JG1
Power plugs
JE1 JE2
Power plugs
JE1 JE2
TRLYH1D Connections to VCCC Board (Simplex)
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 25
TB3
JF2
JF1
K1
FU8
K2
FU3
FU9
K3
FU4
FU10
K4
FU5
FU11
K5
FU6
FU12
K6
JS1
FU7
FU2
JT1
FU1
TB1
JR1
JA1
GEI-100557
26 VCCC Boards
IS200TRLYH1D
E2
E2
TRLYH1D Component Layout
TRLYH1D Connector and Replaceable Component Descriptions

Connector
Description
JA1
37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack for Simplex

control*
JR1
37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack R for 1/3 of

TMR control*
JS1
37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack S for 1/3 of

TMR control*
JT1
37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack T for 1/3 of

TMR control*
JF1
Solenoid power input, 3-position receptacle contact vertical

header; use with twisted wire harness; 14 A dc maximum
Pin 1 - Positive
Pin 2 - Negative (return)
Pin 3 - Connect to chassis
JF2
Solenoid power daisy-chain, 3-position receptacle contact

vertical header; use with twisted wire harness; 14 A dc
maximum
Pin 1 - Positive
Pin 3 - Alternate chassis connect
TB1
Solenoid or form-C contact connector; maximum rating 300

V, 10 A
TB3
Alternate power input connector; maximum rating 300 V, 14

A
Pin 1 - Positive
Pin 3 - Customer solenoid return wiring (optional)
Pin 4 - Customer solenoid return wiring (optional)
FU1 FU12 5 x 20 mm, 3.15 A, 250 V slow-blow,

Solenoid
GE P/N:
259A9266P16
Fuses
Mfr. P/N:
Bussmann GDC-3.15
K1 K6
Relays
Dual form-C with dust cover, 24 V dc 0.9 watt coil

24 V dc, 10 A resistive
125 V dc, 0.5 A resistive
GE P/N:
44A770196-001
Mfr. P/N:
Cornell Dublier
CDR402CQQSN-24D
* Designed to connect with GE Cable P/N 323A5750PX where X is the bale length in feet.
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 27
I/O Board Alarms

Diagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and reset form the toolbox.
For troubleshooting and general diagnostic alarm information refer to GEG-6421
Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VCCC
SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun
Communication problem on IONet


16
System Limit Checking is Disabled. System limit checking

has been disabled

configuration
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J33/J3A ID Failure
Failed ID chip on connector J33 or

J3A, or cable problem
23
J44/J4A ID Failure
Failed ID chip on connector J44 or

J4A, or cable problem
24
Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on this

board cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to

VME I/O board. Check the
connections and call the factory.
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
33-56/
65-88
TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Input # Not Responding to Normally a VCCC problem, or the
Test Mode. A single contact or group of contacts could
battery reference voltage is missing to
not be forced high or low during VCCC self-check
the TBCI terminal board, or a bad
cable.
129-140/ TRLY J3/J4 Relay Output Coil # Does Not Match

145-156 Requested State. A relay coil monitor shows that current
is flowing or not flowing in the relay coil, so the relay is not
responding to VCCC commands
28 VCCC Boards
The relay terminal board may not

exist, or there may be a problem with
this relay, or, if TMR, one VCCC may
have been out-voted by the other two
VCCC boards.
GEI-100557
161-172/ TRLY J3/J4 Relay Driver # Does Not Match Requested

177-188 State. The relay is not responding to VCCC commands
The relay terminal board may not exist

and the relay is still configured as
used, or there may be a problem with
this relay driver.
97-102/
113-118
TRLY J3/J4 Fuse # Blown. The fuse monitor requires the The relay terminal board may not
jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond exist, or the jumpers are not set and
correctly
there is no load, or the fuse is blown.
240/241
TBCI J3/J4 Excitation Voltage Not Valid, TBCI

J33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Inputs Not Valid. The VCCC
monitors the excitation on all TBCI and DTCI boards, and
the contact input requires this voltage to operate properly
The contact input terminal board may

not exist, or the contact excitation may
not be on, or be unplugged, or the
excitation may be below the 125 V
level.
256-415
Logic Signal Voting Mismatch. The identified signal from


cable.
GEI-100557
VCCC Boards 29
g
+1 540 387 7000
30 VCCC Boards
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100557
GEI-100558
VCRC Contact Input/

Relay Output Board
Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
All rights reserved
Section
Page
DRLY Simplex Relay Output Terminal Boards .................................................................4
Specifications............................................................................................................................5
Installation .................................................................................................................................6
I/O Board Alarms .....................................................................................................................8
The VCRC board has the same functionality as the VCCC board but takes only one
VME slot and the daughterboard is not required. Two front panel connectors, J33
and K44, accept the contract inputs from the TBCI boards. Relay outputs on TRLY
use the J3 and J$ ports on the VME rack. VCRC does not support the TICI contact
voltage sensing board. The firmware, configuration, and specifications are the same
as for the VCCC board.
P1
VCRC
single width
front panel
P2
J33
J44
37
37
J3
VME
backplane
wiring
J4
Terminal
Boards
TBCI
contact
inputs
24 per
board
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBCI
contact
inputs
24 per
board
JT1
JS1
JR1
JT1
TRLY
relay/sol
outputs
12 per JS1
board
JA1
JT1
TRLY
relay/sol
outputs
12 per JS1
board
JA1
VCRC with Boards and Cabling to Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs
2 VCRC Contact Input/ Relay Output Board
GEI-100558
TBCI Contact Input Terminal Board
VCRC VME Board

x
x
x
12 contact
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JT1
1
3
5
7 JE1 JE2
9
11
13
15
17
19
JS1
21
23
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME bus to VCMI
J33
Cable to VME
rack T
x
x
x
12 contact
inputs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Cable to VME
rack S
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
J44
JR1
VCRC
x
Cable to VME
rack R
J3
Connectors
on VME
rack R
J4
Shield bar
Cable from second TBCI
To relay output boards
VCRC with Contact Input Board and Cabling
GEI-100558
VCRC Contact Input/ Relay Output Board 3
DRLY Simplex Relay Output Terminal Boards

There are two versions of the DRLY terminal board, H1A and H1B. The H1A has
higher-powered relay contacts that H1B.
VCRC is a single-width board
and is preferred to the VCCC.
The DRLY board is a compact relay output terminal board designed for wall
mounting (not DIN-rail mounting). The board has 12 output relays, each with one
form-C contact, and connects to the VCRC processor board with a single 73-pin
cable. The 37-pin cable is identical to those used on the larger TRLY terminal board.
Two DRLY boards can be connected to the VCRC for a total of 24 contact outputs.
Only a simplex version of this board is available. Solenoid source power is not
included, and there is one set of dry contacts per relay, (there are two NO contacts in
series). The relay outputs meet NEMA Class B 300 V creepage and clearance.
Unlike TRLY, there is no on-board suppression, and no relay state monitoring.
DRLY Board
JR1
TB1
P28V
From J3 or J4
on I/O rack,
from VCRC
board
1
LED
P28 OK
NC
COIL
3 COM
Relay
Driver
NO
Output 1
of 12 dry
contact
outputs
RD
TB2 1
ID

SCOM
Wall Mounted DRLY Board
GEI-100558
Specifications
The following tables define the output ratings for the DRLY board. The H1A is
designed for general purpose use and has ratings covering most applications,
whereas the H1B relay is sealed and has smaller contacts for Class 1 Div. 2
applications. An onboard ID chip identifies the board to the VCRC for system
diagnostic purposes.
DRLYH1A Output
Application
Conditions
Output Specification
Environment
0 65 C ambient
General purpose
General requirements
Safety, electrical, environmental, packaging
28 V dc
Resistive load
Inductive load without suppression
See GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System

Guide Chapter 4, Codes and Standards
10 A
2 A, L/R = 7 ms
125 V dc
Resistive load
Inductive load, MOV suppression across load,
2 contacts used in series on the same relay
0.5 A
0.2 A, L/R = 7 ms
0.65 A, L/R = 150 ms
120 V ac
Resistive load
Motor load
10 A
2 A, 10 A inrush, PF = 0.4
1/3 Hp
240 V ac
Resistive load
Motor load
3A
2 A, 10 A inrush, PF = 0.4
1/2 Hp
Response Time
Operate
Release
15 ms typical
10 ms typical
GEI-100558
DRLYH1B Output Specifications

Application
Conditions
Output Specification
Environment
0 65 C ambient
Class 1, Div. 2
General requirements
Safety, electrical, environmental, packaging
28 V dc
Resistive load
See GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI System

Guide Chapter 4, Codes and Standards
2A
125 V dc
Resistive load
0.5 A
120 V ac
Resistive load
1A
240 V ac
Resistive load
0.5 A
Maximum switching
voltage
Dc, resistive load

Ac, resistive load
220 V dc
250 V rms
Maximum operating
current
Dc, resistive load

Ac, resistive load
2 A dc
2 A rms
Maximum switching
capacity
Dc, resistive load

Ac, resistive load
60 watts
125 VA
Response time
Operate
Release
3 ms typical
2 ms typical
Installation
The DRLY board is supposrted on a metal plate, which can be wall mounted with
four screws. The 12 relay outputs are wired directly to the odd-numbered screws on
the terminal blocks. The high density Euro-Block type terminal blocks can be
plugged into the numbered receptacles on the board. There are two separate screws
on TB2 for the SCOM (chassis ground) connection, which should be as short a
distance as possible.
GEI-100558
DRLY Board
Screw Connections
Output 1 (NC)
Output 1 (COM)
Output 1 (NO)
Output 2 (NC)
Output 2 (COM)
Output 2 (NO)
Output 3 (NC)
Output 3 (COM)
Output 3 (NO)
Output 4 (NC)
Output 4 (COM)
Output 4 (NO)
Output 5 (NC)
Output 5 (COM)
Output 5 (NO)
Output 6 (NC)
Output 6 (COM)
Output 6 (NO)
Screw Connections
TB2
1 2
SCOM
1 TB1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
K7
K1
K8
K2
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
K9
K3
K10
K4
K11
K5
K12
K6
JR1
P28 OK LED
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Output 7 (NC)
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Output 9 (NC)
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
Output 7 (COM)
Output 7 (NO)
Output 8 (NC)
Output 8 (COM)
Output 8 (NO)
Output 9 (COM)
Output 9 (NO)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 12 (COM)
Output 12 (NO)
LED relay
state indicator
Cable from J3 or J4
on I/O rack, from
VCRC board
Mounting
holes
37-pin "D" shell

connector
DRLY Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100558
I/O Board Alarms

For I/O Board Alarms refer to GEI-100557.
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100558
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................4
Operation....................................................................................................................................5
Specifications..........................................................................................................................10
Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................10
Configuration ..........................................................................................................................11
DSVOSimplex DIN-rail Mounted Servo Terminal Board ............................................13
Installation ..............................................................................................................................17
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................19
The Servo Board (VSVO) controls four electrohydraulic servo valves that actuate the
steam/fuel valves. These four channels are divided between two TSVO terminal
boards. Valve position is measured with linear variable differential transformers
(LVDT). Three cables to VSVO use the J5 plug on the front on the board and the
J3/4 connectors on the VME rack. TSVO provides Simplex signals via the JR1
connector, and fans out TMR signals to the JR, LS, and JT connectors. Plugs JD1 or
JD2 are for external trip from the protection module.
2 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
TSVO Terminal Board
VSVO VME Board

External
trip
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JT1
JD1
JD2
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME bus to VCMI

JT5 JS1
Cables to VME
rack T
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
JS5
Cables to VME
rack S
J5
JR1
JR5
VSVO
x
J3
x
Shield
bar
Connectors on
VME rack R

J4
Cables to VME
rack R
From second TSVO
Servo/LVDT Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 3
Installation
Sensors and servo valves are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on
the terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminals
accepting up to #12 AWG shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is
located immediately to the left of each terminal block. External trip wiring is
plugged into either JD1 or JD2. The screw connection and position choices for the
servo current jumpers.
Servo/LVDT Terminal Board TSVOH1B
x
LVDT 01 (L)
LVDT 02 (L)
LVDT 03 (L)
LVDT 04 (L)
LVDT 05 (L)
LVDT 06 (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Exc R1 (L)
Exc R2 (L)
Exc S (L)
Exc T (L)
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
LVDT 01 (H)
LVDT 02 (H)
LVDT 03 (H)
LVDT 04 (H)
LVDT 05 (H)
LVDT 06 (H)
Exc R1 (H)
Exc R2 (H)
Exc S (H)
Exc T (H)
External Trip from 
GND
JD1
External Trip
GND
JD2
To connectors
JR5, JS5, JT5,
JR1, JS1, JT1
JP1 Servo 01 R
JP2 Servo 01 S
x
Servo 01 R (L)
Servo 01 S (L)
Servo 01 T(L)
Servo 02SMX(H)
Servo 02 R (L)
Servo 02 S (L)
Servo 02 T (L)
Pulse 02 (TTL)
Pulse 01 (24R)
Pulse 01 (L)
Pulse 02 (24R)
Pulse 02 (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Servo 01 R (H)
Servo 01 S (H)
Servo 01 T (H)
Servo 01 SMX (H)
Servo 02 R (H)
Servo 02 S (H)
Servo 02 T (H)
Pulse 01 (TTL)
Pulse 01 (24V)
Pulse 01 (H)
Pulse 02 (24V)
Pulse 02 (H)

JP3 Servo 01 T
JP4 Servo 02 R
JP5 Servo 02 S
JP6 Servo 02 T
Jumper Choices:
120B +/-120 ma (75 ohm coil)
120A +/-120 ma (40 ohm coil)
80
+/- 80 ma
40
+/- 40 ma
20
+/- 20 ma
10
+/- 10 ma
Servo/ LVDT Terminal Board Wiring
4 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
Operation
The servo board provides four channels consisting of bi-directional servo current
outputs, LVDT position feedback, LVDT excitation and pulse rate flows inputs. The
TSVO provides excitation for, and accepts inputs from , up to six LVDT valve
position inputs. There is a choice of one, two three, or four LDTs for each servo
control loop. If three inputs are used they are available for gas turbine flow
measuring applications, and these signals come through TSVO and go directly to the
VSVO board front at J5.
Refer to the figures for inputs

and outputs.
Each servo output is equipped with an individual suicide relay under firmware
control that shorts the VSVO output signal to signal common when de-energized,
and recovers to nominal limits after a manual reset command is issued. Diagnostics
monitor the output status of each servo voltage, current and suicide relay.
Capacity
6 LVDT/R inputs on each of 2
boards,
and total of 2 active/passive
Termination
magnetic pickups.
<R> Control Module

Controller
Termination
Board TSVOH1B
(Input portion)
JR1
LVDT
LVDT1H
3.2k Hz,
7 V rms
excitation
source
Servo Board
VSVO
J3
Digital
A/D
SCOM
Regulator servo
regulator
LVDT1L
P28VR
6 Ckts.
A/D converter
D/A D/A converter

Servo driver
P28V
Voltage
Limit
or LVDR
Pulse rate
inputs
active probes
2 - 20 k Hz
PR
TTL
(PR only available

on 1 of 2 TSVOs)
41
P24VR1
42
P1TTL
39
P1H
P1L
P24V2
P24VR2
Pulse rate
inputs,
magnetic
pickups
2 - 20 k Hz
P2TTL
PR
MPU
Current
limit
P24V1
Suicide
Relay
Configurable
Gain
JR5
43(
45
46
40
P2H
47(
P2L
48
J5
Pulse
Rate
44
CL
P28V J3
Connector
on front of
VSVO
board
3.2KHz
Excitation
To Servo
Outputs
To TSVO
To
second
TSVO
Noise suppr.
LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, Simplex
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 5
Each of the servo output channels can drive either one or two-coil servos in Simplex
applications, or two or three-coil servos in TMR applications. The two-coil TMR
applications are for 200# oil gear systems where each of two control modules drive
one coil each. And the third module has to servo interface. Servo cable lengths up to
300 meters (984 feet) are supported with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15
ohms. Sine there are many types of servo coils, a variety of bi-directional current
sources are jumper selectable.
Another trip override relay K1 is provided on each terminal board which is driven
from the Protection Module. If an emergency overspeed condition is detected in
the Protection Module, the K1 relay will energize and disconnect the VSVO servo
output from the terminal block and apply a bias to drive the control valve closed.
This is only used on Simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifier
failing high, and is functional only with respect to the servo coils driven from <R>.
The primary and emergency

overspeed systems will trip
the hydraulic solenoids
independent of this circuit.
<R>
Terminal Board
TSVOH1B (continued)
Controller
Servo Board
VSVO
A/D converter
A/D
Coil current range

10,20,40,80,120 ma
Digital
P28VR
Regulator servo
regulator
From
LVDT
TSVO
D/A D/A converter

Servo driver
P28VR
J3
JR1
Voltage
Limit
Suicide
Relay
P28V
JD1
JP1
JD2
1
120B
120
80
40
20
10
2 Ckts .
2
25
31
N
S
Pulse
Rate
3.2KHz
Excitation
Connector on
front of VSVO
S1SH
S1RL
22 ohms
89 ohms
1k ohm
SCOM
17
J5
Servo coil from<R>
S1RH
1k
ohm
26
Configurable
Gain
Trip input from

 module (J1)
1
2
K1
N
S 18
2 Ckts.
To
second
TSVO
SCOM
Noise
suppression
ER1H
ER1L
3.2KHz,
7V rms
excitation
source
for LVDTs
Servo Coil and LVDT Outputs, Simplex (continued) LVDT Outputs, Simplex
(continued)
Only two pulse rate probes on

one TSVO are used.
6 VSVO Servo Board
In TMR Applications, the LVDT signals on TSVO fan out to three racks through
JR1, JS1, and JT1. Thee connectors also bring power into TSVO where the three
voltages are diode high-selected and current limited to supply 24 V dc to the pulse
rate active probes.
GEI-100559
<R>
<S>
<T>
Controller
Terminal
Board TSVOH1B
(Input Portion)
LVDT
JR1
LVDT1H 1
3.2k Hz,
7 V rms
excitation
source
Servo Board
VSVO
A/D converter
J3
A/D
Digital
Regulator servo
regulator
P28VR
LVDT1L
JS1
J3
P28V
Same for <S>
SCOM
6 Ckts.
P28VS
JT1
D/A D/A converter

Servo driver
Voltage
Limit
J3
Same for <T>
Diode Voltage
Select
Pulse rate
inputs
active probes
PR
2 - 20 kHz
TTL
(PR only available

on 1 of 2 TSVOs)
Pulse rate
inputs,
magnetic
pickups
2 - 20 kHz
P24V1
41
P24VR1
42
P1L
P24V2
P24VR2
P2TTL
PR
MPU
P28VT
CL P28V
JR5
P1TTL 39
P1H
43(
44
45
47 (
P2L
48
Connector on
front of VSVO
card in <R>
J5
Pulse
Rate
JS5
J5 in <S>
JT5
J5 in <T>
Configurable
Gain
3.2KHz
excitation
To TSVO
CL
46
40
P2H
To servo
outputs
on TSVO
Noise
suppression
LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, TMR

For TMR systems, each servo channel has connections to three output coils with a
range of current ratings up to 120 mA selected by jumper.
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 7
<R>
<S>
<T>
Controller
Terminal Board
TSVOH1B (continued)
Servo Board
VSVO
A/D converter
A/D
Regulator
From
TSVO
LVDT
Servo current range

10,20,40,80,120 ma
Digital
servo
regulator
JD1
P28VR
Suicide
relay
D/A
1
2
JD2
P28VR
Servo driver
J3
JP1
120B
120
80
40
20
10
JR1
Voltage
Limit
2 Ckts.
2
25
Pulse
Rate
3.2KHz
2 Ckts
excitation
Connector on
front of VSVO
card
J3
JS1
31
N
S
2 Ckts.
S1RL
17
ER1H
18
ER1L
27
S1SH
JT1
2 Ckts.
3.2KHz,
7V rms
excitation
source
For LVDTs
Servo coil from <S>
28
S1SL
21
ESH
22
ESL
29
S1TH
JP3
120B
120
80
40
20
10
22 ohms
89 ohms
1k ohm
N
S
1 Ckt. N
J3
26
JP2
120B
120
80
40
20
10
Servo coil from <R>
S1RH
N
S
Configurable
Gain
J5
Trip input from

 not used for
TMR
N
S
N
1 Ckt. S
30
Servo coil from <T>
S1TL
23
ETH
24
ETL
Noise suppression
3.2KHz,
7V rms
excitation
source
3.2KHz,
7V rms
excitation
source
For LVDTs
Servo Coil Outputs and LVDT Excitation, TMR
Servo Coil Ratings
8 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
Coil
Type
Nominal
Current
Coil Resistance
(Ohms)
Internal Resistance
(Ohms)
Application
10 mA
1,000
180
Simplex and TMR
20 mA
125
442
Simplex
40 mA
62
195
Simplex
40 mA
89
195
TMR
80 mA
22
115
TMR
120 mA (A)
40
46
Simplex
120 mA (B)
75
10
TMR
The total resistance would be

equivalent to the standard
setting.
The following table defines the standard servo coil resistance and their associated
internal resistance, selectable with the terminal board jumpers shown in the figure
above. In addition to these standard servo coils, it is possible to drive non-standard
coils by using a non-standard jumper setting. For example, an 80 mA, 125-ohm coil
could be driven by using a jumper setting 120B.
The excitation source is

isolated from signal common
(floating) and is capable of
operation at common mode
voltages up to 35 V dc, or 35
V rms, 50/60 Hz.
Control valve position is sensed with either a four wire LVDT or a three-wire linear
variable differential reluctance (LVDR). Redundancy implementations for the
feedback devices is determined by the application software to allow the maximum
flexibility. LVDT/Rs can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine
control with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.
Two LVDT/R excitation sources are located on each terminal board for Simplex
applications and another two for TMR applications. Excitation voltage is 7 V rms
and the frequency is 3.2 kHz with a total harmonic distortion of less than 1% when
loaded.
The software limit check is

adjustable in the field.
A typical LVDT/R has an output of 0.7 V rms as the zero stroke position of the valve
stem, and an output of 3.5 V rms at the designed maximum stoke position (some
applications have these reversed). The LVDT/R input is converted to dc and
conditioned with a low pass filter. Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit
check on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check.
Two pulse rate inputs are cabled to a single J5 connector on the VSVO board front.
This is a dedicated connection to minimize noise sensitivity on the pulse rate inputs.
Inputs support both passive magnetic pickups and active pulse rate transducers (TTL
type) interchangeably without configuration. Normally, these inputs are not used on
steam turbine applications, but are usually for liquid fuel flow measurement, and
monitoring flow divider feedback in gas turbine applications. Pulse rate inputs can be
located up to 300 meters (984) from the turbine control cabinet; this assumes
shielded-pair cable is used with typically 70 nF single ended or 35 nF differential
capacitance and 15 ohms resistance.
The maximum short circuit

current is approximately 100
mA with a maximum power
output of 1 watt.
GEI-100559
A frequency range of 2 to 30 kHz can be monitored at a normal sampling rate of

either 10 or 20 ms. Magnetic pickups typically have an output resistance of 200
ohms and an inductance of 85 mH excluding cable characteristics. The transducer is
a high impedance source, generating energy levels insufficient to cause a spark.
VSVO Servo Board 9
Specifications
Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of inputs (per TSVO)
6 LVDT windings
2 pulse rate signals (total of 2 per VSVO)
External trip signal
Number of outputs (per TSVO)
2 servo valves (total of 4 per VSVO board)

4 excitation sources for LVDTs
2 excitation sources for pulse rate transducers
Internal sample rate
200 Hz
Power supply voltage
Nominal 24 V dc
LVDT accuracy
1 % with 14-bit resolution
LVDT input filter
Low pass filter with 3 down breaks at 50 rad/sec 15%
LVDT common mode rejection
CMR is 1 V, 60 dB at 50/60 Hz
LVDT excitation output
Frequency of 3.2 +/- 0.2 kHz

Voltage of 7.00 +/- 0.14 V rms
Pulse rate accuracy
0.05% of reading with 16-bit resolution at 50 Hz frame rate

Noise of acceleration measurement is less than 50
Hz/sec for a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms
Pulse rate input
Minimum signal for proper measurement at 2 Hz is 33

mVpk, and at 12 kHz is 827 mVpk.
Magnetic PR pickup signal
Generates 150 V p-p into 60 K ohms
Active PR Pickup Signal
Generates 5 to 27 V p-p into 60 K ohms
Servo valve output accuracy
2% with 12-bit resolution

Dither amplitude and frequency adjustable
Fault detection
Suicide servo outputs initiated by:

Servo current out of limits or not responding
Regulator feedback signal out of limits
Diagnostics
Three LEDs at the top of the VSVO front panel status information. The normal RUN
condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is solid red. The third LED is normally off
but displays a steady orange if an alarm condition exists on the board
Servo diagnostics cover items such as out of range LVDT voltage, servo suicide,
servo current open circuit, and short circuit. If any one of the signals goes unhealthy
a composite diagnostic alarm, L#DIAG_VSVO occurs. If the associated regulator
has two sensors, the bad sensor is removed from the feedback calculation and the
good sensor is used. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from the
toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and reset with the
RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy
Connectors Jr1, JS1, JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device that is
terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
10 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
Configuration
The VSVO module is configured using the toolbox. This software usually runs on a
data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The following table
defines the configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403,
Typical VSVO Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
System Limits
Enable, disable
Regulator 1
LVDT/R calibration
Online LVDT calibration, yes/no
Algorithm used in the regulator
Unused 1_PulseRate
2_PlsRateMAX 1_LVPosition
2_LV_PosMIN
2_LV_PosMID
2_LvpilotCyl
4_LVp/cylMAX
4_LV_LM
2_LV_posMAX
Position loop gain in (%current/%position)
100 to 100
Null bias in % current, balances servo spring force
100 to 100
Dither in % current (minimizes hysteresis)
Dither amp: 0 to 10
Monitor algorithm
Unused
Configuration
RegType
RegGain
RegNullBias
DitherAmpl
Monitor 1
Monitor type
1_Lvposition
2_LVposMIN
2_LVposMAX
3_LVposMID
1_LvposRatio
2_LVposRatio
J3:IS200TSVOH1A
Terminal board 1 connected to VSVO through J3
Servo Output1
Measured output current in percent Board point
Reg Number
Identify regulator number
Unused, Reg1, Reg2, Reg3, Reg4
Select current output for coil windings
10, 20, 40, 80, 120 mA
Select Suicide function based on current
Enable, disable
Percent current error to initiate suicide
0 to 100% (output current error)
Select Suicide function based on feedback
Enable, disable
Percent position error to initiate suicide
0 to 100% (actuator position error)
Measured output current in percent - Board point
Terminal Board 2 connected to VSVO via J4
Servo Output3
Servo current output wired to valve - Board point
Servo Output4
Servo current output wired to valve - Board point
Pulse Rate inputs cabled to J5 connector
Servo_MA_Out
EnableCurSuic
Curr_Suicide
EnablFbkSuic
Fdbk_Suicide
Servo Output2
J4:IS200TSVOH1A
J5:IS00TSVOH1A
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 11
FlowRate1
Pulse rate input selected - Board point
PRType
Select speed or flow type signal
Unused, speed, or flow
PRScale
Convert Hz to engineering units
0 to 1,000
Select system limit
Enable, disable
Select whether alarm will latch
Latch, not latch
Select type of alarm initiation
>= or <=
Select alarm level in GPM or RPM
0 to 12,000
Same as above
Same as above
Difference limit off voted pulse inputs (EU)
0 to 12,000
Pulse rate input selected - Board point (as above)
SysLim1Enabl
SysLim1Latch
SysLim1Type
SysLimit
SystemLim2
TMR_DiffLimt
FlowRate2
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VSVO1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VSVO2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VSVO3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
SysLim1PR1
Process alarm
Input
BIT
SysLim2PR1
Process alarm
Input
BIT
SysLim1PR2
Process alarm
Input
BIT
SysLim2PR2
Process alarm
Input
BIT
Reg1Suicide
Reg1 suicide relay status
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Reg4Suicide
Reg4 suicide relay status
Input
BIT
Reg1_PosAFlt
Reg1, LM machine only, position A failure
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Reg4_PosAFlt
Reg4, LM machine only, position A failure
Input
BIT
Reg1_PosBFlt
Reg1, LM machine only, position B failure
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Reg4_PosBFlt
Reg4, LM machine only, position B failure
Input
BIT
Reg1_PosDif1
Reg1, LM machine only, position Diff failure
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Reg4_PosDif1
Reg4, LM machine only, position diff failure
Input
BIT
Reg1_PosDif2
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Reg4_PosDif2
Input
BIT
RegCalMode
Regulator under calibration
Input
BIT
Reg1_Fdbk
Regulator 1 feedback
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Reg4_Fdbk
Regulator 4 feedback
Input
FLOAT
PilotFdbk1
Pilot/Cyl
Input
FLOAT
12 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
Input
FLOAT
PilotFdbk4
Pilot/Cyl
Input
FLOAT
Reg1_Error
Null bias error Input
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Reg4_Error
Null bias error Input
Input
FLOAT
Accel1
GPM/sec
Input
FLOAT
Accel2
GPM/sec
Input
FLOAT
Mon1
Position monitor
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Mon12
Position monitor
Input
FLOAT
CalibEnab1
Enable calibration reg 1
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
CalibEnab4
Enable calibration reg 4
Output
BIT
SuicideForce1
Force suicide reg 1
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
SuicideForce4
Force suicide reg 4
Output
BIT
PossDiffEnab1
Position difference enable reg 1, LM only
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
PossDiffEnab4
Position difference enable reg 4, LM only
Output
BIT
Reg1_Ref
Reg 1 position ref
Output
FLOAT
Output
FLOAT
Reg4_Ref
Reg 4 position ref
Output
FLOAT
Reg1-GainMod
Reg 1 gain modifier
Output
FLOAT
Output
FLOAT
Reg4-GainMod
Reg 4 gain modifier
Output
FLOAT
Reg1_NullCor
Reg 1 null bias correction
Output
FLOAT
Output
FLOAT
Output
FLOAT
:
Reg4_NullCor
Internal Variables
:
Reg 4 null bias correction
Internal variables to service the auto-calibration display, not configurable
DSVOSimplex DIN-rail Mounted Servo Terminal Board

The DSVO board is a compact servo terminal board, designed for DIN_rail
mounting. This board has two servo outputs, I/O for six LVDT position sensors, and
two active pulse rate inputs for flow measurement (refer to the diagrams). Servo coil
currents ranging from 10 to 120 mA can be jumper selected. DSVO connects to the
VSVO processor board with a 37-pin cable, which are identical to those used on the
larger TSVO board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to
conserve cabinet space. Two DSVO boards can be connected to the VSVO, if
required. Only the Simplex version of this board is available
The on-board functions and high frequency decoupling to ground are the same as
those on the TSVO. High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently
mounted to the board with six screws for the ground connection (SCOM). Each of
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 13
the two connectors, JR1 and J5, connect to signals from on-board ID chips which
identify the board to the VSVO for system diagnostic purposes.
There are versions of the DSVO, H1B and H2B. The H1B is a direct replacement for
the previous H1A design. The H2B is certified by UL as Class 1 Division 2.
The differences between the H1B and H1B versions of DSVO are as follows:
H1B
H2B
Class 1, Div. 2
certification
No
Yes
Servo valves
accommodated
75, 40, 22, 62, 89, 125,

1k ohms
1k ohms (10 mA)
LVDT excitation outputs
Qty. = 2, 120 mA each
Qty. = 4, 60 mA each
Excitation for pulse rate

probes
Qty. = 2, 24 V dc, 100

mA each
No
Additional pulse rate

inputs for TTL signals
No
Qty. = 2
JR1
Cable to J3 connector
in I/O rack for VSVO board
LVDT
Function
DSVOH1A
ID
P28V
Jumper position:
120B is 75 ohm coil
120A is 40 ohm coil
P28VT
JD1
K1
JD2
Noise
Suppression
P28VR
1
2
17 SR1H
21 SS1H
N
S
3
Total of six
LVDT input
circuits
External trip
Noise
suppression
JP1
120B
120A
80
40
20
10
SCOM
LVDT1L
1
2
LVDT1H
3.2k Hz, 7 V rms

excitation source
1
2
Servo valve
coil
18 SR1L
4
K1
Pulse rate
inputs active probes
2 - 20 kHz
P1 24V
23
P1 24R
24
P1 H
25
P1 L
26
P2 24V
27
P2 24R
28
P2 H
29
P2 L
30
Current
Limit
SCOM
P28VR
P28V
JP2
120B
120A
80
40
20
10
N
S
CL
P28V
SCOM
22 SS2H
Servo valve
coil
20 SR2L
SCOM
Pulse rate
inputs active probes
2 - 20 kHz
19 SR2H
3.2 kHz excitation
JR5
13
14
E1H
E1L
15
E2H
16
E2L
LVDT
excitation
SCOM
Cable to front of VSVO board
DSVOH1A Board
14 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
Mark VI Servo Valve Terminal Board IS200DSVOH1B, H2B

(IS200DSVOH1B Replaces IS200DSVOH1A)
External
Trip
H2B is certified to UL-1604 Class 1 Div 2
From
PCOM
control rack { P28
CONN SHLD
JR1
P28VR
JD1
P28VR
1
2
K1
JD2
RP28V
1
2
PCOM
ID
12
Exc
LV1H
S
2
LVDT
P28VR
332 V
K1
LV1L
S
10V IN VSVO
LV2H
S
LV2L
170V
24
P24R1
CL
S
PCOM
37
TTL1
10V IN VSVO
25
PR1H
26
PR1L
PR
K1
P28VR
10mA, 1K Coil
332 V
H1B ONLY
0V
36V
105V
185V
432V
170V
170V
120B
120A
80
40
20
21
SR1L 18
SR2H
Servo
valve
19 coils
SS2H
22
SR2L
20
JP2
S
10
10mA, 1K Coil
H2B ONLY 10mA, 1K Coil
SS1H
10
JPx (mA) Coil Res.

120 B
75 ohm
120 A
40 ohm
80
22 ohm
40
62 or 89 ohm
20
125 ohm
10
1000 ohm
LVDT Input TB Locations:

LVx
H
L.
1
1
2
2
3
4
3
5
6
4
7
8
5
9
10
6
11
12
P28VR
SR1H
Servo
valve
17 coils
JP1
Current limit
P24V1
PCOM
120B
120A
80
40
20
Total of six LVDT

input circuits
23
H1B ONLY
0V
36V
105V
185V
432V
170V
10V IN VSVO
(SCREWS 37 & 38 ARE NC IN H1B)

(SCREWS 23, 24,27,28 ARE NC IN H2B)
27
P24V2
28
P24R2
CL
P28VR
ERH1
13
ERL1
14
ERH3
39
ERL3
40
38
TTL2
29
PR2H
PR
S
(SCREWS 39-42 ARE NC IN H1B)
30
PR2L
ID
From
control rack {
32
15
ERL2
16
ERH4
41
ERL4
42
CONN SHLD
JR5
31
ERH2
LVDT Excitation
PCOM
33
34
35
36
SCOM
bv:06-04-01
CHASSIS
DSVOH1B, H2B Board (Part 1 of 2)
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 15
Mark VI Servo Valve Terminal Board IS200DSVOH1B, H2B

(IS200DSVOH1B Replaces IS200DSVOH1A)
External
Trip
H2B is certified to UL-1604 Class 1 Div 2
From
PCOM
control rack { P28
CONN SHLD
JR1
P28VR
JD1
P28VR
1
2
K1
JD2
RP28V
1
2
PCOM
ID
12
Exc
LV1H
S
2
LVDT
P28VR
332 V
K1
LV1L
S
10V IN VSVO
LV2H
S
LV2L
170V
24
P24R1
CL
S
PCOM
37
TTL1
10V IN VSVO
25
PR1H
26
PR1L
PR
K1
P28VR
10mA, 1K Coil
332 V
H1B ONLY
0V
36V
105V
185V
432V
170V
170V
120B
120A
80
40
20
21
SR1L 18
SR2H
Servo
valve
19 coils
SS2H
22
SR2L
20
JP2
S
10
10mA, 1K Coil
SS1H
10
JPx (mA) Coil Res.

120 B
75 ohm
120 A
40 ohm
80
22 ohm
40
62 or 89 ohm
20
125 ohm
10
1000 ohm
LVDT Input TB Locations:

LVx
H
L.
1
1
2
2
3
4
3
5
6
4
7
8
5
9
10
6
11
12
P28VR
SR1H
Servo
valve
17 coils
JP1
Current limit
P24V1
PCOM
120B
120A
80
40
20
Total of six LVDT

input circuits
23
H1B ONLY
0V
36V
105V
185V
432V
170V
10V IN VSVO
(SCREWS 37 & 38 ARE NC IN H1B)

(SCREWS 23, 24,27,28 ARE NC IN H2B)
27
P24V2
28
P24R2
CL
P28VR
ERH1
13
ERL1
14
ERH3
39
ERL3
40
38
TTL2
29
PR2H
PR
S
(SCREWS 39-42 ARE NC IN H1B)
30
PR2L
ID
From
control rack {
32
15
ERL2
16
ERH4
41
ERL4
42
CONN SHLD
JR5
31
ERH2
LVDT Excitation
PCOM
33
34
35
36
SCOM
bv:06-04-01
CHASSIS
DSVOH1B, H2B board (Part 2 of 2)
16 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
Installation
The DSVO board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
servo I/O are wired directly to the Euro-Block type terminal block as shown in the
following figures. This has 36 terminals (DSVOH1A) or 42 terminals (DSVOH1B,
H2B); typically #18 AWG shielded twisted pair wiring is used. There are six screws
for SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short as distance as possible.
DSVOH1A
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shell

connector with
latching fasteners
Cable to J3
connector in I/O
rack for VSVO
board
LVDT1 (Low)
LVDT2 (Low)
LVDT3 (Low)
Coil
Current LVDT4 (Low)
Jumpers LVDT5 (Low)
LVDT6 (Low)
JP1
Excitat1(Low)
Excitat2(Low)
102040801212 ServoR1(Low)
0A0B ServoR2(Low)
JP2
ServoS2(High)
Pulse 1(24R)
Pulse1 (Low)
102040801212
0A0B Pulse 2(24R)
Pulse2 (Low)
Chassis Ground
JR1
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
JR5
JD2 JD1
SCOM
Screw Connections
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
LVDT 1 (High)
LVDT 2 (High)
LVDT 3 (High)
LVDT 4 (High)
LVDT 5 (High)
LVDT 6 (High)
Excitation 1 (High)
Excitation 2 (High)
ServoR1 (High)
ServoR2 (High)
ServoS1 (High)
Pulse 1 (24V)
Pulse 1 (High)
Pulse 2 (24V)
Pulse 2 (High)
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Euro-Block type
terminal block
External trip
circuits
Cable to J5 on
front of VSVO
board
Plastic mounting
holder
DIN-rail mounting
DSVIH1A Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 17
H1B and H2B Connection Differences

Screw #
H1B
H2B
23, 24
N/C
27, 28
N/C
37, 38
N/C
39, 40
N/C
41, 42
N/C
DSVOH1B, H2B
JP1
JP2
Coil
120B
120B
Current
120A
120A
Jumpers
80
80
40
20
10
37-pin "D" shell

connector with
latching fasteners
Cable to J3
connector in I/O
rack for VSVO
board
Screw Connections
LVDT1 (Low)
LVDT2 (Low)
LVDT3 (Low)
LVDT4 (Low)
LVDT5 (Low)
LVDT6 (Low)
Excitat1(Low)
Excitat2(Low)
ServoR1(Low)
ServoR2(Low)
ServoS2(High)
Pulse 1(24R)
Pulse1 (Low)
Pulse 2(24R)
Pulse2 (Low)
Chassis Ground
JR1
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Pulse2TTL (High)
Excitation3 (Low)
JR5
Excitation4 (Low)
40
20
10
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
N/C = Not Connected

Screw Connections
LVDT 1 (High)
LVDT 2 (High)
LVDT 3 (High)
LVDT 4 (High)
LVDT 5 (High)
LVDT 6 (High)
Excitation 1 (High)
Excitation 2 (High)
ServoR1 (High)
ServoR2 (High)
ServoS1 (High)
Pulse 1 (24V)
Pulse 1 (High)
Pulse 2 (24V)
Pulse 2 (High)
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Pulse1TTL (High)
Excitation3 (High)
Excitation4 (High)
External trip
circuits
JD2 JD1
Cable to J5 on
front of VSVO
board
Euro-Block type
terminal block
Plastic mounting
holder
DIN-rail mounting
DSVOH1B, H2B Wiring and Cabling
18 VSVO Servo Board
GEI-100559
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VSVO


16

configuration.
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
33-44
LVDT # RMS Voltage Out of Limits. Minimum and

maximum LVDT limits are configured
The LVDT may need recalibration.
45
Calibration Mode Enabled
The VSVO was put into calibration

mode.
46
VSVO Board Not Online, Servos Suicided. The servo is

suicided because the VSVO is not on-line
The controller (R, S, T) or IONet is

down, or there is a configuration
problem with the system preventing
the VCMI from bringing the board on
line.
GEI-100559
VSVO Servo Board 19
47-51
Servo Current # Disagrees with Reference, Suicided.

The servo current error (reference - feedback) is greater
than the configured current suicide margin
A cable/wiring open circuit, or board

problem.
52-56
Servo Current # Short Circuit. This is not currently used
NA
57-61
Servo Current # Open Circuit. The servo voltage is

greater than 5V and the measured current is less than
10%
A cable/wiring open circuit, or board

problem.
62-66
Servo Position # Feedback Out of Range, Suicided.

Regulator number # position feedback is out of range,
causing the servo to suicide
LVDT or board problem
67-71
Configuration Message Error for Regulator Number #.

There is a problem with the VSVO configuration and the
servo will not operate properly
The LVDT minimum and maximum

voltages are equal or reversed, or an
invalid LVDT, regulator, or servo
number is specified.
72
Onboard Calibration Voltage Range Fault. The A/D

calibration voltages read from the FPGA are out of limits,
and the VSVO will use default values instead
A problem with the Field

Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) on
the board
73-75
LVDT Excitation # Voltage out of range
There is a problem with the LVDT

excitation source on the VSVO board.
77
Servo output assignment mismatch. Regulator types 8 &

9 use two servo outputs each. They have to be
consecutive pairs, and they have to be configured as the
same range
Fix the regulator configurations.
128-191
cable.
224-259

g
+1 540 387 7000
20 VSVO Servo Board

cable.
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100559
GEI-100560
VTUR Turbine Control Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................4
Operation....................................................................................................................................6
Features ......................................................................................................................................7
Specifications............................................................................................................................8
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9
Automatic Synchronizing........................................................................................................9
Configuration ..........................................................................................................................12
TRPG Primary Trip Terminal Board...................................................................................15
Installation ..............................................................................................................................16
Operation.................................................................................................................................16
Features ...................................................................................................................................18
Diagnostics..............................................................................................................................18
Configuration..........................................................................................................................19
DTRT Trip Transition Board................................................................................................20
Installation ..............................................................................................................................21
DTUR Pulse Rate Terminal Board ......................................................................................22
Installation ..............................................................................................................................23
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................24
The turbine control board, VTUR controls three primary overspeed trip solenoids
and automatic synchronizing. It also interfaces to four passive pulse rate devices, and
monitors shaft voltage and current. The speed signal cable to VTUR uses the J5 plug
on the front of the board, and the other signals use the J3 connector on the VME
rack. Terminal board TTUR provides simplex signals through the JR connector, and
fans out TMR signals to the JR, JS, and JT connectors. J4 on the VME rack connects
to the TRPG terminal board described in the Primary Trip section.
A two-slot version of this board (VTURH2) is available for driving six trip solenoids
using two TRPG boards. VTURH2 only accepts eight flame detectors.
2 VTUR Turbine Control Board
GEI-100560
TTURH1B Terminal Board
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JT1
JT5 JS1
VTUR VME Board
VME bus to VCMI
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
Shield
bar
RUN
FAIL
STAT
Cables to VME
rack T
x
x
x
x
x
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
JS5
Cables to VME
rack S
J
5
JR1
JR5
VTUR
x
J3
TB3
Wiring to
TTL speed
pickups
Connectors on
VME rack R
J4
Cables to VME
rack R

Cable to TRPG
Turbine Control Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
GEI-100560
VTUR Turbine Control Board 3
Installation
Magnetic pick ups, shaft pick ups, potential transformers, and breaker relays are
wired to two I/O terminal blocks on TTUR. Each block is held down with two
screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination
strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal
block. Jumpers JP1 and JP2 select either SMX or TMR for relay drivers K25 and
K25P. TB3 is for optional TTL connections to active speed pickups; these require an
external power supply.
Turbine Terminal Board TTURH1B

JP1
JP2
K1
TB1
x
52G (L)
AUTO
BKRH
N125GEN
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Gen (L)
Bus (L)
ShaftV (L)
ShaftC (L)
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
TMR SMX TMR SMX

52G (H)
P125GEN
MAN
BKRH
K2
Gen (H)
Bus (H)
ShaftV (H)
ShaftC (H)
To connectors JR5,
JS5, JT5, JR1, JS1, JT1
TB2
TB3 Screw Connections
MPU 1T (L)
MPU 2T (L)
MPU 3T (L)
MPU 4T (L)
MPU 1S (L)
MPU 2S (L)
MPU 3S (L)
MPU 4S (L)
MPU 1R (L)
MPU 2R (L)
MPU 3R (L)
MPU 4R (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
K3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
MPU 1T (H)
MPU 2T (H)
MPU 3T (H)
MPU 4T (H)
MPU 1S (H)
MPU 2S (H)
MPU 3S (H)
MPU 4S (H)
MPU 1R (H)
MPU 2R (H)
MPU 3R (H)
MPU 4R (H)
TTL1T
TTL2T
01
02
TTL1S
TTL2S
03
04
TTL1R
TTL2R
05
06
01
J8
TB3
TTUR Terminal Board
All three relays have two

normally open contacts in
series with the breaker close
coil.
In TMR applications all inputs fan to the three control racks. Control signals coming
into TTUR from R, S, and T are voted before they actuate permissive relays K25 and
K25P. Relay K25A is controlled by the VPRO and TREG boards.
GEI-100560
Gen. Volts
120 Vac
from PT
GENL
Bus Volts
120 Vac
from PT
Noise
17 Suppression
JR1
BUSH
BUSL
20
JS1
21
SVL
22
TMR
SMX
K25P
MUX
2 RD
3
JS1
J3
JP2
A/D
SVH
J3
K25
2
RD
3
JT1
JT1
Auto Synch.
K25A
Synch. check
from VPRO
J4
Shaft
J5
23
14V
NS
TTL1R
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
(TB3)
41
NS
42
Filter
Clamp
AC
Coupling
3 (TB3)
JS5
#2 Primary
Magnetic
Speed PU
MPU1SH
MPU1SL
NS
Filter
Clamp
AC
Coupling
4 Circuits*
1
(TB3)
JT5
TTL1T
MPU1TH
#3 Primary
Magnetic
Speed PU
Note 1: TTL option only

available on first two circuits.
of each group of 4 pickups*.
33
34
MPU1TL
25
26
08
Trip
Signals to
TRPG
4 Circuits*
TTL1S
J8
07 06
05
04
JR5
NS
4 Circuits*
Filter
Clamp
AC
Coupling
To Rack
S
Note 2: An external normally

closed auxiliary breaker
contact must be provided in
the Breaker close coil circuit
as indicated.
03
AUTO
Machine Case
24
SCL
MAN
Mon
Connectors
at bottom of
VME rack
BKRH
SCH
#1 Primary
Magnetic
Speed PU
Synch.
Permissve
TMR
SMX
AC&DC
shaft
test
NS
01
28Vdc
JP1
NS
To
TPRO
175V
JR1
J3
f( )
Pulse
Rate/
Digital
19
02
J3 VTUR
NS
18
Terminal Board TURH1B

(continued)
Turbine
Board
B52GH
GENH
Generator Breaker
Feedback
B52GL
Terminal Board TTURH1B

(input portion)
<T>
<S>
<R>
52G
a
P125Gen
52G
b
Bkr Coil
N125Gen
Note 3: Signal to K25A

comes from TREG/VPRO
To Rack T
through TRPG & VTUR.
Turbine Control Inputs, Synchronizing, and Primary Trip Interface, TMR
GEI-100560
Operation
In the simplex application, up to four pulse rate signals may be used to measure
turbine speed. Generator and bus voltages are brought into VTUR for automatic
synchronizing in conjunction with the turbine controller and excitation system.
TTUR has permissive generator synchronizing relays and controls the main breaker
relay coil 52G. Shaft voltage is picked up with brushes and monitored along with the
current to the machine case.
Pulse rate to digital circuits

are on the VTUR board.
VTUR alarms high voltages
and tests the integrity and
continuity of the circuitry.
Terminal Board
TTURH1B (input
portion)
Noise
Gen.
volts
120 V ac
from PT
GENH
17 suppression
GENL
18
JR1
<R> Control
Rack
J3 Turbine
Board
VTUR
NS
BUSH
BUSL
19
20
a
Terminal Board TTURH1B
(continued)
ID
JR1
K25P
NS
Mon
TMR
A/D
To
TPRO
SVL
22
175V
JP2
K25
NS
K25A
23
14V
SCL
#3 Primary
Magnetic
Speed PU
#4 Primary
Magnetic
Speed PU
NS
24
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
42
TTL1_R
Mon
J4
5 (TB3)
)
41
NS
MPU2RH
6 (TB3)
)
43
MPU2RL
44
TTL2_R
#2 Primary
Magnetic
Speed PU
Synch. check
from VPRO
J5
SCH
#1 Primary
Magnetic
Speed PU
Auto Synch
RD
Mon
Shaft
Machine case
Synch. Perm.
RD
MUX
SMX
21
01
JP1
TMR
SMX
Ac&Dc
shaft
test
SVH
02
28Vdc
Pulse J3
Rate/
Digital
Bus
volts
120 Vac
from PT
52G
Generator
feedback
Breaker
NS
45
46
NS
47
48
NS
JR5
Filter
Clamp
AC
Coupling
Filter
Clamp
AC
Coupling
Filter
Clamp
AC
Coupling
Filter
Clamp
AC
Coupling
Connectors
at bottom of
VME rack
J8
Trip
signals
to
TRPG
ID
08
06,7 05
B
K
R
M
A
N
04
03
A
U
T
P125Gen
Note 1: TTL option

available on first two
only
pickups.
Speed
52G
Note 2: An external normally
b
closed auxiliary breaker
contact must be provided in
the breaker close coil circuit Breaker coil
as indicated.
Note 3: Signal to K25A
N125Gen
comes from TREG/VPRO
through TRPG & VTUR.
Turbine Control Inputs, Synchronizing, and Primary Trip Interface, Simplex
GEI-100560
Features
The median speed signal is
used for speed control and for
the primary overspeed trip
signal.
An interface is provided for four passive, magnetic speed inputs with a frequency
range of 2 20,000 Hz. Using passive pickups on a 60-tooth wheel, circuit
sensitivity allows detection of 2 rpm turning gear speed to determine if the turbine is
stopped (zero speed). If automatic turning gear engagement is provided in the
turbine control, this signal initiates turning gear operation.
The primary overspeed trip calculations are performed in the controller using
algorithms similar to (but not the same as) those shown in the section on the VPRO
Protection Module. The fast trip option used on gas turbines runs in VTUR and is
described below.
A metal oxide varister (MOV)

and a current limiting resistor
are used in each circuit.
The normal primary overspeed trip is calculated in the controller and passed to the
VTUR and then to the TRPG terminal board. TRPG contains magnetic relays for
interface with the electrical trip devices (ETDs). TRPG works in conjunction with
the TREG board to form the Primary and Emergency sides of the interface to the
ETDs. Usually this applies to turbines which do not have a mechanical overspeed
bolt and require a separate emergency overspeed (EOS) system. Three ETDs can be
driven from each TRPG/TREG combination with the positive side of each solenoid
connected to the TREG and the negative side connected to the TRPG.
Two different versions of the TRPG are available, with version 1 used for triple
redundant (TMR) systems and version 2 used for Simplex systems. The only
difference is that the TMR version has three voting relays per ETD circuit and the
Simplex version has one relay per circuit. The VTUR board monitors the current
flowing in its relay driver control line to determine its energize or de-energize
vote/status of the relay coil. A normally closed contact from each relay on the TRPG
board is monitored by the diagnostics to determine its proper operation.
Bearings can be damaged by the flow of electrical current from the shaft to the case.
This current can occur for several reasons.
A static voltage can be caused by droplets of water being thrown off the last
stage buckets in a steam turbine. This voltage will build up until a discharge
occurs through the bearing oil film.
An ac ripple on the dc generator field can produce an ac voltage on the shaft

with respect to ground through the capacitance of the field winding and
insulation. Note that both of these sources are weak, so high impedance
instrumentation is used to measure these voltages with respect to ground.
A voltage may be generated between the ends of the generator shaft due to dissymmetries in the generator magnetic circuits. If the insulated bearings on the
generator shaft break down, the current will flow from one end of the shaft
through the bearings and frame to the other end. Brushes can be used to
discharge damaging voltage buildup, and a shunt should be used to monitor the
current flow.
The turbine control continuously monitors the shaft to ground voltage and current,
and alarms excessive levels. There is an ac test mode and a dc test mode. The ac test
applies an ac voltage to test the integrity of the measuring circuit.
The dc test checks the continuity of the external circuit, including the brushes,
turbine shaft, and the interconnecting wire.
Note The dc test is driven from the <R> controller only. If the <R> controller is
down, this test cannot be run successfully.
GEI-100560
Specifications
VTUR Board Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of inputs
TTUR: 12 passive speed pickups

1 shaft voltage and 1 shaft current measurement
1 generator and 1 bus voltage
Generator breaker status contact
VTUR: 4 passive speed pickups
1 shaft voltage and 1 current measurement
1 generator and 1 bus voltage
Generator breaker status
8 flame detectors from first TRPG
Number of outputs
TTUR: Generator breaker coil, 5A at 125 V dc

VTUR: Automatic synchronizing
Primary trip solenoid interface, 3 outputs to TRPG
Additional 3 trip outputs from second TRPG using VTURH2
Trip solenoids (TRPG)
Solenoids draw up to 1 A at 125 V dc and have a time constant of L/R = 0.1 sec.
Power supply voltage
TTUR: Nominal 125 V dc to breaker coil
MPU pulse rate range
2 Hz to 20 kHz
MPU pulse rate accuracy
0.05% of reading
MPU input circuit sensitivity
27 mV pk (detects 2 rpm speed)
Shaft voltage monitor
Signal is frequency of 5 V dc (0 1 MHz) pulses from 0 to 2,000 Hz
Shaft voltage wiring
Up to 300 m (984 ft), with maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms
Shaft voltage dc test
Applies a 5 V dc source to test integrity of the external turbine circuit and

measures dc current flow. Circuit computes a differential resistance between 0
and 150 ohms within 5 ohms and compares against shunt limit and brush limit.
Readings above 50 ohms indicate a fault.
Return signal is filtered to provide 40 dB of noise attenuation at 60 Hz.
Shaft voltage ac test
Applies a test voltage of 1 kHz to the input of the VTUR shaft voltage circuit (R
module only). Shaft voltage monitor circuit on R, S, and T displays an offset of
1000 Hz from normal reading.
Shaft current input
Measures shaft current in amps ac (shunt voltage up to 0.1 V pp)
Generator and bus voltage

sensors
Two single phase potential transformers, with secondary output supplying a

nominal 115 V rms
Each input has less than 3 VA of loading.
Allowable voltage range for synch is 75 to 130 V rms.
Each PT input is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms barrier.
Cable length can be up to 1,000 ft. of 18 AWG wiring.
Synchronizing
measurements
Frequency accuracy 0.05% over 45 to 66 Hz range.

Zero crossing of the inputs is monitored on the rising slope.
Phase difference measurement is better than 1 degree.
Generator breaker circuits

(synchronizing)
External circuits should have a voltage range within 20 to 140 V dc. The external
circuit must include a NC breaker auxiliary contact to interrupt the current.
Circuits are rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance.
250 V dc applications require interposing relays.
Contact voltage sensing
20 V dc indicates high and 6 V dc indicates low.

Each circuit is optically isolated and filtered for 4 ms.
GEI-100560
Diagnostics
Diagnostic information includes feedback from the solenoid relay driver and contact,
high flame detector voltage, slow synch check relay, slow auto synch relay, and
locked up K25 relay. If any one of the signals goes unhealthy, a composite
diagnostic alarm L3DIAG_VTUR occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually
latched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Terminal board connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, JR5, JS5, JT5 have their own ID device
which is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with
the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location.
Automatic Synchronizing
All synchronizing connections are located on the TTUR terminal board. The
generator and bus voltages are supplied by two, single phase, potential transformers
(PTs) with a fused secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. Measurement
accuracy between the zero crossing for the bus and generator voltage circuits is 1
degree.
Turbine speed is matched against the bus frequency, and the generator and bus
voltages are matched by adjusting the generator field excitation voltage from
commands sent between the turbine controller and the EX2000 over the Unit Data
Highway (UDH). A command is given to close the breaker when all permissives are
satisfied, and the breaker is predicted to close within the calculated phase/slip
window. Feedback of the actual breaker closing time is provided by a 52G/a contact
from the generator breaker (not an auxiliary relay) to update the data base. An
internal K25A synch check relay is provided on the TTUR; the independent backup
phase/slip calculation for this relay is performed in the Protection Module.
Diagnostics monitor the relay coil and contact closures to determine if the relay
properly energizes or de-energizes upon command.
Synchronizing Modes
There are three basic synchronizing modes. Traditionally, these modes are selected
from a generator panel mounted selector switch:
Off The breaker will not be closed by the Mark VI control. The check relay will
not pickup.
Manual The operator initiates breaker close, which is still subject to the K25A
Synch Check contacts driven by VPRO. The manual close is initiated from an
external contact on the generator panel, normally connected in series with a
Synch Mode in Manual contact.
Auto The system will automatically match voltage and speed, and then close
the breaker at the right time to hit top dead center on the synchroscope. All three
of the following functions must agree for this closure to occur:
K25A
K25
VTUR.
K25P
synch check relay, checks the allowable slip/phase window, from

VPRO.
auto synch relay, provides precision synchronization, from
synch sequence permissive, checks the turbine sequence status, from
VTUR.
Details of the various checks are discussed in the following sections.
GEI-100560
Synch Check
The K25A synch check function is based on phase lock loop techniques. The
calculations for this function are done in the VPRO, but interfaces to the Breaker
close circuit on the TTUR board. It performs limit checks against adjustable
constants as follows:
Generator undervoltage
Bus undervoltage
Voltage error
Frequency error (slip), with a maximum value of 0.33 Hz, typically set to
0.27 Hz
Phase error with a maximum value of 30 degrees, typically set to 10 degrees
In addition, synch check arms logic to enable the function and provides bypass logic
for deadbus closure. The synch window is based on typical settings:
SLIP
+0.27 Hz
-10
+10
PHASE
Degrees
-0.27 Hz
Typical Synch Window
Auto Synch
The Auto Synch K25 function uses zero voltage crossing techniques. It compensates
for the breaker time delay, which is defined by two adjustable constants with logic
selection between the two (for two breaker applications). The calculations, which are
done on the VTUR board, include phase, slip, acceleration, and anticipated time lead
for the breaker delay. Based on the measured breaker close time, the time delay
parameter is adjusted, up to certain limits.
In addition, auto synch arms logic to enable the function and bypasses logic to
provide for deadbus or manual closure. The auto synch projected synch window is
where positive slip indicates the generator frequency is higher than the bus
frequency.
SLIP
0.3 Hz
0.12 Hz
Gen. Lag
10
Gen. Lead (phase degrees)
Auto Synch Projected Window
GEI-100560
The projected window is based on current phase, current slip, and current
acceleration. The generator must currently be lagging and have been lagging for the
last 10 consecutive cycles, and projected (anticipated) to be leading when the breaker
actually reaches closure. Auto synch will not allow the breaker to close with negative
slip; speed matching typically aims at around +0.12 Hz slip.
Synchronization Display
A special synchronization screen is available on the HMI with a real-time graphical
phase display and control pushbuttons. The display items are listed in the following
table.
Synchronizing Display Items
GEI-100560
Synch Display
Description
Dynamic parameters
Voltages:
Frequencies:
Phase:
Status indication
Mode: Synch OFF, MANUAL, AUTO

Synch monitor:
OFF, ON
Dead bus breaker:
Open/close
Second breaker if applicable:
Open/close
Synch permissive:
K25P
Auto synch enabled
Speed adjust:
Raise/lower
Voltage adjust:
Raise/lower
Synch permissives
Generator voltage:
Bus voltage:
Generator frequency:
Bus frequency:
Difference volts:
Difference frequency:
Phase:K25
K25A
Limit constants
Upper and lower limits for the above permissives
Breaker performance
Diagnostics:
Control pushbuttons
Synch monitor:
ON, OFF
Speed adjust: RAISE, LOWER
Voltage adjust:
RAISE, LOWER
Generator, bus, difference

Generator, bus, slip (difference)
Difference angle, degrees
OK/not OK
OK/not OK
OK/not OK
OK/not OK
OK/not OK
OK/not OK
OK/not OK
OK/not OK
Slow check relay

Synch relay lockup
Breaker #1 close time out of limits
Breaker #2 close time out of limits
Relay K25P trouble
Breaker closing voltage (125 V dc) missing
Configuration
The following table defines the configuration choices and defaults. For details refer
Controller.
Typical VTUR Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
VTUR system limits
Enable, disable
SMredundancy
Select Simplex or TMR system
Simplex or TMR
AccelCalType
Select acceleration calculation type
Slow, medium, fast
FastTripType
Select Fast Trip algorithm
Unused, PR_Single, PR_Max
TTUR connected to VTUR through J3 and J5
PulseRate1
Pulse rate input 1 - board point
PRType
Select Speed or Flow type input
Unused, speed, flow,

Speed_LM
PRScale
Select pulses per revolution
0 to 1,000
Select system limit 1
Enable, disable
Configuration
J3J5:IS200TTURH1A
SysLim1Enable
SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch
Latch, not latch
SysLim1Type
>= or <=
Select alarm level in GPM or RPM
0 to 20,000
Select system limit 2 (as above)
Enable, disable
Difference limit for voted PR inputs EU
0 to 20,000
Shaft voltage monitor - board point
Select System Limit 1
Enable, disable
SysLimit1
SysLim2Enable
TMRDiffLimit
ShVoltMon
SysLim1Enable
Latch, not latch
SysLim1Type
>= or <=
Select alarm level in frequency
0 to 100
Select system limit 2 (as above)
Enable, disable
Shaft current monitor - board point
Shunt resistance
0 to 100
Shunt limit
Shunt maximum ohms
0 to 100
Brush limit
Shaft brush maximum ohms
0 to 100
Enable, disable
SysLimit1
SysLim2Enable
ShCurrMon
ShuntOhms
SysLim1Enable
SysLimit1
Latch, not latch
SysLim1Type
>= or <=
Select alarm level in amps
0 to 100
GEI-100560
Enable, disable
Generator potential transfomer - board point
PT input in kVrms for PT output
0 to 1,000
PT output in Vrms, nominal 115 V rms
0 to 150
SysLim1
Select alarm level in kVrms
0 to 1,000
SysLim2
Select alarm level in kVrms
0 to 1,000
BusPT_Kvolts
Bus potential transformer - board point
Ckt_Bkr
Circuit breaker - board point
System Frequency
Select frequency in Hz
50 or 60
Breaker 1 closing time, ms
0 to 1,000
CB1 AdaptLimit
Breaker 1 self adaptive limit, ms
0 to 1,000
CB1 AdaptEnabl
Select breaker 1 self adaptive limit
Enable, disable
Breaker 1 special window frequency difference, Hz
0 to 10
SysLim2Enable
GenPT_KVolts
PT_Input
PT_Output
CB1CloseTime
CB1FreqDiff
CB1PhaseDiff Breaker 1 special window phase difference, degrees
0 to 30
Breaker 2 closing time, ms (as above)
0 to 1,000
J4:IS200TRPGH1A
TRPG terminal board, 8 flame detectors
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VTUR1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VTUR2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VTUR3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
ShShntTst_OK
Shaft voltage monitor shunt test OK
Input
BIT
ShBrshTst_OK
Shaft voltage brush test OK
Input
BIT
CB_Volts_OK
L3BKR_VLT circuit breaker coil voltage available
Input
BIT
CB_K25P_PU
L3BKR_PERM sync permissive relay picked up
Input
BIT
CB_K25_PU
L3KBR_GES auto sync relay picked up
Input
BIT
CB_K25A_PU
L3KBR_GEX sync check relay picked up
Input
BIT
Gen_Sync_LO
Generator sync trouble (lockout)
Input
BIT
L25_Command
--------
Input
BIT
Kq1_Status
--------
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
CB2CloseTime
Kq6_Status
--------
Input
BIT
FD1_Flame
--------
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
FD16_Flame
--------
Input
BIT
SysLim1PR1
--------
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
:
SysLim1PR4
GEI-100560
:
--------
SysLim1SHV
Ac shaft voltage frequency high L30TSVH
Input
BIT
SysLim1SHC
Ac shaft current high L30TSCH
Input
BIT
SysLim1GEN
--------
Input
BIT
SysLim1BUS
--------
Input
BIT
SysLim2PR1
(same set as for Limit1 above)
Input
BIT
GenFreq
Hz frequency
Input
FLOAT
BusFreq
Hz frequency
Input
FLOAT
GenVoltsDiff
KiloVolts rms-Gen
Input
FLOAT
Gen Freq Diff
Slip Hz-Gen
Input
FLOAT
Gen Phase Diff
Phase Degrees-Gen Lag is negative
Input
FLOAT
CB1CloseTime
Breaker #1 close time in milliseconds
Input
FLOAT
CB2CloseTime
Breaker #2 close time in milliseconds
Input
FLOAT
Accel1
RPM/SEC
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Low is negative
Slow is negative
Accel4
RPM/SEC
Input
FLOAT
FlmDetPwr1
335 V dc
Input
FLOAT
ShTestAC
L97SHAFT_AC SVM_AC_TEST
Output
BIT
ShTestDC
L97SHAFT_DC SVM_DC_TEST
Output
BIT
FD1_Level
1 = high detection counts level
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
FD16_Level
1 = high detection counts level
Output
BIT
Sync_Perm_AS
L83AS - auto sync permissive
Output
BIT
Sync_Perm
L25P - sequencing sync permissive
Output
BIT
Sync_Monitor
L83S_MTR - monitor mode
Output
BIT
Sync_Bypass1
L25_BYP-1 = auto aync bypass
Output
BIT
Sync_Bypass0
L25_BYPZ-0 = auto sync permissive
Output
BIT
CB2_Selected
L43SAUT2 - 2nd breaker selected
Output
BIT
AS_Win_Sel
L43AS_WIN - special window selected
Output
BIT
Sync_Reset
L86MR_SYNC - sync trouble reset
Output
BIT
Kq1
L20PTR1 - primary trip relay
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
L20PTR6 - primary trip relay
Output
BIT
:
Kq6
GEI-100560
TRPG Primary Trip Terminal Board

The TRPG terminal board contains nine magnetic relays to interface with three trip
solenoids, known as the Electrical Trip Devices (ETD). The TRPG works in
conjunction with the TREG to form the Primary and Emergency sides of the
interface to the ETDs. The H1A version for TMR applications has three voting
relays per trip solenoid. The H2A version for simplex applications has one relay per
trip solenoid. TRPG also accommodates eight Geiger Mueller flame detectors.
An optional double-width VTURH2A board can be cabled to a second TRPG board
for interface to three additional ETDs, but no additional flame detectors.
TRPGH1A Terminal Board
VTUR VME Board

ETD power
from PDM
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
JT1
J1
JS1
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
RUN
FAIL
STAT
Cables to VME
rack T
VME bus to VCMI
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Cables to VME
rack S
J
5
JR1
VTUR
J2
J4
J5
J3
J3
x
Cable to TTUR
(speed signals)
Connectors on
VME rack R
Shield bar
335 V from
rack power
supplies
R, S, T
J4
Cable to
TREG
Cable to TTUR
Cable to VME rack R

TRPG Terminal Board, I/O Board and Cabling
GEI-100560
Installation
The three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first I/O terminal block and the
flame detectors (if used) to the second terminal block. Power to the flame detectors is
wired to J3, J4, and J5.
Turbine Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPG

J1
125 V dc
Trip Solenoid 1 or 4
x
x
x
x
125 Vdc (N)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
125 Vdc (P)

125 Vdc (P)
125 Vdc (P)
125 Vdc (N)
To connectors
JR1, JS1, JT1
To connectors
JR1, JS1, JT1
x
x
x
x
x
Flame 1 (L)
Flame 2 (L)
Flame 3 (L)
Flame 4 (L)
Flame 5 (L)
Flame 6 (L)
Flame 7 (L)
Flame 8 (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
J2
Flame 1 (H)
Flame 2 (H)
Flame 3 (H)
Flame 4 (H)
Flame 5 (H)
Flame 6 (H)
Flame 7 (H)
Flame 8 (H)
Cable to TREG
J4
J5
J3
335 V dc
335 V dc
335 V dc


TRPG Terminal Board Wiring
Operation
VTUR provides the primary trip function by controlling the relays on TRPG, which
trip the main protection solenoids. In TMR applications, the three inputs are voted in
hardware using a relay ladder logic two-out-of-three voting circuit. Relay coil
currents, contact status, and supply voltages are monitored for diagnostic purposes.
GEI-100560
<PDM> 125 Vdc +
<R>
VTUR
J4
Terminal Board
TRPGH1A (TMR), H2A (Simplex)
JR1
Monitoring outputs
J1
01
03
RD
KR1
"PTR 1/4"
KR1
KS1
RD
KR2
KS1
KT1
RD
KR3
KT1
KR1
ID
05
P125
09
10
N125
02
Terminal
Board TREG
Trip
Solenoid
1 or 4
+
J2
01
J2
Mon
04
28 Vdc
Mon
"PTR 2/5"
KR2
KS2
KR1,2,3
<S>
VTUR
J4
JS1 These relays in TMR systems
RD
KS1
RD
KS2
RD
KS3
KS2
KT2
KT2
KR2
Optional
economizing
resistor
04
03
Trip
Solenoid
2 or 5
+
J2
05
Mon
08
07
28 Vdc
"PTR 3/6"
KR3
KS3
Mon
KS1,2,3
KS3
KT3
KT3
KR3
06
Trip
Solenoid
3 or 6
+
J2
09
Mon
RD
KT1
RD
KT2
RD
KT3
ID
12
11
To JR1,
JS1, JT1
28 Vdc
02
06
Solenoid
Power Monitor
Mon
N125 Vdc
10
J2
KT1,2,3
8 signals to
JR1,JS1,JT1
33
FLAME1L
34
KE3
J2
JT1
FLAME1H
KE2
J2
ID
<T>
VTUR
J4
KE1
NS
3 monitor
signals to
JR1 ,JS1,JT1
335 V dc
NS
Eight flame
detector circuits
Supply 8
detectors
Voltage Supply
and Monitor
Voltage Supply
and Monitor
Voltage Supply
and Monitor
J2
J3
335 Vdc from R rack
J4
335 Vdc from S rack
J5
335 Vdc from T rack
TRPG and Trip Solenoids
GEI-100560
Features
VTUR controls the main breaker through TTUR and three trip solenoids through
TRPG. With a second TRPG, six trip solenoids can be controlled. In addition, VTUR
handles shaft speed, generator voltage, and bus voltage inputs from TTUR, plus up
to eight flame detector inputs from one TRPG board.
Control Of Trip Solenoids

In Simplex systems, TRPGH2
is used. This board has one
relay per ETD circuit instead
of three and is controlled by
only one VTUR board.
Both TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can remove
power and close the steam or fuel valves. TRPG holds nine relays in three voting
groups of three, one group for each trip solenoid. Voltage for the relay coils is
supplied from the R, S, and T rack backplane. The trip solenoids are supplied with
power through plug J1. A metal oxide varistor (MOV) for current suppression is on
TREG, and an optional economizing current limiting resistor can be wired to the
TREG terminals.
Flame Detectors
Up to eight flame detectors can be used for gas turbine applications. The detectors
are supplied with 335 V dc, 0.5 mA through plugs J3, J4, and J5.
Voltage pulses above 2.5 volts
generate a logic high, and the
pulse rate over a 40 ms time
period is measured in a
counter.
With no flame present, the detector charges up to the supply voltage, but presence of
the flame causes the detector to charge to a level and then discharge through the
TRPG board. As the flame intensity increases the discharge frequency increases.
When the detector discharges, VTUR and TRPG convert the discharged energy into
a voltage pulse. The pulse rate varies from 0 to 1,000 pulses/sec. These voltage
pulses are fanned out to all three modules.
TRPG Specification
Item
Specification
Trip solenoids
3 solenoids per TRPG (total of 6 per VTUR)
Solenoid rated voltage/current
125 V dc standard with up to 1 A draw

24 V dc is alternate with up to 1 A draw
Solenoid response time
L/R time constant is 0.1 sec
Current suppression
Metal oxide varister (MOV) on TREG
Current economizer
Terminals for optional 10 ohm, 70 watt economizing

resistor
Control relay coil voltage supply
Relays supplied with 28 V dc from R, S, and T racks
Flame detectors
8 detectors per TRPG (total of 8 per VTUR)
Detector supply voltage/current
335 V dc with 0.5 mA per detector
Diagnostics
The ID device is a read-only
chip coded with the terminal
board serial number, board
type, revision number, and the
plug location
Descriptions of the TRPG diagnostics are listed under VTUR. The diagnostics
include feedback from the trip solenoid relay driver and contact, solenoid power bus,
and the flame detector excitation voltage too low or too high.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device,
which is interrogated by the I/O board.
GEI-100560
Configuration
Like all I/O boards, the TRPG board is configured using the toolbox. This software
usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The
following table defines the configuration choices. For details refer to GEH-6403,
Typical TRPG Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
First TRPG terminal board
Intensity (Hz), flame detector number 1 - board point
Flame detector time interval
0.04, 0.08, 0.16 sec
Flame threshold limit HI (HI detection cnts means LOW

sensitivity)
0 to 160
FlameLimitHI
FlameLimitLOW
Flame threshold limit LO (LOW detection cnts means HI 0 to 160

sensitivity)
Flame_Det
Flame detector selected
Used, unused
FlameIndN
Flame detectors 2 through 8 as above - board point
Kq1_Status
Primary trip relay status, first of 3 PTRs - board point
Kq1
Primary trip relay, first of three PTR - board point
Primary trip relay - used/unused
Used, unused
J4A:IS200TRPGH1A
Second TRPG board for expanded VTUR, with three

more trip solenoid outputs, and flame detectors 9
through 16 (not used)
Direction
Type
Intensity (Hz)
Input
FLOAT
Intensity (Hz)
Input
FLOAT
Intensity (Hz)
Input
FLOAT
Configuration
J4:IS200TRPGH1A
FlameInd1
FlmDetTime
PTR_Output
FlameInd1
:
FlameInd8
GEI-100560
DTRT Trip Transition Board

Only the simplex version of
this board is available.
The DTRT board is a DIN-rail mounted trip transition board that interfaces the
VTUR board with the DRLY board. DTRT allows up to six trip functions on the
VTUR to interface with DRLY, instead of the normal TRPG board. Two VTUR
boards can be connected to the DTRT to control a total of six relays on DRLY.
DTRT transfers board identification from the ID chip on DRLY to VTUR for
diagnostic purposes. DTRT has its own ID chip connnected to J2.
DTRT must be used in all applications where trips from VTUR to DRLY are
required. DTRT cannot be eliminated if the application requires only one VTUR.
Three 37-pin D connectors for the three cables are provided. A high density EuroBlock type terminal block is permanently mounted to the board with three screw
connections for the ground connection (SCOM).
VTUR Boards
x
VME bus to VCMI
DTRT Board
RUN
FAIL
STAT
RUN
FAIL
STAT
J
5
J
5
J1
J3
To DRLY board
J2
(Six relay circuits)
ID
To first DTUR board

To second DTUR board
VTUR
x
VTUR
J3
J3
J4
J4
To first DTUR board

To second DTUR board
Three relay circuits

Three relay circuits
DTRT Board
GEI-100560
Installation
The DTRT board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
three cables connecting VTUR and DRLY plug into the 37-pin D type connector.
The first three DRLY circuits are driven by the VTUR connected to J1, and the
second three DRLY circuits are driven by the VTUR connected to J2. Three screws
are provided on terminal block TB1 for the SCOM (ground) connection, which
should be as short a distance as possible.
DTRT must be used in all applications where trips from VTUR to DRLYs are
required. DTRT is still required if the application only requires one VTUR.
DTRT
TB1
1
2
3
J1
J2
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
J3
SCOM
DIN-rail
mounting
Plastic mounting holder
Cable from first VTUR board

Cable from second VTUR board
To DRLY board
(Six relay circuits)
DTRT Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100560
DTUR Pulse Rate Terminal Board

Only the simplex version is
available.
The DTUR board is a compact pulse-rate terminal board, designed for DIN-rail
mounting. The board accepts four passive pulse-rate transducers (magnetic pickups)
for speed and flow measurement. It connects to the VTUR processor board with a
37-pin cable and a 15-pin cable. These cables are identical to those used on the
larger TTUR terminal board. DTUR boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail
to conserve cabinet space. VTUR only accommodates one DTUR board.
DTUR has onboard pulse rate signal conditioning identical to that on the TTUR.
High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board
with two screws for the ground connection (SCOM). Two on-board ID chips identify
the connectors and board to VTUR for system diagnostic purposes.
<R> Control Rack
VTUR
DTUR Board
MPU1H 1
#1 Magnetic
Speed Pickup
#2 Magnetic
Speed Pickup
NS
MPU1L 2
MPU2H
JR5
Noise
suppresion
SCOM
ID
NS
MPU2L 4
NS
MPU3L 6
SCOM
Filter
Clamp
Ac
Coupling
SCOM
MPU4H 7
#4 Magnetic
Speed Pickup
NS
MPU4L 8
J5
Filter
Clamp
Ac
Coupling
MPU3H 5
#3 Magnetic
Speed Pickup
f( )
Pr/D
MUX
A/D
Filter
Clamp
Ac
Coupling
Filter
Clamp
Ac
Coupling
SCOM
Circuit
terminals
JR1
ID
J3
J4
Connectors
at bottom of
VME rack
DTUR Board
GEI-100560
Installation
The DTUR board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
magnetic pickups are wired directly to the terminal block which has 36 terminals.
Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted pair wiring is used. There are two screws for
the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
MPU means
magnetic pick up
JR5
DTUR
Screw Connections
MPU
MPU
MPU
MPU
Cable to J5 on
front of VTUR
board
1
2
3
4
(Low)
(Low)
(Low)
(Low)
JR1
37-pin "D" shell
connector with
latching fasteners
Chassis ground
Cable to J3
connector in I/O
rack for VTUR
board
Screw Connections
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
MPU 1 (High)
MPU 2 (High)
MPU 3 (High)
MPU 4 (High)
Chassis ground
SCOM
Euro-Block type
terminal block
Plastic mounting
holder
DIN-rail mounting
DTUR Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100560
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VTUR


16

configuration
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
32-37
Solenoid # Relay Driver Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (16) relay driver feedback is incorrect as compared to the
command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the
hardware failure is corrected
The solenoid relay driver on the

TRPG/L/S board has failed, or the
cabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/S
is incorrect.
38-43
Solenoid # Contact Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (1-6)

relay contact feedback is incorrect as compared to the
command; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until the
hardware failure is corrected
The solenoid relay driver or the

solenoid relay on the TRPG/L/S board
has failed, or the cabling between
VTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect.
GEI-100560
44-45
TRPG # Solenoid Power Absent. P125/24 V dc power is

not present on TRPG terminal board; VTUR cannot
energize trip solenoids 1 through 3, or 4 through 6 until
power is present
46,48
TRPG # Flame Detector Volts Low at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or Power comes into TRPG via J3, J4,
2 flame detect voltage is low; the ability to detect flame by and J5. If the voltage is less than
detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable
314.9 V dc, this should be
investigated. If the voltage is above
this value, the monitoring circuitry on
TRPG or the cabling between TRPG
and VTUR is suspect.
47,49
TRPG # Flame Detector Volts High at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or

2 flame detect voltage is high; the ability to detect flame
by detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable
because the excitation voltage is too high and the devices
may be damaged
This power comes into TRPG via J3,

J4, and J5. If the voltage is greater
than 355.1 V dc, this should be
investigated. If the voltage is below
this value, the monitoring circuitry on
TRPG or the cabling between TRPG
and VTUR is suspect.
50
L3BKRGXS Synch Check Relay is Slow. The auto

synchronization algorithm has detected that during
synchronization with no dead bus closure (synch bypass
was false) the auto synch relay I3BKRGES closed before
synch relay I3BKRGEX closed
The synch check relay I3BKRGXS,

known as K25A, on TTUR is suspect;
also the cabling between VTUR and
TTUR may be at fault.
51
L3BKRGES Auto Synch Relay is Slow. The auto

synchronization algorithm has detected that the auto
synch relay I3BKRGES had not closed by two cycle times
after the command I25 was given
The Auto synch relay I3BKRGES also

known as K25, on TTUR is suspect;
also the cabling between VTUR and
TTUR may be at fault.
52-53
Breaker # Slower than Adjustment Limit Allows.

Breaker 1 or 2 close time was measured to be slower
than the auto synch algorithms adaptive close time
adjustment limit allows
The breaker is experiencing a

problem, or the operator should
consider changing the configuration
(both nominal close time and selfadaptive limit in ms can be
configured).
54
Synchronization Trouble - K25 Relay Locked Up. The

K25 on TTUR is most likely stuck
auto synchronization algorithm has determined that the
closed, or the contacts are welded.
auto synch relay I3BKRGES, also known as K25, is
locked up. Auto synch will not be possible until the relay is
replaced
55
Card and Configuration File Incompatibility. You are

attempting to install a VTUR board that is not compatible
with the VTUR TRE file you have installed
Install the correct TRE file from the

factory
56
Term Board on J5X and Config File Incompatibility.

VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected to
it through J5 is different than the board that is configured
Check your configuration.
57
Term Board on J3 and Config File Incompatibility.

58
Term Board on J4 and Config File Incompatibility.

59
Term Board on J4A and Config File Incompatibility.

it through J4A is different than the board that is configured
GEI-100560
Power may not be coming into

TRPG/L/S on the J1 connector, or the
monitoring circuit on TRPG/L/S is bad,
or the cabling between TRPG/L/S and
VTUR is at fault.
60
Term. Board TTUR and card VTUR Incompatibility.

VTUR detects that the TTUR connected to it is an
incompatible hardware revision
The TTUR or VTUR must be changed

to a compatible combination.
61
TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "A" Absent
Cabling problem or solenoid power

source
62
TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "B" Absent

source
63
TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "C" Absent

source
64-66
TRPL/S J4 Solenoid # Voltage mismatch. The voltage

feedback disagrees with the PTR or ETR feedback
PTR or ETR relays, or defective

feedback circuitry
128-223
Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal

from this board disagrees with the voted value

cable.
224-251


cable.
+1 540 387 7000


1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100560
GEI-100561
VVIB Vibration/Position Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
All rights reserved
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................5
Operation....................................................................................................................................6
Features ......................................................................................................................................6
Specifications............................................................................................................................7
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8
DVIB Vibration Terminal Board .........................................................................................11
Installation ...............................................................................................................................13
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................14
If desired a Bently Nevada
3500 monitoring system can
be cabled into the terminal
board to permanently monitor
turbine vibration.
The Mark VI system uses Bently Nevada probes for shaft vibration monitoring. Up
to 14 probes connect directly to the TVIB terminal board, two of which can be
cabled to the VVIB board. The signals are processed by the VVIB board, and the
digitized displacement and velocity signals are sent over the VME bus to the
controller. Also the type 2 terminal board (H2A) has BNC connectors allowing
portable vibration data gathering equipment to be plugged in for predictive
maintenance purposes.
2 VVIB Vibration/Position Board
GEI-100561
VVIB VME Board
TVIB Terminal Board

x
Vibration
signals
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
JA1
...
...
...
.
...
...
.
...
...
.
...
...
.
...
...
. JB1
...
...
.
...
...
.
...
....
JT1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
JD1
29
31
JR1
33
P2
P1
35
37
39 P6 P5 P4 P3
41
43
45 P10 P9 P8 P7
47
14 13 12 P11
JS1
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
RUN
FAIL
STAT
Cable to
rack T
JC1
VME bus to VCMI
x
x
Vibration
signals
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
Cable to
rack S
VVIB
x
Connectors on
VME rack R
J3
Shield bar
Plugs for Portable BentlyNevada data gathering &
monitoring equipment
Cables to fixed BentlyNevada 3500 Vibration
Monitoring System
J4
Cable to VME
rack R
Cable from second TVIB
Vibration Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
GEI-100561
VVIB Vibration/Position Board 3
<R>
<S>
<T>
Terminal Board TVIBH2A
JR1
Vibration Board
VVIB
28 V dc
J3
N28V
N28VR
To
controller
<S>
<T>
Current
Limit
1 N24V1
S CL
V 2 PR01H
S
Amp
ID
P
R
s V
3mA
S
O
JP1A
3 PR01L
P,A
X
S
Vib. or pos.
PCOM
Eight of the
prox. (P), or
above ccts.
P,V,A
seismic (S),
or accel (A),
N28V
or velomiter
S
(V)
JP1B
CL
Negative
25 N24V9
Volt Ref
JS1
N28V
Sampling
type A/D
converter
(16 bit)
J3
Same as
<S>
ID
JT1
N28V
J3
26 PR09H
Position
prox
ID
27 PR09L
JA1
D
B2
5
Four of the
above ccts.
PCOM
Buffer
Amplifiers
JB1
Buffer
Amplifiers
CL
P
R
O
X
38 PR13H
39 PR13L
Reference or
keyphasor
prox.
J4
D
B2
5
N28V
37 N24V13
TMR
Applications
Same as
<T>
P
R
O
X
A/D
P1-P8 JC1
J4
D
B2
5
S
S
S
Buffer
Amplifiers
PCOM
One of the above ccts for Mark VI

(Two of the above ccts for B/N
interface)
P9-P12
BNC JD1
Connectors
J4
D
B9
P13-P14
Four cables to Bently

Nevada 3500 system
TVIB Board, Vibration Probes, and Bently Nevada Interface
GEI-100561
Installation
There are no permanent cable
connections to BNCs P1
through P14.
Fourteen vibration probes are wired to the two terminal blocks, three wires per
probe. Jumpers JP1 through JP8 select the type of the first eight probes. Use of
connectors JA1, JB1, JC1, and JD1 for a Bently Nevada system is optional.
Vibration Terminal
Board TVIBH2A
JPxB B/N buffer:
JPxA sensor input: V
PR01 (H)
N24V02
PR02 (L)
PR03 (H)
N24V04
PR04 (L)
PR05 (H)
N24V06
PR06 (L)
PR07 (H)
N24V08
PR08 (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
N24V01
PR01 (L)
PR02 (H)
N24V03
PR03 (L)
PR04 (H)
N24V05
PR05 (L)
PR06 (H)
N24V07
PR07 (L)
PR08 (H)
Vibration
probes
P,V,A
Jumper
positions
P,A
S
JP1B
JP1A
JP2B
JP2A
JP3B
JP3A
JP4B
JP4A
JP5B
JP5A
JP6B
JP6A
JP7B
JP7A
JP8B
JP8A
Probe
selection
jumpers
Connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, to VME racks
PR09 (H)
N24V10
PR10 (L)
PR11 (H)
N24V12
PR12 (L)
PR13 (H)
N24V14
PR14 (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
Ckt
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
N24V09
PR09 (L)
PR10 (H)
N24V11
PR11 (L)
PR12 (H)
N24V13
PR13 (L)
PR14 (H)
Connectors JA1,JB1, JC1, JD1 to optional

Bentley Nevada 3500 system
Position
probes P2
P1
P6 P5 P4 P3
P10 P9 P8 P7
Reference
probe
P14 P13 P12 P11
Bently Nevada
probe
Connector Pin Assignments

Sensor Conn Comm Sign
Shld
Vib 1
JA1
2
3
4
Vib 2
JA1
6
7
8
Vib 3
JA1
10
11
12
Vib 4
JA1
24
23
22
Vib 5
JB1
2
3
4
Vib 6
JB1
6
7
8
Vib 7
JB1
10
11
12
Vib 8
JB1
24
23
22
Pos 1
JC1
2
3
4
Pos 2
JC1
6
7
8
Pos 3
JC1
10
11
12
Pos 4
JC1
24
23
22
Ref probeJD1
3
1
2
B/N only JD1
9
5
4
Px, BNC
Connector
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
BNC
connectors
for portable
data
gathering
equipment
P1 is PR01
P2 is PR02
and so on.
P14 is for
Bently Nevada
Jumper JPXA:
S = Seismic
V = Velomitor
P = Proximitor
A = Accelerometer
Jumper JPXB:
S = Seismic
V = Velomitor
P = Proximitor
A = Accelerometer
Terminal Board TVIB Wiring
GEI-100561
Operation
TVIB supports Proximitor, Seismic, Accelerometer, and Velomitor probes of the
type supplied by Bently Nevada. Power for the vibration probes comes from the
VVIB boards, in either Simplex or TMR mode. The probe signals return to VVIB
where they are A/D converted and sent over the VME bus to the controller.
Vibration, eccentricity, and axial position alarms and trip logic are generated in the
controller.
A 28 V dc source is supplied to the terminal board from the VME board for
Proximitor power. In TMR systems, a diode high-select circuit selects the highest
28 V dc bus for redundancy. Regulators provide individual excitation sources, 23
to 26 V dc, short circuit protected. Probe inputs are sampled at high speed over
discrete time periods. The maximum and minimum values are accumulated, the
difference is taken (max-min) for vibration, and the results are filtered. The resulting
peak to peak voltage is scaled to yield mils (peak to peak) displacement, or velocity.
Features
Vibration Functions
Vibration probe inputs are normally used for four protective functions in turbine
applications as follows:
Vibration: Proximity probes monitor the peak-to-peak radial displacement of the
shaft (the shaft motion in the journal bearing) in two radial directions. This system
uses non-contacting probes and proximitors, and results in alarm, trip, and fault
detection.
Rotor Axial Position: A probe is mounted in a bracket assembly off the thrust
bearing casing to observe the motion of the thrust collar on the turbine rotor. This
system uses non-contacting probes and Proximitors, and results in thrust bearing
wear alarm, trip, and fault detection.
Differential Expansion: This application uses non-contacting probe(s) and
proximitor(s) and results in alarm, trip, and fault detection for excessive expansion
differential between the rotor and the turbine casing.
Rotor Eccentricity: A probe is mounted adjacent to the shaft to continuously sense
the surface and update the turbine control. The calculation of eccentricity is made
once per revolution while the turbine is on turning gear. Alarm and fault indications
are provided.
Probes
The eight vibration inputs on each terminal board can be applied as either
proximitor, accelerometer, seismic (velocity), or velomitor inputs. Jumpers on the
terminal board are used to assign a specific vibration sensor type to each input point
with the seismic type assigned to point (S), the velomitor type assigned to point (V),
and the proximitor and accelerometer types sharing point (P/A). A proximitor reads a
shaft keyway to generate a once per revolution keyPhasor input for phase angle
reference.
GEI-100561
Specifications
VIB Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of Channels
TVIB: 13 probes:
8 vibration, 4 position, 1 keyPhasor
VVIB: 26 probes with two TVIB boards
Vibration
Proximity
Measurement
Seismic
Displacement
5 to 200 Hz
Displacement
200 to 500 Hz
Velocity
Velocity
Velomitor
Velocity
Velocity
Range
Accuracy
0 to 4.5 V pp
0 .030 V pp
0 to 4.5 V pp
0 .150 V pp
Frequency
0 to 2.25 V p
5 to 200 Hz
0 to 2.25 V p
200 to 500 Hz
Max [2% reading, 0.008 Vp]
0 to 2.25 V p
5 to 200 Hz
0 to 2.25 V p
200 to 500 Hz
Accelerometer
Velocity (track filter) 0 to 2.25 V p

10 to 233 Hz
Position
Position
Phase
Degrees

0 .015 Vp
.5 to 20 V dc
Air gap (average)
0.2 V dc
0 to 360 degrees
2 degrees
Up to 14,000 rpm
(1X vibration component with respect to key slot)
Probe power
24 V dc from the 28 V dc bus; each probe supply is current limited

12 mA load per transducer
Probe signal sampling
16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution on the VVIB

Sampling rate is 4,600 samples per second in fast scan mode (4,000 to 17,500 rpm)
Sampling rate is 2,586 samples per second for nine or more probes (less than 4,000
rpm)
All inputs are simultaneously sampled in time windows of 160 ms
Rated RPM
If greater than 4,000 rpm, can use eight vibration channels, (others can be prox/position)
If less than 4,000 rpm, can use 16 vibration channels, and other probes
Buffered outputs
Amplitude accuracy is 0.1% for signal to Bently Nevada 3500 vibration analysis system
GEI-100561
Diagnostics
Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a
high/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in the
field.
A probe fault, alarm, or trip condition will occur if either of an X or Y probe pair
exceeds its limits. In addition, the application software will inhibit a vibration trip
(the ac component) if a probe fault is detected based on the dc component.
Position inputs for thrust wear protection, differential expansion, and eccentricity are
monitored similar to the vibration inputs except only the dc component is used for a
position indication. A 16-bit sampling type A/D converter is used with 14-bit
resolution and overall circuit accuracy of 1% of full scale.
Vibration Monitoring and Analysis

Mark VI provides vibration
protection and displays the
basic vibration parameters.
Each input is actively isolated and the signals made available through four plugs for
direct cabling to a Bently Nevada 3500 monitor. This configuration provides the
maximum reliability by having a direct interface from the proximitors to the turbine
control for trip protection and still retain the real-time data access to the Bently
Nevada system for static and dynamic vibration monitoring. Note that the Mark VI
displays the total vibration, the 1X vibration component and the 1X vibration phase
angle, but it is not intended as a vibration analysis system.
Fourteen BNC connectors on TVIB provide buffered signals available to portable
data gathering equipment for predictive maintenance purposes. Buffered outputs
have unity gain, 10 K ohm internal impedance, and can drive loads up to 1500 oh
Configuration.
GEI-100561
VVIB Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
System limits
Enable system limits
Enable, disable
Vib_PP_Fltr
First order filter time constant (sec)
0.01 to 2
LMVib1A
Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, input #1 - board
Configuration
point
Enable system limit 1 fault check
Enable, disable
Latch system limit 1 fault
Latch, not latch
system limit 1 check type
>= or <=
System Limit 1 - Vibration in mils (Prox) or Inch/sec

(seismic, accel)
100 to +100
Enable system limit 2 (same configuration as above)
Enable, disable
Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in volts or mils
100 to +100
LMVib1B
Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #1 - board point
LMVib1C
Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #1 - board point
LMVib2A
Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #2 - board point
LMVib2B
LMVib2C
LMVib3A
Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #3 - board point
LMVib3B
LMVib3C
Vibration terminal board, first of two
Average air gap (for Prox) or dc volts (for others) -
SysLim1Enable
SysLim1Latch
SysLim1Type
SysLimit1
SysLim2Enable
TMR_DiffLimt
J3:IS200TVIBH1A
GAP1_VIB1
board point
VIB_Type
Type of vibration probe
Unused, PosProx, VibProx,

VibProx-KPH1, VibProx-KPH2,
VibLMAccel, VibVelomitor,
KeyPhasor
VIB_Scale
Volts/mil or volts/ips
0 to 2
Scale offset for prox position only, in mils
0 to 90
Enable system limit 1
Enable, disable
Latch the alarm
Latch, not latch
System limit 1 check type
>= or <=
System limit 1 GAP in negative volts (for vel) or

positive mils (prox)
100 to +100
ScaleOff
SysLim1Enable
SysLim1Latch
SysLim1Type
SysLimit1
GEI-100561
Enable system limit 2 (same configuration as above)
Enable, disable
Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in volts or mils
100 to +100
Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - board
SysLim2Enabl
TMR_DiffLimt
Vib1
point
System limits configured as above
Enable, disable
GAP2_VIB2
Second vibration probe of 8 - board point
Vib2
SysLim1Enable
point
GAP9_POS1
First position probe of 4 - board point
GAP13_KPH1
KeyPhasor probe air gap - board point
Second vibration terminal board
GAP14_VIB9
First Vibration Probe of 8 - board point
Vib9
J4:IS200TVIBH1A
point
GAP22_POS5
First position probe of 4 - board point
GAP26_KPH2
KeyPhasor probe air gap - board point
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VVIB1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VVIB2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VVIB3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
SysLim1GAP1
Gap signal limit
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim1GAP26
Gap signal limit
Input
BIT
SysLim2GAP1
Gap signal limit
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim2GAP26
Gap signal limit
Input
BIT
SysLim1VIB1
Vibration signal limit
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim1VIB16
Input
BIT
SysLim1ACC1
Acceleration signal limit
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim1ACC9
Input
BIT
SysLim2VIB1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim2VIB16
Input
BIT
SysLim2ACC1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim2ACC9
Input
BIT
RPM_KPH1
Speed RPM, of KP #1
Input
FLOAT
GEI-100561
RPM_KPH2
Speed RPM, of KP #2
Input
FLOAT
Vib1X1
Vibration, 1X component only, displacement
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Vib1X16
Vibration, 1X component only, displacement
Input
FLOAT
Vib1XPH1
Angle of 1X component to KP
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
Vib1XPH16
Angle of 1X component to KP
Input
FLOAT
LM_RPM_A
--------
Output
FLOAT
LM_RPM_B
--------
Output
FLOAT
LM_RPM_C
--------
Output
FLOAT
DVIB Vibration Terminal Board

Only the simplex version is
available.
The DVIB board is a compact vibration terminal board, designed for DIN-rail
mounting. (Designed to meet UL 1604 specification for operation in a 65 C class 1,
division 2 environment.) The board accepts eight vibration, four position, and one
keyphasor input. It connects to the VVIB processor board with a 37-pin cable.
These cables are identical to those used on the larger TVIB terminal board. VVIB
accommodates two DVIB boards.
High-frequency decoupling to ground on all signals is the same as on TVIB. High
density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board with
two screws for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies the
board to VVIB for system diagnostic purposes.
GEI-100561
<R>
DVIB Board
JR1
J3
N28V
Vibration Board
VVIB
28Vdc
To
controller
N28VR
Amp
Current
limit
1 N24V1
S CL
V 2
PR01H S
ID
P
R
S V
S
O
JP1A P,A
3 PR01L
X
S
Vib. or pos.
Eight of the
prox. (P), or
above circuits P28V
seismic (S),
or accel (A),
N28V
or velomiter
(V)
A/D
Sampling
type A/D
converter
(16-bit)
3mA
PCOM
CL
25 N24V9
P
R
O
X
26 PR09H
27
Position
Prox
PR09L
J4
Four of the
above circuits
PCOM
N28V
CL
37 N24V13
P
R
O
X
38
PR13H
39
PR13L
S
S
S
Reference or
peyPhasor
prox.
PCOM
DVIB Board
GEI-100561
Installation
There is no shield terminal
The DVIB board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. The
vibration probes are wired directly to the terminal block which has 42 terminals.
Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted triplet wiring is used. There are two screws for
the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
DIN Vibration Terminal Board

DVIB
Screw Connections
JP1A
V
37-pin "D" shell
fasteners
P
S
JP2A
JR1 V
P
S
JP3A
P
S
JP4A
P
S
JP5A
P
S
JP6A
V
Cable to J3
connector in I/O
rack for the VVIB
board
P
S
JP7A
S
JP8A
V
PR01 (H)
N24V02
PR02 (L)
PR03 (H)
N24V04
PR04 (L)
PR05 (H)
N24V06
PR06 (L)
PR07 (H)
N24V08
PR08 (L)
PR09 (H)
N24V10
PR10 (L)
PR11 (H)
N24V12
PR12 (L)
PR13 (H)
SCOM
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
Screw Connections
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
N24V01
PR01 (L)
PR02 (H)
N24V03
PR03 (L)
PR04 (H)
IN24V05
PR05 (L)
PR06 (H)
N24V07
PR07 (L)
PR08 (H)
N24V09
PR09 (L)
PR10 (H)
N24V11
PR11 (L)
PR12 (H)
N24V13
PR13 (L)
SCOM
Vib
1-8
Pos
1-4
Ref
probe
S
SCOM
DIN-rail mounting
Euro-Block type
terminal block
Plastic mounting
holder
DVIB Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100561
I/O Board Alarms


Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VVIB


16

configuration.
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board.
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
32
VVIB A/D Converter 1 Calibration Outside of Spec.

VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any
one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its
expected value, this alarm is set
The hardware failed (if so replace the

board) or there is a voltage supply
problem
33
VVIB A/D Converter 2 Calibration Outside of Spec.

VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If any
one of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of its
expected value, this alarm is set
The hardware failed (if so replace the

board) or there is a voltage supply
problem
GEI-100561
65-77/
81-93
TVIB J3/J4 Analog Input # out of limits. VVIB monitors the The TVIB board(s) may not exist but
Signal Levels from the 2 A/D. If any one of the voltages is the sensor is specified as used, or the
above the max value, this diagnostic is set
sensor may be bad, or the wire fell off,
or the device is miswired.
128-287
cable.
288-404

GEI-100561

cable.
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100561
GEI-100562
VGEN Generator Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................3
Operation....................................................................................................................................4
Specifications............................................................................................................................6
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................7
Configuration ............................................................................................................................7
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................10
The generator board VGEN and its terminal board TGEN monitor the generator
three-phase voltage and currents, and calculate three-phase power and power factor.
For large steam turbine applications, VGEN provides the power load unbalance
(PLU) and early valve actuation (EVA) functions, using fast acting solenoids located
on the TRLY terminal board.
TGEN Terminal Board
TB1
x
Current
inputs &
gen PT
signals
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VGEN VME Board
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
JT1
JS1
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
RUN
FAIL
STAT
Cable to VME
rack T
VME bus to VCMI
TB2
Cable to VME
rack S
Gen CT
signals
JR1
TB3
VGEN
x
TB4
Connectors on
VME rack R
J3
Shield bar
Cable to VME
rack R
J4
Cable to optional TRLY,

for fast acting solenoids
2 VGEN Generator Board
GEI-100562
Generator Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
Installation
The analog current and PT inputs are wired to terminal block 1. The CTs are wired to
special terminal blocks TB2 , 3, and 4, which cannot be unplugged. This protects
against an open CT circuit. Jumpers J1A, B set the desired input current or voltage
on analog inputs 1 through 4.
Generator Terminal Board TGEN

Analog Input Jumpers
20ma
TB1
x
20 mA (1)
RET (1)
20mA (2)
RET (2)
20mA (3)
RET (3)
20mA (4)
RET (4)
PCOM
GenB
BusA
BusC
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
P24V (1)
VDC (1)
P24V (2)
VDC (2)
P24V (3)
VDC (3)
P24V (4)
VDC (4)
PCOM
GenA
GenC
BusB
VDC RET
JT1
OPEN
JP1A
JP1B
JP2A
JP2B
JP3A
JP3B
JP4A
JP4B
JS1
CurAH1
CurAH2
CurAL1
1
2
TB2
3
CurAL2
CurBH1
CurBH2
CurBL1
1
2
TB3
3
CurBL2
CurCH1
CurCH2
CurCL1
CurCL2
1
2
TB4
3
JR1
Test points
Terminal block 1 can be

unplugged from terminal
board for maintenance. TB2,
TB3, TB4 are not pluggable.
Terminal Board TGEN and Wiring
GEI-100562
VGEN Generator Board 3
Operation
VGEN monitors two, 3-phase potential transformer (PT) inputs, and three, one-phase
current transformer (CT) inputs. On TGEN there are four analog inputs which can be
configured for 4-20 mA or 5, 10 V dc.
Test Points on the generator and bus voltages and currents are for checking the phase
of the input signals. Signal conversion and calculations of power, power factor and
frequency take place on the VGEN board.
Note TGEN may be used with on VGEN board (simplex) or three VGEN boards
(TMR).
GEI-100562
<R>
<S>
<T>
Terminal Board TGEN
Controller
4 circuits per terminal board
Analog inputs
Noise
suppression.
TB1
01
+24 Vdc
03
+/-5,10 Vdc
Current Limit
P28VV
JP1A
Vdc
Generator
Board
VGEN
P28V, R
T
02
4-20 ma
20 ma
250 ohms
04
Return
JP1B
Open
115 V rms yields

1.5333 V rms,
gen & bus
Return
PCOM
JR1
Shown
for <R>
+28 Vdc
J3
17
TB1
Generator
3-phase
volts
(115 Vac)
Bus
3-phase
volts
(115 Vac)
TB2
Current phase A
(115 Vac)
TB3
18
A
PCOM
19
Test Points
TP-GA
TP-GB
ID
TP-GC
JS1
20
21
22
TP-BA
23
TP-BB
24
TP-BC
H1
01
02
03
H2
L1
L2
H1
Current phase B
(115 Vac)
TB4
H2
Current phase C
(115 Vac)
H2
L1
L2
H1
L1
L2
04
01
02
03
04
01
02
03
04
TB4
1:2000
1:2000
JT1
100 ohms
0.01%
Noise suppression
J3
Same
for <T>
ID
100 ohms
0.01%
Connectors at bottom
of VME racks
TP-IC1
TP-IC2
Buffer
ID
TP-IB1
TP-IB2
J3
To TRLY
from
<R>
<S>
<T>
Same
for <S>
TP-IA1
TP-IA2
1:2000
A/D
100 ohms
0.01%
5 amp input yields

0.25 V rms (line-neutral) or
0.433 V rms (line-line)
TGEN Board Showing Potential and Current Transformer Inputs
VGEN monitors generator 3-phase power, and supplies the power load unbalance
(PLU) and early valve actuation (EVA) functions for large steam turbines.
The generator and bus PT inputs are three-wire, open delta, voltage measurements
that are used to calculate all three line-to-line voltages. They are not used for
automatic synchronizing which requires two separate single-phase PT inputs. Each
PT input is nominally 115 V rms, and the PTs are magnetically isolated.
GEI-100562
Test points are provided for

all PT and CT inputs to verify
the phase in the field.
Three single-phase CT inputs are provided with a normal current range of 0 to 5 A

continous. The Cts are magnetically isolated on TGEN. Terminations for the CTs are
non-pluggable terminal blocks with captive lugs accepting are up to #10 AWG
wires. The following parameters are calculated from these inputs:
Total Mwatts
Total Mvars
Total MVA
Power factor
Bus frequency (5 to 66 Hz)
High frequency and 50/60 Hz

noise is reduced with an
analog hardware filter.
The four analog inputs can accept 4-20 mA inputs or 5, 10 V dc inputs. A +24 V
dc source is available for all four circuits with individual current limits for each
circuit. The 4-20 mA transducer can be connected to use the +24 V dc source from
the turbine control or as a self-powered source. A jumper is located on the terminal
board to select between current and voltage inputs for each circuit.
Specifications
Item
VGEN Specifications
Specification
Inputs to TGEN and VGEN
2 three-phase generator and bus PTs

3 one-phase generator CTs
4 analog inputs (420 mA, 5, 10 V dc)
Outputs from VGEN via TRLY
12 relay outputs (for large steam turbines )
Generator and bus voltages
Nominal 115 V rms with range of interest of 10 to 120%

Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 25 to 66 Hz
Magnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms and loading less than 3 VA
Input measurement resolution is 0.1%
Input accuracy is 0.5% of rated V rms from 45 to 66 Hz
Input accuracy is 1.0% of rated V rms from 25 to 45 Hz
Input loading less than 3 VA per circuit
Generator current inputs
Normal current range is 0 to 5 A with overange to 10 A

Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 45 to 66 Hz
Magnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms
Input accuracy 0.5% of full scale (5A) with resolution of 0.1% FS
Input burden less than 0.5 ohms per circuit
Analog inputs
Current inputs:
420 mA
Voltage inputs:
5 V dc or 10 V dc
Transducers can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the control cabinet
with a two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.
Input burden resistor on TGEN is 250 ohms.
Jumper selection of single ended or self powered inputs
Jumper selection of voltage or current inputs
Analog Input Filter: Breaks at 72 and 500 radians/sec
Ac common mode rejection (CMR) 60 dB
Dc common mode rejection (CMR) 80 dB
Conversion accuracy
Sampling type 16-bit A/D converter, 14 bit resolution

Accuracy 0.1% overall
Frame rate
100 Hz
Calculated values
Total MWatts and MVars have an accuracy of 1% FS, and 0.5%

for totalizing.
Total MVA and power factor have an accuracy of 1% full scale.
Bus frequency (5 to 66 Hz) has an accuracy of 0.1%.
GEI-100562
Diagnostics
Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and a
high/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in the
field. Open wire detection is provided for voltage inputs, and relay drivers and coil
currents are monitored.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1, on the terminal board have their own ID device which
is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with the
terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location.
Configuration
Typical VGEN Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
PLU_Enab
Enable PLU function
Enable, disable
PLU_Del_Enab
Enable PLU delay
Enable, disable
MechPwrInput
Mech. power through TMR (first 3 MA ccts), dual xducer TMR_1 thru 3, dual 1 and 2,
(Max), single xducer, or signal space
SMX_1, SMX_2, signal space
PLU_Rate
Select PLU threshold rate
ME, LO, HI
PLU_Unbal
PLU Unbalance threshold %
20 to 80
PLU_Delay
PLU delay, secs
0 to 10
Press Ratg
Reheat press equiv. to 100% mechanical power
50 to 600
Current Ratg
Generator current equivalent to 100% electrical power
1,000 to 60,000
EVA_Enab
Enable EVA function
Enable, disable
EVA_ExtEnab
Enable external EVA function
Enable, disable
EVA_Rate
Select EVA threshold rate
LO, ME, HI
EVA_Unbal
EVA unbalance threshold %
20 to 80
EVA_Delay
EVA drop out time, seconds
0 to 10
MW_Ratg
Generator MW equivalent to 100 % electrical power
10 to 1,500
IVT_Enab
Enable IVT function
Enable, disable
Min_MA_Input
Minimum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input
0 to 21
MAx_MA_Input
Maximum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input
0 to 21
SystemFreq
System frequency in Hz
50 or 60
Configuration
J3:IS200TGENH1A
Connected, Not Connected
AnalogIn1
First analog input (of four) - board point
Input type
Unused, 420 ma, 5 V, 10 V
Low input
Input MA at low value
10 to 20
Low value
Input value in engineering units at low MA

(configuration inputs the same as for TBAI)
3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038
System limits
Standard System Limits (see TBAI configuration)
GenPT_Vab_KV
Generator potential transformer input "ab", (first of 3)
- board point
PT_Input
GEI-100562
PT input in KV rms for PT_output
1 to 1,000
PT_Output
PT output in V rms for PT_Input-typically 115
60 to 150
Phase Shift
Compensating phase shift, applied to PT signals
Zero, plus 30, plus 60, minus 30,

minus 60
System limits
Standard system limits (similar to analog Inputs)
BusPT_Vab_KV
Bus potential transformer input "ab", (first of three)

configuration similar to GenPT - board point
GenCT_A
Generator current transformer A (first of three) - board
point
CT_Input
CT input in amperes rms for rated CT_Output
100 to 50,000
CT_Output
Rated CT output in amperes rms, typically 5
1 to 5
System Limits
Standard system limits (similar to genPT)
J4:IS200TRLYH1A
Relay01_Tst

Fast acting solenoid #1 test, first of 12 relays - board
point
Relay Output
FAS valve type
Unused, CV, tst only, CV EVA
RelayDropTime
Relay dropout time
0 to 5
Description Point Edit (Enter Signal Name)
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VGEN1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VGEN2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VGEN3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
SysLim1Anal1
System limit 1 exceeded on analog cct #1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim1Anal4
System limit 1 exceeded on Analog cct #4
Input
BIT
SysLim2Anal1
System limit 2 exceeded on Analog cct #1
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SysLim2Anal4
System limit 2 exceeded on analog cct #4
Input
BIT
SysL1GenPTab
System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vab
Input
BIT
SysL1GenPTbc
System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vbc
Input
BIT
SysL1GenPTca
System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vca
Input
BIT
SysL1BusPTab
System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vab
Input
BIT
SysL1BusPTbc
System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vbc
Input
BIT
SysL1BusPTca
System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vca
Input
BIT
SysL2GenPTab
System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vab
Input
BIT
SysL2GenPTbc
System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vbc
Input
BIT
SysL2GenPTca
System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vca
Input
BIT
SysL2BusPTab
System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vab
Input
BIT
SysL2BusPTbc
System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vbc
Input
BIT
SysL2BusPTca
System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vca
Input
BIT
SysL1GenCTa
System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase A
Input
BIT
SysL1GenCTb
System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase B
Input
BIT
GEI-100562
SysL1GenCTc
System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase C
Input
BIT
SysL2GenCTa
System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase A
Input
BIT
SysL2GenCTb
System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase B
Input
BIT
SysL2GenCTc
System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase C
Input
BIT
Relay01_Fdbk
Status of relay 01
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Relay12_Fdbk
Status of relay 12
Input
BIT
L10PLU_EVT
Power load unbalance event
Input
BIT
L10EVA_EVA
Early valve actuation event
Input
BIT
GenMW
Generator MWatts
Input
FLOAT
GenMVAR
Generator MVars
Input
FLOAT
GenMVA
Generator MVA
Input
FLOAT
GenPF
Generator power factor, 0/1/0
Input
FLOAT
BusFreq
Bus frequency, Hz
Input
FLOAT
PLU_Tst
Power load unbalance test
Output
BIT
EVA_Tst
Early valve actuation test
Output
BIT
IV_Trgr
Intercept valve trigger command
Output
BIT
EVA_ExtCmd
Early valve actuation external command
Output
BIT
EVA_ExtPrm
Early valve actuation external permissive
Output
BIT
TN_Hz
PLL center frequency, Hz
Output
FLOAT
MechPower
Mechanical power, percent, when configured through

signal space
Output
FLOAT
AnalogIn1
Analog input 1
Input
FLOAT
Input
FLOAT
AnalogIn4
Analog input 4
Input
FLOAT
GenPT_Vab_KV
Kilovolts rms
Input
FLOAT
GenPT_Vbc_KV
Kilovolts rms
Input
FLOAT
GenPT_Vca_KV
Kilovolts rms
Input
FLOAT
BusPT_Vab_KV
Kilovolts rms
Input
FLOAT
BusPT_Vbc_KV
Kilovolts rms
Input
FLOAT
BusPT_Vca_KV
Kilovolts rms
Input
FLOAT
GenCT_A
Generator Amperes RMS, phase A
Input
FLOAT
GenCT_B
Generator amperes rms, phase B, same configuration

as phase A
Input
FLOAT
GenCT_C
Generator amperes rms, phase C, same configuration

as phase A
Input
FLOAT
Relay01_Tst
Fast acting solenoid #1 test
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
Fast acting solenoid #12 test
Output
BIT
:
Relay12_Tst
GEI-100562
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VGEN


16

configuration
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
32-43
Relay Driver # does not Match Requested State. There is

a mismatch between the relay driver command and the
state of the output to the relay as sensed by VGEN
The relay terminal board may not exist

and the relay is configured a used, or
there may be a faulty relay driver
circuit or drive sensors on VGEN.
44-55
Relay Output Coil # does not Match Requested State.

There is a mismatch between the relay driver command
and the state of the current sensed on the relay coil on
the relay terminal board
Relay is defective, or the connector

cable J4 to the relay terminal board J1
is disconnected, or the relay terminal
board does not exist.
GEI-100562
56-59
Analog Input # Unhealthy. Analog Input 420 mA ## has

exceeded the A/D converter's limits
60-65
Fuse # and/or # Blown. The fuse monitor requires the

One or both of the listed fuses is
jumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respond blown, or there is a loss of power on
correctly
TB3, or the terminal board does not
exist, or the jumpers are not set.
66-69
Analog 420 mA Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the

analog 420 mA auto calibration signals has failed. Auto
calibration or 4-20 mA inputs are invalid
3 Volt or 9 Volt precision reference or

null reference on VGEN is defective,
or multiplexer or A/D converter circuit
on VGEN is defective.
70-73
PT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the PT auto calibration

signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of PT input signals
is invalid, PT inputs are invalid
Precision reference voltage or null

reference is defective on VGEN, or
multiplexer or A/D converter circuit on
VGEN is defective.
74-79
CT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the CT auto calibration Precision reference voltage or null
signals has gone bad. Auto calibration of CT input signals reference is defective on VGEN, or
is invalid, CT inputs are invalid
VGEN is defective.
96-223
cable.
224-241

GEI-100562
Analog input is too large, TGEN

jumper (JP1, JP3, JP5, JP7) is in the
wrong position, signal conditioning
circuit on TGEN is defective,
VGEN is defective.

cable.
+1 540 387 7000


1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100562
GEI-100563
VPYR Pyrometer Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
7testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- 2002 by General Electric Company, USA.
Section
Page
Installation .................................................................................................................................3
Operation....................................................................................................................................4
Specifications............................................................................................................................6
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................6
Configuration ............................................................................................................................7
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................10
The Optical Pyrometer Board (VPYR) provides a dynamic temperature profile of the
rotating turbine blades, and computes temperature conditions that can lead to a trip.
The Pyrometer terminal board (TPYR) is wired to two infrared TBTMS
thermometers, known as pyrometers, and to two keyPhasor proximitor probes for
shaft reference. Dedicated analog to digital converters on VPYR provide sampling
rates up to 200,000 samples per second for burst data from two of the temperature
channels. Fast temperature data is made available for display and offline evaluation.
The terminal board has simplex and TMR capability as shown in the following
figure.
TPYR Terminal Board
Pyrometer
wiring
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
VPYR VME Board
JT1
37-pin "D" shell type

connectors with
latching fasteners
RUN
FAIL
STAT
VME bus to VCMI

JS1
Cables to VME
racks S and T
KeyPhasor
wiring
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
JR1
Cable to VME
rack R
VPYR
x
Connectors on
VME rack
J3
Shield bar
J4
Pyrometer Terminal Board, Processor, and Cabling
2 VPYR Pyrometer Board
GEI-100563
Installation
The two optical pyrometers are wired to the first terminal block on TPYR, and the
two KeyPhasor probes are wired to the second terminal block. Power comes in
through the JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors. There are no jumpers as on the TVIB
board.
TPYR Terminal Board
JR1
Pyr A
wiring
Pyr B
wiring
PCOM1 (A)
PCOM2 (A)
Ret (A1)
Ret (A2)
Ret (A3)
Ret (A4)
PCOM1 (B)
PCOM2 (B)
Ret (B1)
Ret (B2)
Ret (B3)
Ret (B4)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
P24 (A)
N24 (A)
20ma (A1)
20ma (A2)
20ma (A3)
20ma (A4)
P24 (B)
N24 (B)
20ma (B1)
20ma (B2)
20ma (B3)
20ma (B4)
Cable to <R>
JS1
x
x
x
Key
phasors
1&2
N24 Pr (1)
PrL (1)
PrH (2)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
Cable to <S>
PrH (1)
N24Pr (2)
PrL (2)
JT1
Cable to <T>
Terminal Blocks can be unplugged from

Terminal Board TPYR and Wiring
GEI-100563
VPYR Pyrometer Board 3
Operation
Analog signals from the terminal board are cabled to the VPYR processor board
where signal sampling and conversion take place. VPYR calculates the temperature
profiles and runs turbine protection algorithms using both pyrometer signals. If a trip
is indicated and the signals are validated, VPYR issues the trip signal.
Chan A
P
Y
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
<T>
<S>
<R>
TPYR Terminal Board

1
2
P24A
PCOM
Current P28VX
Limiter
N24A
PCOM
Current N28VX
Limiter
4
5
6
7
8
20ma A1
100 ohms
RetA1
Average
VPYR Pyrometer Board

JR1
Fan
Distrib
-ution
20ma A2
RetA2
Max-Pk
20ma A3
10 RetA3
Avg-Pk
11 20ma A4
12 RetA4
Fast
J3
Chan A
Fast
Fast A/D sampling
P28VR
N28VR
Chan B
Fast
Fast
A/D sampling
ID
All
others
Mux
JS1
A/D
J3
Same for <S>
P28VS
N28VS
Chan B
P
Y
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
13 P24B Current
14 PCOM Limiter
P28VX
15 N24B Current
16 PCOM Limiter
N28VX
17 20ma B1
18 RetB1
Avg
19 20ma B2
20 RetB2
Max Pk
21 20ma B3
22 RetB3
Avg-Pk
23 20ma B4
24 RetB4
P
R
O
X
30 N24Pr1 Current
Limiter
31 PrH1
32 PrL1
JT1
KeyPhasor#2
33 N24Pr2 Current
Limiter
34 PrH2
J3
Same for<T>
P28VT
N28VT
Fast
N28VX
ID
KeyPhasor#1
P
R
O
X
ID
P28VX
P28VR
P28VS
P28VT
N28VX
N28VR
N28VS
N28VT
N28VX
35 PrL2
Noise suppression on all

inputs & power outputs
TPYR Terminal Board and Processor BoardFeatures
GEI-100563
Optical Pyrometer Measurements

Two infrared pyrometers dynamically measure the temperature profile of the rotating
turbine blades. Each pyrometer is powered by a +24 V dc and a 24 V dc source on
the terminal board, diode selected from voltages supplied by the three VPYR boards.
Four 420 mA signals are returned from each pyrometer, representing the following
blade measurements:
The average temperature
The maximum peak temperature
The average peak temperature
A fast dynamic profile, with 30 kHz bandpass, providing the full signature.
Each 420 mA input generates a voltage across a resistor which is sent to the VPYR
board where it is multiplexed and converted. A dedicated A/D converter is used to
sample the fast input (#4) at up to 200,000 samples per second. VPYR can be
configured for different numbers of turbine buckets, with up to 30 temperature
samples per bucket.
KeyPhasor Inputs
Two keyPhasors are used for shaft position reference, one as a backup. These
keyPhasor probes and associated circuitry are identical to those used with
TVIB/VVIB. They sense a shaft keyway or pedestal to provide a time stamp.
Turbine Protection Algorithm

Fast burst data is used for the protection algorithms. One peak temperature per
bucket is isolated and the highest for that revolution is selected. The delta
temperature compared to the previous revolution is calculated (the rate of change)
and compared to a calculated value which uses configurable parameters. Three of
these are computed using different parameters. Similarly a distance variable is
computed by taking the difference between the revolution peak and a peak taken y
samples ago, where y is configurable. This delta is also compared to a configurable
value. Finally the three rate signals and one distance signal are logically combined
with permissives and the other channel trip condition to produce the trip signal.
GEI-100563
Specifications
VPYR Board Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of inputs
2 pyrometers, each with 4 analog 420 mA current signals
(TPYR and VPYR)
2 keyPhasor probes, each with 0.5 to 20 V dc inputs
Current inputs from pyrometers
4-20 mA across a 100 ohm resistor

Common mode rejection:
Dc up to 5 V dc, CMRR of 80 dB
Ac up to 5 Volt peak, CMRR of 60
dB
Measurement accuracy of 0.1 % full scale, 14-bit resolution
Bandwidth of 0 to 100 Hz on 6 slow inputs using multiplexed A/D converter
Bandwidth of 0 to 30,000 Hz on two fast inputs using dedicated A/D converters,
sampling at 200,000 per sec.
KeyPhasor inputs
Input voltage range of 0.5 to 20 V dc

Common mode rejection:
CMR of 5 V, CMRR of 50 dB at 50/60 Hz
Accuracy 2 % of full scale (0.2 V dc)
Dc level detection typically 0.2 V/mil sensitivity
Speed measurement 2 to 5,610 RPM with accuracy of 0.1 % of reading
Device excitation
Pyrometers have individual power supplies, current limited:

P24V source is diode selected, +22 to +30 V dc, 0.175 A
N24V source is diode selected, -22 to -30 V dc, 0.175 A
Measurement parameters
Rated RPM up to 5,100 RPM

Number of buckets per stage, up to 92
Number of samples per bucket, up to 30
Fast inputs sampled in bursts covering three revolutions, at twice per second.
Diagnostics
VPYR provides system limit checking on the keyPhasor gap signals. The two
pyrometer inputs are compared against configuration limits to determine if they are
tracking, and the fast data is compared with other inputs to check validity.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1, on the terminal board have their own ID device,
which is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with
the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
GEI-100563
Configuration
Like all I/O boards, VPYR is configured using the toolbox. This software usually
runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The
following table summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. For details refer
Controller.
Typical VPYR Configuration
Module Parameter
Description
Choices
System limits
Enables or disables all system limit checking
Enable, disable
Min_MA_Input
Minimum MA for healthy 420 mA input
0 to 21
Max_MA_Input
Maximum MA for healthy 420 mA input
0 to 21
RPMrated
Rated turbine RPM
0 to 10,000
BuckSamples
Minimum samples per bucket at 110 percent speed
10 to 30
BuckOffset_A
Offset from key to the first bucket, % bucket,

pyrometer A
0 to 100
BuckSpan_A
Percent of bucket to include in protection algorithm,

pyrometer A
0 to 100
BuckNumb_A
Number of buckets, pyrometer A
30 to 92
SetptR1_A
Setpoint, rate 1, pyrometer A
0 to 30
SetptR1B_A
Setpoint, rate 1, bias, average temp, pyrometer A
1 to 1
SetptR2_A
0 to 30
SetptR2B_A
Setpoint, rate 2,bias, average temp, pyrometer A
1 to 1
SetptR3_A
0 to 30
SetptR3B_A
Setpoint, rate 3, bias, average temp, pyrometer A
1 to 1
SetptD_A
Setpoint distance, pyrometer A
0 to 30
SetptDB_A
Setpoint distance bias, average temp, pyrometer A
1 to 1
SetptDDepth_A
Setpoint, depth of the distance measurement,

pyrometer A
0 to 30
Rate2Enab_A
Enable, temperature rate 2, pyrometer A
Enable, disable
Rate3Enab_A
Enable, temperature rate 3, pyrometer A
Enable, disable
DistEnab_A
Enable temperature rate 3, pyrometer A

Same configuration for channel B pyrometer
Enable, disable
Terminal board 1 connected to VPYR through J3
Calibration
J3:IS200TPYRH1A
SlowAvg_A
Slow, average temperature, pyrometer A - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)
Input use
Is this point used?
Used, unused
Input MA at low value
0 to 21
Low_Input
GEI-100563
Low_Value Input value in engineering units at low MA
3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038
High_Input Input MA at high value
0 to 21
Input value in engineering units at high MA
3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038
Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of

(high value/low value)
0 to 100
SlowMXPk_A
Slow, maximum peak temperature, pyrometer A

(configuration similar to above) - board point
SlowAvgPk_A
Slow, average peak temp, pyrometer A - board point
FastAvg_A
Fast, average temp, pyrometer A - board point
SlowAvg_B
Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr B - board point
SlowMXPk_B
Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr B - board point
SlowAvgPk_B
Slow, average peak temperature, Pyr B - board pt.
FastAvg_B
Fast, average temperature, Pyr B - board point
GAP_KPH1
Air Gap, keyPhasor #1 - board point
Configurable item
Used, Not used
Volts/mil
0 to 2
High_Value
TMR_Diff
VIB-Type
VIB_Scale
KPH_Thrshld
Voltage difference from gap voltage where Keyphasor 1 to 5

Trigger
KPH_Type Type of Pulse Generator

SysLim
Slot, Pedestal
System Limits 1 and 2, and TMR same as above
Standard Choices
GAP_KPH2
Air Gap, keyPhasor #2, config. Same as above board point
Description Point Edit (Enter Signal Name)
Direction
Type
L3DIAG_VPYR1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VPYR2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG_VPYR3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
TripPyrA
Bucket temperature rate trip, pyrometer A
Input
BIT
TripPyrB
Bucket temperature rate trip, pyrometer B
Input
BIT
KeyPh1Act
Keyphasor 1 Active
Input
BIT
KeyPh2Act
Keyphasor 2 Active
Input
BIT
SysLim1KP1
System Limit
Input
BIT
SysLim2KP1
System Limit
Input
BIT
SysLim1KP2
System Limit
Input
BIT
SysLim2KP2
System Limit
Input
BIT
FastMxMxPk_A
Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
FastAgMxPk_A
Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
FastMnMnPk_A
Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
FastAgMnPk_A
Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
FastMxMxPk_B
Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
GEI-100563
FastAgMxPk_B
Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
FastMnMnPk_B
Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
FastAgMnPk_B
Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
RPM_KPH1
RPM Keyphasor #1
Input
FLOAT
RPM_KPH2
RPM Keyphasor #2
Input
FLOAT
TripBuckIx_A
Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
TripBuckNb_A
Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
TripBuckIx_B
Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
When true, records freeze, two before, one after
Output
BIT
Turbine Speed in RPM
Output
FLOAT
TripBuckNb_B
LogTrigger
TurbRPM
Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
SlowMXPk_A
SlowAvg_A
Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr A (configuration

similar to above)
Input
FLOAT
SlowAvgPk_A
Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr A
Input
FLOAT
SlowAvg_B
Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
SlowMXPk_B
Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
SlowAvgPk_B
Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
FastAvg_B
Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr B
Input
FLOAT
GAP_KPH1
Air Gap, Keyphasor #1
Input
FLOAT
GAP_KPH1
Air Gap, Keyphasor #1
Input
FLOAT
FastAvg_A
GEI-100563
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VPYR


16

configuration.
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
32&38
Milliamp input associated with the slow average

temperature is unhealthy. Pyro## SLOW AVG TEMP
unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's average output

is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.
33&39
Pyro## Slow Max Pk Temp unhealthy. Milliamp input

associated with the slow maximum peak temperature is
unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's maximum

output is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is
faulty.
GEI-100563
34&40
Pyro## Slow Average Peak Temp. Milliamp input

associated with the slow average peak temperature is
unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's peak output is

faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.
35&41
Pyro##Fast Temp Unhealthy. Milliamp input associated

with the fast temperature is unhealthy
Specified pyrometer's fast output is

faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.
36&42
Pyro## Fast Cal Reference out of limits. The fast

calibration reference is out of limits
VPYR is faulty
37&43
Pyro## Fast Cal Null out of limits. The fast calibration null
is out of limits
VPYR is faulty
44
Slow Cal Reference out of limits. The slow calibration

reference is out of limits
VPYR is faulty
45
Slow Cal Null out of limits. The slow calibration null is out
of limits
VPYR is faulty
128-191
cable.
224-247

GEI-100563

cable.

+1 540 387 7000
GEI-100563

1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100564
VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Pressure/Acoustic Wave Signal Conditioning.....................................................................2
Signal Conditioning for Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Input..........................................3
Signal Conditioning for the RMS Circuit.............................................................................3
BNC Signal Conditioning .......................................................................................................4
Pressure/Acoustic Wave FFT Algorithms ............................................................................6
Functions ...................................................................................................................................7
Windowing Function ...............................................................................................................7
Sort Function.............................................................................................................................7
Determination of Fc and Fs ..................................................................................................10
Display Format of the Data Through TelNet.....................................................................10
RMS Peak-to-Peak Calculator..............................................................................................11
Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm............................11
Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm...............................12
I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................12
The rack mounted IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board (VAMA)
supports the DIN-rail mounted IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal
Board (DDPT). The VAMA/DDPT configuration monitors acoustic or pressure
waves in the turbine combustion chamber. The DDPT terminal board supports the
simplex mode only and uses the J3 rack connector as the interface to the VAMA.
The VAMA/DDPT meets environment rating for hazardous gases of Class I,
Division 2 and provides suppression at all points of signal entry or exit. Each cable
has a unique ID chip. The VAMA/DDPT provides two point calibration, based on
reading a reference offset and gain signal.
Gas turbine combustion chambers can experience pressure oscillations that cause
noise in the audible hearing range. The H1A version of the VAMA/DDPT offers
signal conditioning and software that allows the turbine control to monitor the
pressure/acoustic waves by reading the conditioned signals from a dynamic pressure
transducer. The VAMA/DDPT provides two channels to read the pressure/acoustic
wave signals from third party equipment from Vibro-meter or Bently-Nevada. The
VAMA provides two dedicated signal conditioning paths to remove the dc
component of the signal, modify the gain and provide an eighth order or better lowpass filter for anti-aliasing.
Pressure/Acoustic Wave Signal Conditioning

The Vibro-meter GSI 1_ _
unit is used to avoid any
problems due to voltage
differences between the
measuring point and the
signal processing (such as
ground loops).
The VAMA/DDPT provides signal conditioning for two pressure/acoustic wave

inputs and an option to supply either positive 24 V dc or negative 24 V dc to power
the pressure sensing equipment. The third party vendor equipment supported are the
Vibro-meter Galvanic Separation Unit Types GSI 1_ _, the Bently-Nevada 86517
with modifications 142533 or 159840 charge amplifier, or the Bently-Nevada
dynamic pressure charge amplifier 350500.
The Vibro-Meter setup conditions a pico-coulomb output from a dynamic pressure
transducer (Vibro-meter CP216 or CP231) through a charge amplifier (Vibro-meter
IPC 704) with a current output representing approximately 125 micro-amps/psi.
2 VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Board
GEI-100564
The GSI unit provides an output that is comprised of an ac signal (approx. 2 V

peak) that represents the dynamic pressure (gain expressed in milli-volts/psi ) riding
on top of a dc bias voltage of approximately +7 V dc. The Vibro-meter GSI unit
requires a +24 V dc power supply. Normally, the power supply return for the GSI
will be grounded externally and the PCOM on the terminal board is not used. Only
use PCOM when the external return ground is not used.
The Bently-Nevada 86517 interface module converts the dynamic pressure
transducer charge signal from pico-coulombs to milli-volts which represents the
pressure in psi. The interface module output is comprised of an ac signal (approx.
1.2 V peak) riding on top of a negative dc bias voltage of approximately 10 V dc.
The Bently-Nevada unit requires a 24 V dc power supply.
VAMA/DDPT Vendor Equipment Power Supply Specifications
Vendor
Power Supply
Nominal Voltage
Nominal Current
Vibro-Meter
Positive 24 V dc
+24 V dc (5%)
0.04 A (0.02 A)
Bently-Nevada
Negative 24 V dc
24 V dc (5%)
0.02 A (0.01 A)
The pressure/acoustic signal is read differentially by connecting to the DDPT inputs,

Pressure Wave Channel A High (ASIG) and Pressure Wave Channel A Low
(ARET). Voltage clamping and high frequency suppression is applied on the DDPT
before the signal is routed to the VAMA through the 37-pin cable to the J3 connector
on the VME rack.
The jumpers, JP1A/B and JP2A/B are used to add a bias corresponding to the dc bias
provided by the third party interface unit to detect open circuit conditions.
Therefore, a +28 V dc positive bias is added for the Vibro-Meter connection and a
28 V dc negative bias is added for the Bently-Nevada system. The DDPT board
pressure wave outputs are ASIG/ARET for the output pair for channel A and
BSIG/BRET for the output pair for channel B.
Signal Conditioning for Fast Fourier Transform

(FFT) Input
The FFT signal conditioning
provides open-wire detection
circuitry and any dc bias
monitoring circuitry, if
needed. The output from
channel A and channel B
feeds into a high-speed
multiplexed A/D section.
The VAMA provides differential inputs for both channel A and B pressure wave
signals. The signal conditioning is comprised of a high pass filter, gain adjustment,
and a low pass filter with adjustable break frequencies. The high-pass filter is a
single pole filter (6 dB/octave) with a break at 5 Hz. The gain block provides two
gain options, 2.25 or 4.5 V/V. The low pass filter is an eight-pole (48 dB/octave)
Butterworth filter with three selectable break frequencies, 600, 1000, and 3600 Hz.
The gain options and the low-pass filter break frequency adjustments are selectable
through software.
Signal Conditioning for the RMS Circuit

The VAMA provides an RMS rectifier circuit for both channel A and channel B
pressure waves. Each circuit is comprised of a high pass filter, a low pass filter and
the RMS detector. The band-pass filters are 260 to 970 Hz , before the detector and
the RMS detector. The input signal range is from 0 to 10 psi peak-to-peak, which is
represented by an ac signal with the scaling of 0.1 volts per psi. The rms detector
output from channel A and channel B feeds into a multiplexed A/D section.
GEI-100564
VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Board 3
BNC Signal Conditioning

The VAMA provides a buffered signal conditioning circuit for each BNC output on
the DDPT terminal board. The BNC buffered circuit takes its input from the ac
pressure wave input without the dc bias signal. The gain of the buffer is 1. The signal
range for buffered BNC output is from 0 to 40 psi peak-to-peak, which is represented
by an ac signal with the scaling of 0.1 volts per psi.
26
BNCASIG
27
BNCARET
DDPT
BNCBSIG
30
BNCBRET
31
Channel A
1
Current P28
Limiter
AP24V
S
+24V
Vibro-meter
Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwr supply return gnded
externally. If DDPT PCOM is used, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.
Vout
GSI 1XX
0V
ASIG
S
External
Gnd
JP2
ARET
Bently-Nevada
N24
OPEN
PCOM
86517 w Modxxx
or 350500
JP_A
P28
AN24V
Current N28
Limiter
External
Gnd
B_N
SCOM
BP24V
S
+24V
Vibro-meter
10
Serial EPROM
JP_B
V_M
Current
Limiter P28
B_N
P28
Serial EPROM
N28
CBLJ5_ID
JR5
Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwr

supply return gnded externally. If DDPT PCOM is
used, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.
Vout
0V
N28
V_M
Channel B
GSI 1XX
BSIG
S
External
Gnd
11
N24
RET
Sig.
N24 Com
BN24V
S
NC
OPEN
PCOM
12
SIGCOMR
4
5
ASIG
ARET
1
9
BSIG
BRET
3
11
BNCASIG
BNCARET
BNCBSIG
BNCBRET
6
13
8
15
16
17
JP4
BRET
Bently-Nevada
86517 w Modxxx
or 350500
2,17,
21
36
37
38
39
PCOM
SIGCOMR
BRD_IDR1
NC
RET
Sig.
N24 Com
JR1
1,18
20
15
3
P28
N28
ATBJMPRPOS
BTBJMPRPOS
BNC_A
Current
Limiter
N28
BNC_B
S
S
S
19, 21, 37, 39, 41

20, 22, 38, 40, 42
SCOM
SCOM
DDPT Board Block Diagram
GEI-100564
VAMA/DDPT Block Diagram
GEI-100564
P
W
F
B
H
P
W
F
B
L
B
N
2
4
V
A
N
2
4
V
B
P
2
4
V
A
P
2
4
V
P
W
F
A
L
P
W
F
A
H
N28
N28
P28
P28
N28
N28
I
Lim
I
Lim
P28
P28
DDPT
Hardware
N
2
8
P
2
8
Signal Cond. for FFT

Calc. of Input
Gpw = 2.25 or 4.5
F_lp = 600, 1k or 3.6k hz
Slope >= -48 dB / oct
F_hp = 5 hz, 6 dB/oct.
Signal Cond. for RMS

Calc. of Input
Grms = 4.5
F_hp = 260 hz, 36 dB/oct
F_lp = 970 hz, -36 dB/oct
Input DC Bias Monitor
+ Open Wire Detection
- Open Wire Detection
- Open Wire Detection
+ Open Wire Detection
Input DC Bias Monitor
RMS Rectifier Ckt.

Grms = 4.5
F_hp = 260 hz, 36 dB/oct
F_lp = 970 hz, -36 dB/oct
Signal Cond. for FFT

Calc. of Input
Gpw = 2.25 or 4.5
F_lp = 600, 1k or 3.6k hz
Slope >= -48 dB / oct
F_hp = 5 hz, 6 dB/oct.
VAMA
Hardware
M
U
X
A/
D
S
L
O
W
FAST
A/D
D
M
A
D
M
A
FAST
A/D
mV to
Eng.
Units
Conv.
S
e
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Windowing Function
Default Value for
Rejected
Type
Side Bins
Rectangular
3
Hamming
3
Hanning
3
Triangular
3
Blackman
3
Blackman-Harris 3
Flat Top
4
WindowSelect BinReject
Fc Table
Lookup
Fs Table
Lookup
8192
Samples
(DMA
updating)
8192
Samples
(Used by
FFT
Calc.)
mV to
Eng. Units
Conv.
mV to
Eng.
Units
Conv.
S
e
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
HighValue
HighInput
LowValue
LowInput
F
F
T
Fs Table
Lookup
for
each FFT
Element
CALC.
Magnitude
&
Frequency
for
each FFT
Element
CALC.
by Magnitude
of Spectrum
defined by
Freq. Band
SORT
(3 largest Pressure
Wave Mags. & Freqs
for 3 ranges)
by Magnitude
of Spectrum
defined by
Freq. Band
SORT
(3 largest Pressure
Wave Mags. & Freqs
for 3 ranges)
Configuration Constants
FminFrqband1
FmaxFrqband1
FFTFreqRange FminFrqband2
FmaxFrqband2
FminFrqband3
FmaxFrqband3
Windowing Function
Default Value for
Rejected
Type
Side Bins
Rectangular
3
Hamming
3
Hanning
3
Triangular
3
Blackman
3
Blackman-Harris 3
Flat Top
4
RMS to Peak-to-Peak
Gain = 2.828
WindowSelect BinReject
HighValue2
HighInput2
LowValue2
LowInput2
F
F
T
Magnitude
&
Frequency
Fs Table
Lookup
FminFrqband1
FmaxFrqband1
FminFrqband2
FmaxFrqband2
FminFrqband3
FmaxFrqband3
FFTFreqRange
Open Wire Detection & Input DC

Bias Monitor for
Pressure Wave Signals
8192
Samples
(DMA
updating)
8192
Samples
(Used by
FFT
Calc.)
Fs Table
Lookup
Fc Table
Lookup
HighValue
HighInput
LowValue
LowInput
VAMA Firmware for FFT
PW1MagFb3ChB
PW2MagFb3ChB
PW3MagFb3ChB
PW1FrqFb3ChB
PW2FrqFb3ChB
PW3FrqFb3ChB
PW1MagFb2ChB
PW2MagFb2ChB
PW3MagFb2ChB
PW1FrqFb2ChB
PW2FrqFb2ChB
PW3FrqFb2ChB
PW1MagFb1ChB
PW2MagFb1ChB
PW3MagFb1ChB
PW1FrqFb1ChB
PW2FrqFb1ChB
PW3FrqFb1ChB
PW_RMStotChA
PW_RMSFb1ChA
PW_RMSFb2ChA
PW_RMSFb3ChA
PW_RMStotChB
PW_RMSFb1ChB
PW_RMSFb2ChB
PW_RMSFb3ChB
PW1MagFb3ChA
PW2MagFb3ChA
PW3MagFb3ChA
PW1FrqFb3ChA
PW2FrqFb3ChA
PW3FrqFb3ChA
PW1MagFb2ChA
PW2MagFb2ChA
PW3MagFb2ChA
PW1FrqFb2ChA
PW2FrqFb2ChA
PW3FrqFb2ChA
PW1MagFb1ChA
PW2MagFb1ChA
PW3MagFb1ChA
PW1FrqFb1ChA
PW2FrqFb1ChA
PW3FrqFb1ChA
Signal Space
Pressure/Acoustic Wave FFT Algorithms

A spectral analysis of the pressure wave is performed by the firmware to determine
the spectral components with the largest magnitude and the frequency associated
with each magnitude. The local sort function sorts the three largest magnitudes per a
given frequency band. The FFT algorithm supports three frequency bands.
The magnitude and frequency
information for each spectral
component that meets the
criteria of the sorts is stored
in Signal Space for the VAMA
memory space.
Discontinuities at the beginning and end of the 8192 collected data points of the
pressure wave produce high frequency components that alias down into the spectrum
of interest. Using a Windowing function on the data attenuates the high frequency
components. The user may select from seven different windowing functions that
affect spectral content of these high frequency components. A Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT) is performed on the windowed data to determine the spectral
components magnitude and frequency associated with it. A Global Sort function is
provided to rank all the spectral components from the largest in magnitude to the
smallest. Then a Local Sort function is performed that selects the three largest
magnitudes and their associated frequencies for a given frequency band that is
defined by the user.
The composite pressure wave signal that is comprised of both the ac and dc offset
component of the signal is read by the slow A/D on the VAMA. This signal is
monitored by the firmware to perform continuity and out of range checks. The
normal operating range for the pressure wave will be 1 psi with the trip level set at
2 psi. Significant attenuation of FFT magnitude results when spectral content is off
the bin center. Attenuation factor (approx. 0.6 to 0.9) is determined by the
Windowing technique used.
Firmware Requirements and Values for VAMA/DDPT
Firmware Requirement
Pressure wave magnitude range
Value
Mag.min =
psi
Mag.max =
psi
14
+14
Pressure wave frequency range
Fmin =
Fmax =
Maximum FFT sampling frequency
F = 12000 Hz
FFT record length
8192
Windowing techniques supported

(side-band rejection)
Rectangular
(3)
Hamming
(3)
Hanning
(3)
Triangular
(3)
Blackman
(3)
Blackman-Harris (3)
Flat Top
(4)
Format for magnitudes and associated

frequencies.
Configurable frequency
bands with three peaks
per band
Display of full FFT spectrum results
Telnet approach
5 Hz
3000 Hz
GEI-100564
Functions
Windowing Function
The Windowing function provides a way to reduce the false spectral components
caused by the beginning and ending points of the 8192 data points collected. The
discontinuities caused by the end point data produces high frequency components
that alias down into the frequency spectrum of interest. Seven windowing techniques
are provided. Each windowing function affects the magnitude and spectral leakage.
The windowing techniques supported are:
Rectangular
Hamming
Hanning
Triangular
Blackman
Blackman-Harris
Flat Top
The configuration constant, WindowSelect is the window select control for both
channel A and channel B pressure waves. The configuration constant, BinReject
determines the number of side bins rejected from a spectral peak found in the FFT
analysis. BinReject controls the number of side bins removed from the FFT analysis
for both channel A and B. A Fast Fourier Transform is performed on the windowed
data to determine the spectral content of the pressure wave. The power is calculated
for each FFT element and the magnitude and frequency is calculated from the power.
The windowing type and the associated sideband rejection are shown in the
following table.
Windowing Selections and Parameters
Window_Select
Windowing Function
Default Number of
Rejected Sidebands
Rectangular
Hamming
Hanning
Triangular
Blackman
Blackman-Harris
Flat Top
Sort Function
The Sort function tests for the three largest FFT element magnitudes in a user
specified frequency band. The user can specify up to three frequency bands with
three magnitudes and associated frequency for each stored. The magnitudes and
frequencies for each band are stored in signal space.
The following table defines the user defined configuration constants FminFrqbandx
and FmaxFrqbandx that are supported by the Sort function. The firmware provides
separate scaling for channel A and B and defines the transfer function from two
given points.
GEI-100564
Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm

Signal Space Variable
Description
Units
Min.
Max.
PW1MagFb1ChA
Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChA
psi
14
PW2MagFb1ChA
psi
14
PW3MagFb1ChA
psi
14
PW1MagFb2ChA
psi
14
PW2MagFb2ChA
psi
14
PW3MagFb2ChA
psi
14
PW1MagFb3ChA
psi
14
PW2MagFb3ChA
psi
14
PW3MagFb3ChA
psi
14
PW1MagFb1ChB
Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChB
psi
14
PW2MagFb1ChB
psi
14
PW3MagFb1ChB
psi
14
PW1MagFb2ChB
psi
14
PW2MagFb2ChB
psi
14
PW3MagFb2ChB
psi
14
PW1MagFb3ChB
psi
14
PW2MagFb3ChB
psi
14
PW3MagFb3ChB
psi
14
GEI-100564
Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm

Configuration
Constant Name
Description
Units
Min.
Max.
BinReject
Defines the number of side bins that will be rejected for the FFT
results for both channel A and B. 0 = no bins rejected
None
FFTFreqRange
FFT frequency range for both channel A and B. The selections are:
0 = 5 to 500 Hz
1 = 5 to 800 Hz
2 = 5 to 3000 Hz
None
FminFrqband1
Minimum frequency for frequency band 1 in both channel A and B
Hz
3000
FmaxFrqband1
Maximum frequency for frequency band 1 in both channel A and B
Hz
3000
FminFrqband2
Hz
3000
FmaxFrqband2
Hz
3000
FminFrqband3
Hz
3000
FmaxFrqband3
Hz
3000
High_InputChA
Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is used in

calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineering
units for channel A
mV
150
High_ValueChA
Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2 that is used
in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts to
engineering units for channel A
E.U.
High_InputChB

units for channel B
mV
150
High_ValueChB
engineering units for channel B
E.U.
Low_InputChA

units for ch A
mV
150
Low_ValueChA
engineering units for channel A
E.U.
Low_InputChB

units for ch B
mV
150
Low_ValueChB
engineering units for channel B.
E.U.
Min_mV_Input
Minimum millivolts that defines the lower out of range point for the
pressure wave input
mV
Max_mV_Input
Maximum millivolts that defines the upper out of range point for the
pressure wave input
mV
WindowSelect
Selects the Windowing function to be used on the sampled data for None
both Channel A and B
1 = Rectangular
4 = Triangular
7 = Flat Top
2 = Hamming
5 = Blackman
3 = Hanning
6 = Blackman-Harris
GEI-100564
0
150
1
Determination of Fc and Fs
The following table is used to determine the filter break frequency for the eighth
order Butterworth filter for each channel of the pressure wave signal conditioning (ac
out). It is also used to derive the sample frequency for the fast A/D and the FFT
algorithm sample frequency. The configuration constant used as the input to the
lookup table is the constant FFTFrqRngChA for channel A and FFTFrqRngChB for
channel B.
Fc and Fs Determination
FFTFrqRngChA
or
FFTFrqRngChB
FFT Frequency Sample

Range of
Frequency,
Interest (Hz)
Fs (Hz)
8th Order
Butterworth Filter
break frequency,
Fc (Hz)
Attenuation of
Signal at Stop
Band (0.5 * Fs)
(dB)
Bin
Resolution
(Hz)
Update
Rate
(seconds)
5 - 500
12000
600
-TBD
1.46
0.68
5 - 800
12000
1000
-TBD
1.46
0.68
5 - 3000
12000
3600
-36
1.46
0.68
Display Format of the Data Through TelNet

The following figure is an example of a portion of the TelNet display that is given
for pressure wave channels 1 and 2. The display shows the bin center frequency with
the magnitude of the spectral content in peak voltage and psi.
VAMA CARD'S POWER SPECTRUM SCREEN
FREQUENCY
TRANSDUCER 1
MAGN (Vpk)
0.000
1.465
2.930
4.930
5.860
7.325
|
v
0.0001548
0.0001836
0.0000924
0.0000752
0.0000685
0.0000419
|
v
MAGN (PSI)
0.0015481
0.0018366
0.0009238
0.0007519
0.0006848
0.0004188
|
v
TRANSDUCER 2
MAGN (Vpk)
MAGN (PSI)
0.0119116
0.0106850
0.0037215
0.0025366
0.0021200
0.0013643
|
v
0.1191164
0.1068505
0.0372151
0.0253656
0.0212001
0.0136432
|
v
TelNet Display Example of FFT Magnitudes over Frequency Range
GEI-100564
The following figure shows the TelNet screen for transducer channels A and B. The
display provides up to three frequency bands defined by configuration constants and
outputs the three largest peaks in each frequency band.
SIGNAL SPACE INPUT
TRANSDUCER CHANNEL
CH A
CH B
MAG (PSI)
FREQ (HZ)
MAG (PSI)
FREQ (HZ)
5 <= FREQ BAND1 <= 500Hz

1ST HIGHEST PEAK
2ND HIGHEST PEAK
3RD HIGHEST PEAK
0.534
0.214
0.102
58.6
102.55
139.18
0.521
0.204
0.112
60.07
101.09
137.71
500 <= FREQ BAND2 <= 1000Hz

1ST HIGHEST PEAK
2ND HIGHEST PEAK
3RD HIGHEST PEAK
0.211
0.142
0.087
586
732.5
879
0.227
0.135
0.079
586
733.97
879
0.334
0.134
0.076
1465
1611.5
2197.75
0.317
0.128
0.055
1465
1612.96
2199.22
1000 <= FREQ BAND1 <= 3000Hz

1ST HIGHEST PEAK
2ND HIGHEST PEAK
3RD HIGHEST PEAK
TelNet Display Example of FFT Magnitudes over Frequency Range

Displaying Three Largest Peaks of Each Frequency Range
RMS Peak-to-Peak Calculator

The VAMA firmware includes an rms peak-to-peak calculator for both channel A
and channel B signals from the true rms detector. The calculator multiplies the dc
rms value read in by 2.828 to convert the A/D reading back to a peak-to-peak value.
Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT

Algorithm
Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm
Configuration
Constant Name
Description
Units
Min.
Max.
High_InputChA2
Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is used

in calculating the gain and offset for the conversion to
engineering units for channel A for the rms circuit
mV
150
High_ValueChA2
Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2

that is used in calculating the gain and offset for the
conversion from millivolts to engineering units for rms
circuit channel A
E.U.
High_InputChB2

engineering units for rms circuit channel B
mV
150
GEI-100564
High_ValueChB2

conversion from mV to engineering units for rms circuit
channel B
E.U.
Low_InputChA2

engineering units for rms circuit channel A
mV
Low_ValueChA2

conversion from millivolts to engineering units for rms
circuit channel A
E.U.
Low_InputChB2

engineering units for rms circuit channel B
mV
Low_ValueChB2

conversion from mV to engineering units for rms circuit
channel B
E.U.
150
150
Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT

Algorithm
Signal Sp7ace Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm
Signal Space Variable
Description
Units
Min.
Max.
PW_RMStotChA
Channel A pressure wave total rms value
psi
3.54
PW_RMSFb1ChA
Channel A pressure wave rms value in frequency band 1
psi
3.54
PW_RMSFb2ChA
psi
3.54
PW_RMSFb3ChA
psi
3.54
PW_RMStotChB
Channel B pressure wave total rms value
psi
3.54
PW_RMSFb1ChB
Channel B pressure wave rms value in frequency band 1
psi
3.54
PW_RMSFb2ChB
psi
3.54
PW_RMSFb3ChB
psi
3.54
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VAMA
M040
ASIG Open Wire Detection V dc
Terminal board or cable problem
M041
ARET Open Wire Detection V dc
M042
BSIG Open Wire Detection V dc
M043
BRET Open Wire Detection V dc
GEI-100564
VAMA
M044
Chan A DAC Bias V dc
Board failure
M045
Chan B DAC Bias V dc
Board failure
M046
Chan A Diff Amp Out V dc
Board failure
M047
Chan B Diff Amp Out V dc
Board failure
M048
Chan A FFT Filtered Null Counts
Board failure
M049
Chan B FFT Filtered Null Counts
Board failure
M050
Chan A FFT Filtered Reference Counts
Board failure
M051
Chan B FFT Filtered Reference Counts
Board failure
M052
Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts
Board failure
M053
Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts
Board failure
M054
Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts
Board failure
M055
Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts
Board failure
M072
Chan A FFT Null
Board failure
Chan B FFT Null Counts
Board failure
M074
Chan A FFT Reference Counts
Board failure
M075
Chan B FFT Reference Counts
Board failure
M076
Chan A (Slow) RMS Null Counts
Board failure
M077
Chan B (Slow) RMS Null Counts
Board failure
M078
Chan A (Slow) RMS Reference Counts
Board failure
M079
Chan B (Slow) RMS Reference Counts
Board failure
M080
Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300
Board failure
M081
Board failure
M082
Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300

Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600
M083
Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600
Board failure
M084
Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160
Board failure
M085
Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160
Board failure
M086
Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600
Board failure
M087
Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600
Board failure
M088
Slow Ch A RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600
Board failure
M089
Slow Ch B RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600
Board failure
M090
CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0
Board failure
M091
CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0
Board failure
M092
CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300
Board failure
M093
CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300
Board failure
M094
Board failure
M095
Board failure
M096
Board failure
M097
Board failure
M098
CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600
Board failure
M099
CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600
Board failure
M100
Board failure
Startup M073
GEI-100564
Board failure
M101
Board failure
M102
Board failure
M103
Board failure
M104
CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 12db
Board failure
M105
CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 12db
Board failure
M106
CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 12db
Board failure
M107
CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 12db
Board failure
M108
CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 6db
Board failure
M109
CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 6db
Board failure
M110
Board failure
M111
Board failure
M112
Board failure
M113
Board failure
M114
CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 3db
Board failure
M115
CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 3db
Board failure
M116
CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 3db
Board failure
M117
CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 3db
Board failure
M118
CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400
Board failure
M119
CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400
Board failure
M120
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400
Board failure
M121
CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400
Board failure
M122
Board failure
M123
Board failure
M124
Board failure
M125
Board failure
M126
CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db
Board failure
M127
CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db
Board failure
M128
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db
Board failure
M129
CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 3db
Board failure
M130
Board failure
M131
Board failure
M132
Board failure
M133
Board failure
M134
Board failure
M135
Board failure
M136
Board failure
M137
Board failure
M138
Board failure
M139
Board failure
M140
Board failure
GEI-100564
M141
Board failure
M142
Board failure
M143
Board failure
M144
Board failure
M145
Board failure
M146
Board failure
M147
Board failure
M148
Board failure
M149
Board failure
M150
CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db
Board failure
M151
CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db
Board failure
M152
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db
Board failure
M153
CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <36db
Board failure
M154
Board failure
M155
Board failure
M156
Board failure
M157
Board failure
M158
Board failure
M159
Board failure
M160
Board failure
M161
Board failure
M162
Board failure
M163
Board failure
M164
Board failure
M165
Board failure
M166
Board failure
M167
Board failure
M168
Board failure
M169
Board failure
M170
Board failure
M171
Board failure
M172
Board failure
M173
Board failure
M174
Board failure
M175
Board failure
M176
Board failure
M177
Board failure
M178
Board failure
M179
Board failure
M180
Board failure
M181
Board failure
GEI-100564
M182
Board failure
M183
Board failure
M184
Board failure
M185
Board failure
M186
CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <36db
Board failure
M187

36db
<
Board failure
M188
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <36db
Board failure
M189

36db
Board failure
M190
CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%
Board failure
M191
CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%
Board failure
M192
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%
Board failure
M193
CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50%
Board failure
M194
Board failure
M195
Board failure
M196
Board failure
M197
Board failure
M198
CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%
Board failure
M199
CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%
Board failure
M200
CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%
Board failure
M201
CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5%
Board failure
M202
Board failure
M203
Board failure
M204
Board failure
M205
Board failure
M206
Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc
Board failure
M207
Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc
Board failure
M208
Board failure
M209
Board failure
M210
Board failure
M211
Board failure
M212
FFT Chan A A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz
Board failure
M213
FFT Chan B A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz
Board failure
g
+1 540 387 7000
<
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100564
GEI-100565
VSCA Serial Communications Board

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
All rights reserved
Section
Page
Operation....................................................................................................................................2
VSCA Jumpers..........................................................................................................................3
Features ......................................................................................................................................3
Data Flow from VSCA to Controller....................................................................................3
DSCB Terminal Board.............................................................................................................6
DPWA Transducer Excitation Power Distribution Terminal Board................................8
The Serial Communications Board (VSCA) provides I/O interfaces with external
devices, using RS-232C, RS422, and RS485 serial communications. Currently the
IS200VSCAH2A version is available. The associated DIN-rail mounted Serial
Communications Terminal Board (DSCB) is wired to the external devices, which
include intelligent pressure sensors such as the smart Honeywell Pressure
Transducers.
Connectivity between VSCA and the DSCB terminal board(s) is through the J6 and
J7 front panel connectors. These are parallel connected, each using a 37-pin D shell
connector, with group shielded twisted pair wiring. Connectivity between the
terminal board and the external device is through the Euro-Block (Phoenix type),
using screw terminations and twisted shielded pair AWG#18 wiring.
The DSCB terminal board includes two screws for SCOM (ground) that must be
connected to a good shield ground. DSCB can interface external devices up to
distances of 1000 ft for RS422 and RS485, at baud rates up to 375 kbps. For RS232C, the distance is only 50 ft or 2500 pF of cable capacitance (including the cable
from VSCA to the DSCB). It supports short haul modems for longer distances.
Operation
VSCA/DSCB is a data
terminal device (DTE).
The VSCA is a single slot board, providing six serial communication ports. Each
port is independently configurable to an RS-232C, RS485, or RS422 interface, using
a three-position group jumper (berg array). Both RS-232C and RS422 support full
duplex. The line drivers are located on the VSCA board, and include appropriate
termination resistors, with configurable jumpers to accommodate multidrop line
networks. Outputs for RS422 and RS485 have tri-state capability. Inputs/outputs go
to high impedance condition when powered down. They do not cause significant
disturbance when powered down/up (less than 10 ms) on a party line. The open wire
condition on a receiver is biased to a high state.
RS-232C supports: RXD, TXD, DTR/RTS, GND, CTS (five wire)
RS422 supports: TX+, TX, RX+, RX, GND
RS485 supports: TX/RX+, TX/RX, GND
2 VSCA Serial Communications Board
GEI-100565
VSCA Jumpers
Jumpers JP1 through JP6 are block jumpers, used to select the port electrical
characteristic, RS232C, RS422, or RS485. Each jumper has three positions marked
232, 422, and 485.
Jumpers JP7 through JP12 are block jumpers, used to select the correct termination
configuration for all the transmission lines (Tx). Each jumper has three positions
marked TRM, THR, and PRK where:
TRM means with terminating resistor.
THR means no terminating resistor, pass through to J7.
PRK means no terminating resistor, or park position
Jumpers JP13 through JP18 are block jumpers, and are used to select the correct
termination configuration for all the receive lines (Rx). Each jumper has three
positions marked TRM, THR, and PRK, where the meanings are the same as above.
A two-position jumper, JPU1, selects between Honeywell pressure transducer and
Modbus operation for ports 1 and 2. The default position for JPU1 is X2 and enables
the serial clock for operation with Honeywell transducers. Position X1 selects the
clock needed for Modbus operation. JPU1 is located at the bottom of the board
towards the backplane connector (away from the other jumpers).
VSCA Board Jumper Positions
Network Port
Number
232/422/485
Communication
Tx
TRM/THR/PRK
Rx
TRM/THR/PRK
Port 1
JP1
JP7
JP13
Port 2
JP2
JP8
JP14
Port 3
JP3
JP9
JP15
Port 4
JP4
JP10
JP16
Port 5
JP5
JP11
JP17
Port 6
JP6
JP12
JP18
Features
Data Flow from VSCA to Controller
Data flow from VSCA to the controller UCV_ is of two types, fixed I/O and Modbus
I/O. Fixed I/O is associated with the smart pressure transducers and the Kollmorgen
electric drive data. This data is completely processsed every frame, the same as
conventional I/O. The required frame rate is 100 Hz. These signals are mapped into
signal space, using the .tre file, and have individual health bits, use system limit
checking, and have offset/gain scaling.
GEI-100565
VSCA Serial Communications Board 3
Two consecutive time outs are

required before a signal is
declared unhealthy.
Diagnostic messages are used
to annunciate all
communication problems.
Modbus I/O is the I/O associated with the Modbus ports. Because of the quantity of
these signals, they are not completely processed every frame; instead they are
packetized, and transferred to the UCV_ processor, over the IONet through a special
service. This can accommodate up to 2400 bytes, at 4 Hz, or 9600 bytes at 1 Hz, or
combinations thereof. This I/O is known as second class I/O, where coherency is at
the signal level only, not at the device or board level. Health bits are assigned at the
device level, the UCV_ expands (fully populate) for all signals, and system limit
checking is not performed.
Ports 1 and 2 only (as an option) support the Honeywell pressure configuration. It
reads inputs from the Honeywell Smart Pressure Transducers, type LG-1237; this
service is available on ports 1 and 2 only, as an option (pressure transducers or
ModBus). The pressure transducer protocol utilizes interface board
DS200XDSAG#AC, and RS422. Each port can service up to six transducers. The
service is 375 kbaud, asynchronous, nine data bits, (11 bits including start and stop).
It includes failsafe features as follows:
Communication miss counters, one per device, and associated diagnostics
After four consecutive misses it forces the input pressure to 1.0 psia, and posts a
diagnostic. After four consecutive hits (good values) it removes the forcing and
the diagnostic.
Three ports (any three, but no more than three) support the Kollmorgen electric
drive. It communicates with a Kollmorgen Electric Fast Drive FD170/8R2-004 at a
19200 baud rate, point-to-point, using RS422.
Modbus service. The current Modbus design supports the Master mode, however
the design does not preclude the future enhancement of Modbus slave mode of
operation. It is configurable at the port level as follows:
Used , not used
Baud Rate RS232C: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600
RS485/422: 19200, 38400, 57600, 115000
Parity: none, odd, even
Data Bits: seven, eight
Stop Bits: one, two
Station addresses
Multidrop, up to eight devices per port; maximum of 18 devices per board
RTU
Time out (seconds) per device
The Modbus service is configurable at the signal level as follows:
Signal type
Register number
Read/write
Transfer rate, 0.5, 1, 2, or 4 Hz
Scaling, offset, and gain
GEI-100565
The service supports function codes 17, 15, and 16; it also supports double 16-bit
registers for floating point numbers and 32-bit counters. It periodically (20 s)
attempts to reestablish communications with a dead station.
Type casting and scaling of all I/O signals to/from engineering units are supported
on the VSCA and the toolbox, for both fixed I/O and Modbus I/O.
Twisted shielded pair
AWG#18 min, up to
1000 ft, ground shields at
Mark VI end only
J2
Electric Drive
8+
9 - Rx
FD170/8F2-004
4+
6 - Tx
5 Grd
J4
3
Enable
6
7
P24 V
8
enable
31
Crit fault
32
Chassis
relay
J1
18 20 22
J4 23
4 5 1236
30 27 17 19 21 28
Mark VI Control
V
S
C
A
V
C
C
C
D
S
C
B
T
R
L
Y
T
B
C
I
+
125 V dc power
Drive enable relay
L4FMVn_ENAX
Enable = Close
Contact input
L5FMVn_CFZ
Fault = Open
1 235
T
S
V
O
Re Si
f
n
1
2
3
4
5
6
L
V
D
T
Co
s
4 6 7 8 FE A BD C G
Motor Grd
Motor
frame
exc
exc
sec2
sec2
sec1
sec1
V
S
V
O
PhPhPhGr
A BC d
Ther
Resolver
Shield
(int)
Actuator/Valve
Monitoring signals
VSCA Interface to Electric Servo Drive
GEI-100565
DSCB Terminal Board

The DSCB board is held in a plastic frame and mounts on a DIN-rail. Six intelligent
transducers are wired to DSCB using shielded twisted pair. There are six jumpers on
the board for the six channels. The wiring connections to the Euro-Block type
terminal block are shown in the following figure. There are four terminals for the
SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short as possible.
Note Jumpers J1 J6 direct SIGRET either directly to SCOM or through a
capacitor to SCOM. The shield must be grounded at one end or the other, but not
both. If the shield is grounded at the device end, the jumpers should be set to include
the capacitor in the circuit. If the shield is not grounded at the device end, the
jumpers should be set to go directly to SCOM.
DSCB
DIN-rail mounted
terminal board
Twisted shielded pair,

AWG#18, to external
devices.
Configurable to
RS422, or RS485.
RS232,
JA1
To/from VSCA, J6
s
SCOM
37 wire cable,
with twisted pair,
group shielding
Cap
J1 SIGRET
SCOM
Six channels,
definitions below
screw
s
s
Six channels
SCOM
GRD
DSCB Terminal Assignments

RS422
RS485
RS232
Chan 1
Chan 2
Chan 3
Chan 4
Chan 5
Chan 6
TX+
NC
CTS
1
8
15
22
29
36
TXNC
DTR/RTS
2
9
16
23
30
37
RX+
RXTx/RX+ Tx/RXRX
NC
NC
NC
TX
3
10
17
24
31
38
5
12
19
26
33
40
4
11
18
25
32
39
SIGRET JPx
SIGRET JPx
SIGRET JPx
6
13
20
27
34
41
JP1
JP2
JP3
JP4
JP5
JP6
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
7
14
21
28
35
42
43,44,45,46
Comments: The RS422/RS485 transmit and receive pairs must use

twisted pair in the VSCA to DSCB
a
GEI-100565
DSCB Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions

Mark VI control
From VSCA
board front,
J6
Fuel skid
XDSAG1ACC
DSCB
JA1
Tx 2
Chan A, RS422
+
Port #1
Rx 34
Port #2
Chan B, RS422
+
8
Tx 9
+
Rx 10
11
1 Power
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 Power
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P1
Adr= 0
Chan A
P2
Adr= 1
P3
Adr= 2
Chan B
P4
Adr= 3
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Outer valve
GP1OA
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Outer valve
GP2OA
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Outer valve
GP1OB
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Outer valve
GP2OB
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Pilot valve
GP1PA
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Pilot valve
GP2PA
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Pilot valve
GP1PB
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Pilot valve
GP2PB
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Inner valve
GP1IA
Stab-on
nearest gnd
XDSAG1ACC
1
Power
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
43
44
45
46
SCOM
9 Power
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Gnd
P1
Adr= 4
Chan A
P2
Adr= 5
P3
Adr= 6
Chan B
P4
Adr= 7
Stab-on
nearest gnd
XDSAG1ACC
XDSA Jumper Settings
1 Power
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Termination: Tx Only, JP1, JP2:

Set to "IN" if end of line;
Set to "OUT" if not end of line.
Address:
Jumper Outer Pilot
Inner
JP3
JP4
JP5
JP6
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
Chan A
Chan A
Chan B
Chan B
9 Power
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P1
Adr= 8
Chan A
P2
Adr= 9
P3
Adr=10
Chan B
P4
Adr=11
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Inner valve
GP2IA
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Inner valve
GP1IB
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Inner valve
GP2IB
Stab-on
nearest gnd
DSCB Connections to XDSA and Pressure Transducers
GEI-100565
DPWA Transducer Excitation Power Distribution

Terminal Board
DPWA is DIN-rail mounted and has an input voltage of 28 V dc 5%, provided
through two-pin locking connectors. Connectivity between the terminal board and
the external devices is through the Euro-Block (Phoenix type) terminal block, using
screw terminations and twisted shielded pair, AWG#18, wiring. DPWA provides
three voltage output sources of 12 V dc 5%, with each output rated at 0 to 0.4 A,
and is compatible with interface board DS200XDSAG#AC. Outputs are short circuit
protected, and self recovering. Two terminal boards per system are required when
servicing redundant ports.
DPWA provides excitation

power to the type LG-1237
Honeywell pressure
transducers.
Note The DPWA terminal board includes two screw terminals for SCOM (ground)
that must be connected to a good shield ground.
DPWA
Peripherial
P28V dc from
control rack
P12
9
10
P28V dc to P12Vdc,
P12 V dc 1.2 Amp
Isolation
1 P1
2
P12
11
Return
P12
P12V2
P12R2
13
14
P12V3
15
16
P3
P12R1
12
P2
s
P12V1
P12R3
SCOM
SCOM
100k
P4
20 k
1k
Bus
centering
bridge
1k
SCOM
1
2
PSRet
SCOM
100 k 100 k
SCOM
20 k
20 k
SCOM
3
4
5
6
PS28VA
SCOM
PS28VB
SCOM
DPWA Board Block Diagram
GEI-100565
Power supply,
IS2020RKPS
Com
PS28C
"Normal"
28V
PS28C
1
2
3
Mark VI control
Fuel skid
XDSAG1ACC P1
Power for channel A

DPWA
1
2
28 VDC +/5%
1
2
Redundant
power supply
when required
P1
+
12 Vdc +/-5%
1.2 Amp
P12 9
28 V
Return 10
to
12 V
P12
11
Isol
P2
Return
P12
Return
Grd1
Grd2
+
+
12
13
P4
P28_J1 100K
20K
SCOM
P28_J2 100K
20K
SCOM
+
15
16
P2
13
14
+
+
Outer valve
GP2OA
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Chan B
P4
Adr= 3
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Outer valve
GP1OB
Outer valve
GP2OB
Stab-on
Chan A
P2
Adr= 5
P3
Adr= 6
Chan B
P4
Adr= 7
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Press Xdr
LG-1237
VAIC
VDCx
Retx
VDCx
Retx
VDCx
Retx
Power supply
monitoring
Pilot valve
GP1PA
Pilot valve
GP2PA
Pilot valve
GP1PB
Pilot valve
GP2PB
Stab-on
XDSAG1ACC P1
16
Adr= 4
nearest gnd
15
1 Power
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 Power
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P28_J2 100K
20K
SCOM
P3
Adr= 2
XDSAG1ACC P1
P12
P28_J1 100K
20K
SCOM
Press Xdr
LG-1237
nearest gnd
P3
P4
Adr= 1
Return
Return 100K
20K
SCOM
Chan A
P2
Outer valve
GP1OA
12 V dc +/-5%
1.2 Amp
P12 9
28 V
Return 10
to
12 V
P12 11
Return 12
Isol
Grd1
Grd2
9 Power
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Power for channel B
P1
Press Xdr
LG-1237
DPWA
Adr= 0
14
P3
Return 100K
20K
SCOM
1 Power
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 Power
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 Power
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Adr= 8
Chan A
P2
Adr= 9
P3
Adr= 10
Chan B
P4
Adr=11
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Press Xdr
LG-1237
Inner valve
GP1IA
Inner valve
GP2IA
Inner valve
GP1IB
Inner valve
GP2IB
Stab-on
nearest gnd
DPWA Power Distribution to XDSA and Smart Pressure Transducers
GEI-100565
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100565
GEI-100566
VPRO Turbine Protection Module

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Installation..................................................................................................................................2
Operation....................................................................................................................................6
Control of Trip Solenoids........................................................................................................6
Solenoid Trip Tests ..................................................................................................................7
Specifications ............................................................................................................................7
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8
Configuration.............................................................................................................................8
TRPL/TREL Large Steam Turbine Primary and Emergency Trip...................................9
Features ....................................................................................................................................11
Configuration...........................................................................................................................11
Installation................................................................................................................................14
TRPS/TRES Small/Medium Steam Turbine Primary Trip..............................................16
Features ....................................................................................................................................16
Configuration...........................................................................................................................16
Installation................................................................................................................................19
TPRO Turbine Protection Terminal Board.........................................................................21
Installation................................................................................................................................24
Operation..................................................................................................................................25
Features ....................................................................................................................................25
Specifications ..........................................................................................................................26
Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................27
Configuration...........................................................................................................................28
I/O Board Alarms ....................................................................................................................33
VPRO also connects to the
TPRO terminal board and
has an Ethernet connection
for IONet communications
with the control modules.
The VPRO board in the Protection Module provides the emergency trip
function. Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREG and TRPG
terminal boards. TREG provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids
and TRPG provides the negative side. VPRO provides emergency overspeed
protection and the emergency stop functions. It controls the 12 relays on TREG, nine
of which form three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three trip
solenoids. A second TREG board may be driven from VPRO through J4.
Installation
The three trip solenoids, economizing resistors, and the emergency stop are wired
directly to the first I/O terminal block. Up to seven trip interlocks can be wired to the
second terminal block. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.
2 VPRO Turbine Protection Module
GEI-100566
Power 125 V dc
To TSVO
boards on
SMX
systems
To TRPG, 12 wires
Turbine Emergency Trip

Termination Board TREGH1A
JH1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
J1
JZ1
PWR_N1
RES 1B
PWR_N2
RES 2B
PWR_N3
RES 3B
E-TRP (H)
E-TRP (L)
J2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
SOL 1 or 4
RES 1A
SOL 2 or 5
RES 2A
SOL 3 or 6
RES 3A
E-TRP (H)
JUMPER
JY1
VPRO
Z
JX1
VPRO
Y
x
x
x
PWR_P2 (for probe)
x
x
x
Contact TRP1 (L)

Contact TRP2 (L)
Contact TRP3 (L)
Contact TRP4 (L)
Contact TRP5 (L)
Contact TRP6 (L)
Contact TRP7 (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
PWR_P1 (for probe)

Contact TRP1 (H)
Contact TRP2 (H)
Contact TRP3 (H)
Contact TRP4 (H)
Contact TRP5 (H)
Contact TRP6 (H)
Contact TRP7 (H)
VPRO
X

point with 300 volt insulation

TREG Terminal Board
GEI-100566
VPRO Turbine Protection Module 3
TREG Terminal Board
VPRO Module R8
P125 Vdc
JH1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
J2
Ethernet
IONet
To TRPG
J1
JZ1
JY1
x
I
O
N
E
T
To TSVO
termination
boards (SMX)
S
E
R
Cable to VPRO-T8
J
5
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
J
6
P5
COM
P28A
P28B
E
T
H
R
To TPRO
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
J
3
To TPRO
JX1
J
4
P
A
R
A
L
Cable to VPRO-S8
F
VPRO
x
RUN
FAIL
STAT
X
8
4
Y
T 2
Z
R 1
C
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
P
O
W
E
R
x
Cable to VPRO-R8
To second TREG
(optional)
37-pin "D" shell
type connectors
with latching
fasteners
Shield
bar
blocks can be
unplugged
from board for
maintenance
Trip Emergency Terminal Board, VPRO Board, and Cabling
GEI-100566
Terminal
Board TRPG
02
Trip
solenoid
1 or 4
J2
Terminal Board TREGH1A

KE1
01
J2
JX1
KX1
KY1
KX1
RD
KY1
KZ1
KX2
RD
ID
KX3
Mon
J2
KZ1
04
Optional
economizing
resistor,
Trip solenoid
100 ohm,
2 or 5
70W
04
+
KX1
KE2
J2
08
07
KX2
KY2
KY2
KZ2
KZ2
KX2
KE3
09
KX3
RD
KY2
RD
KY3
RD
Mon
KY1,2,3
28 V dc
KY3
JZ1
J2
12
KY3
KZ3
KZ1
RD
KZ3
KX3
KZ2
RD
KZ3
RD
P28Z1
06
10
J2
N125V
P125V
30
31
Sol pwr monitor

JX1
Mon
JY1
JZ1
Mon
K4Z
KZ1,2,3
28 V dc
KE1,2,3
PWR_P1
PWR_P2
for test probe
JX1
JY1
JZ1
P28VV
RD
JX1
JY1
JZ1
2
3
Mon
KE1,2,3
Three economizing relay circuits

To TSVO
P28VV
boards on J1
K4CL
SMX systems
K4CL
RD
2
3
K4CL
JX1
JY1
JZ1
Servo clamp
Mon
To relay
K25A on J2
TTUR
P125X
To Exc
JX1
JY1 TRP
JZ1
NS
NS
N125X
RD 2
3
JH1
P125X
Mon
N125X
BCOM
JX1
JY1
JZ1
Trip interlock
seven circuits
35 TRP1H
36 TRP1L
13
14
ETRPH
16
ETRPL
K4Y
15
JUMPR
K4Z
17
CL
P28VV
J2

VPRO
section Z
J3
ID
11
02
PWR_N1
for test
KY1

VPRO
section Y
J3
ID
Mon
J2
28 V dc
JY1
K4Y
J2
KX1,2,3
P28Y1
Trip
solenoid
3 or 6
-
Mon
K4X
Mon
06
RD
P28X1
03
05

VPRO
section X
J3
K4X
JX1
JY1
JZ1
E-Stop
JUMPR
18 Second E-STOP
when applicable
TREG Board, Trip Interlocks, and Trip Solenoids
GEI-100566
Operation
TREG is entirely controlled by VPRO, and the only connections to the control
modules are the J2 power cable and the trip solenoids. In Simplex systems a third
cable carries a trip signal from J1 to the TSVO terminal board, providing a servo
valve clamp function upon turbine trip.
Control of Trip Solenoids

The solenoid circuit has a
metal oxide varistor (MOV)
for current suppression and a
10 ohm, 70 watt economizing
resistor.
Both TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can remove
power and actuate the hydraulics to close the steam or fuel valves. The nine trip
relay coils on TREG are supplied with 28 V dc from VPRO boards in X, Y, and Z.
The trip solenoids are supplied with 125 V dc via plug J2, and draw up to 1 amp
with a 0.1 second L/R time constant.
A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control for the
solenoids which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode.
Diagnostics monitor each 125 V dc feeder from the power distribution module at its
point of entry on the terminal board to verify the fuse integrity and the cable
connection.
. A normally closed contact

from each relay is used to
sense the relay status for
diagnostics
Two series contacts from each emergency trip relay (ETR1, 2, 3) are connected to
the positive 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid, and two series contacts from each
primary trip relay (PTR1,2,3 in TRPG) are connected to the negative 125 V dc
feeder for each solenoid. An economizing relay (KE1, 2, 3) is supplied for each
solenoid with a normally closed contact in parallel with the current limiting resistor.
These relays are used to reduce the current load after the solenoids are energized.
The ETR and KE relay coils are powered from a 28 V dc source from the VPRO
boards. Each VPRO board in each of the X, Y, and Z sections supplies an
independent 28 V dc source.
The 28 V dc bus is current limited and used for power to an external manual
emergency trip contact, shown as E-STOP. Three master trip relays (K4X, K4Y,
K4Z) disconnect the 28 V dc bus from the ETR, and KE relay coils if a manual
emergency trip occurs. Any trip which originates in either the protection module
(such as EOS) or the TREG (such as a manual trip) will cause each of the three
protection module sections to transmit a trip command over the IONet to the control
module, and may be used to identify the source of the trip.
In addition, the K4CL servo clamp relay will energize and send a contact feedback
directly from the TREG terminal board to the TSVO servo terminal board. TSVO
disconnects the servo current source from the terminal block and applies a bias to
drive the control valve closed. This is only used on Simplex applications to protect
against the servo amplifier failing high. Note that the primary and emergency
overspeed systems will trip the hydraulic trip solenoids independent of this circuit.
GEI-100566
Solenoid Trip Tests

Application software in the control module is used to initiate tests of the trip
solenoids. Online tests allow each of the trip solenoids to be manually tripped one at
a time either through the PTR relays from the control module(s) or through the ETR
relays from the protection module. A contact from each solenoid circuit is wired
back as a contact input to give a positive indication that the solenoid has tripped.
Primary and emergency offline overspeed tests are provided too for verification of
actual trips due to software simulated trip overspeed conditions.
Specifications
TREG Board Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of trip solenoids (TREG)
Three solenoids per TREG (total of 6 per VPRO)
Trip solenoid rating
125 V dc standard with 1 A draw

24 V dc is alternate with 1 A draw
Trip solenoid circuits
Circuits rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance

Circuits can clear a 15 A fuse with all circuits fully loaded
Solenoid response time
Solenoid L/R time constant is 0.1 second
Suppression
MOV across the solenoid
Relay outputs
Three economizer relay outputs, two second delay to energize

Driver to breaker relay K25A on TTUR
Servo clamp relay on TSVO
Solenoid control relay contacts
Contacts are rated to interrupt inductive solenoid loads at 125 V

dc, 1 A
Bus voltage can vary from 70 to 145 V dc
Trip inputs
Seven trip interlocks to VPRO protection module, 125/24 V dc

One emergency stop hardwired trip interlock, 24 V dc
Trip interlock excitation
H1 - Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc

H2 Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc
Trip interlock current
Trip interlock isolation

Circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 kohms)
Circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 kohms)
Optical isolation to 1500 volts on all inputs
Trip interlock filter
Hardware filter, 4 ms
Trip interlock Ac voltage rejection
60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation
GEI-100566
Diagnostics
Descriptions of the TREG diagnostics are contained in the VPRO section. The
diagnostics cover the trip relay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage,
economizer relay driver and contact feedbacks, K25A relay driver and coil, servo
clamp relay driver and contact feedback, and the solenoid voltage source.
Connectors JX1, JY1, and JZ1 on the terminal board have their own ID device that is
terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
Configuration
TREG is configured using the toolbox. This software usually runs on a data-highway
connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The following table summarizes the
configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403 Control System
Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Typical TREG Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
First TREG Board
KESTOP1_Fdbk1
Emergency stop - When TREG, ESTOP1, inverse sense,

K4 relay, True = Run - board point
Contact1
Trip interlock 1 (first of 7) - board point
Trip interlock 1 used
Used, unused
Trip interlock active
Enable, disable
Time delay before tripping turbine after contact opens

(seconds)
0 to 10
Record contact transitions in sequence of events
Enable, disable
Trip Relay 1 feedback (first of 3) - board point
Relay feedback used
Used, unused
Economizer relay for trip solenoid feedback (first of 3)

- board point
Economizer relay feedback used
Used, unused
K4CL_Fdbk
Drive Control Valve Servos Closed, use ONLY for Steam

Turbine Simplex - board point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Relay output
Servo valve clamp used
Used, unused
K25A
Synchronizing check relay on TTUR - board point
Synch check relay K25A used
Used, unused
Configuration
J3:IS200TREGH1A
ContactInput
TripEnable
TrpTimeDelay
SeqOfEvents
K1_Fdbk
RelayOutput
KE1_Fdbk
RelayOutput
SynchCheck
GEI-100566
System frequency in Hz
50 or 60
Select generator frequency reference for PLL, standard

PR input or from signal space
PR standard or signal space
Rated load turbine RPM
0 to 20,000
Maximum voltage difference in kV rms for synchronizing
0 to1,000
Maximum frequency difference in Hz for synchronizing
0 to 0.5
Maximum phase difference in degrees for synchronizing
0 to 30
Minimum generator voltage in kV rms for synchronizing
1 to 1,000
Minimum bus voltage in kV rms for synchronizing
1 to 1,000
SystemFreq
ReferFreq
TurbRPM
VoltageDiff
FreqDiff
PhaseDiff
GenVoltage
BusVoltage
J4A:IS200TREGH1A
Second TREG board
KESTOP2_Fdbk
When TREG, ESTOP, inverse sense, K4 relay, True =

Run - board point
K4_Fdbk
Trip relay 4 feedback (first of three) - board point
KE4_Fdbk
Economizing relay for trip solenoid 4 (first of three) board point
Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connnection)
Direction
Type
See point edit names above
TRPL/TREL Large Steam Turbine Primary and

Emergency Trip
TRPL and TREL are used to provide primary and emergency overspeed protection
for large steam turbines. These two terminal boards are used in a similar way as
TRPG and TREG are used on gas turbine applications.
Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREL and TRPL terminal
boards. TREL provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPL
provides the negative side. VTUR provides primary overspeed protection and the
emergency stop functions. It controls the 12 relays on TRPL, nine of which form
three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three trip solenoids.
GEI-100566
VTUR
Special speed cable
JR5 TTUR
JS5
JT5
J5
JR1 2 transformers
JS1
JT1
3 relays
Gen synch
JR1
TRPL
E-Stop
JS1
J3
JT1
12 relays
(3 PTR's &
3 E-Stop)
JP1
JP2
J4
JP3
J2
125/24 V dc, BusA

125/24 V dc, BusB
125/24 V dc, BusC
Trip solenoids,
three circuits
Cable
J2
JX1
J1
TREL
Trip signal to
TSVO TB's
10 Relays
(9 ETR's, &
1 servo clamp)
To trip
interlocks (7)
JY1
VPRO
JZ1
J3
J4
J5
JH1
To TTURH1B
125/24 V dc
contact excitation
J6
Special speed cable
JX5
TPRO
JY5
J7
JZ5
JX1
2 transformers
JY1
JZ1
125 V dc
Steam Turbine Control and Protection Boards
GEI-100566
Features
TRPL is used for TMR applications only. Three separate power buses, PwrA, PwrB,
PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in through connectors JP1, JP2, and JP3, and
then distributed to TREL through connector J2. In the TREL, three separate power
buses, PwrA, PwrB, PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in through connector J2
from TRPL.
The power buses have a nominal voltage of 125 V dc (70 to 145 V dc) or 24 V dc
(18 to 32 V dc). The board includes power bus monitoring (three buses). The
maximum current per bus is 3 amps.
Each of the three trip solenoids is controlled by three relays using 2/3 contact voting.
The relay output rating (for 100,000 operations) is as follows:
The TREL includes the synch

check relay driver, K25A, and
associated monitoring, the
same as on TREG, and the
servo clamp relay driver,
K4CL, and its associated
monitoring.
At 24 V dc, 3 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression
At 125 V dc, 1.0 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression
The trip circuits include solenoid suppression, and associated solenoid voltage
monitoring and trip relay contact monitoring. In the TRPL, the hardwired trip (ESTOP) and associated monitoring provides approximately 6.6 V dc to VTUR when
the K4 relays are picked up.. In the TREL, seven dry contact inputs are used as trip
interlocks, and the excitation and signal are monitored and fanned to the three
VPROs.
Configuration
TRPL configuration is similar to TRPG but there are no flame detectors. Only the
single-wide VTUR is used with a single J4 connector.
TREL configuration is similar to TREG but there are no emergency stop inputs
(KESTOP), and no economizer relay solenoid feedbacks (KE#_Fdbk). Only one
TREL can be connected to the VPRO.
GEI-100566
125/24 Vdc bus C

J2, power
buses to
TREL
125/24 Vdc bus B

125/24 Vdc bus A
JP1
Terminal Board TRPL
JP2
JP3
P28R1 to
monitor
JR1
RD
PwrB_N
PwrA_N
KR1
KR1
KS1
KS1
KT1
KT1
KR1
Terminal
Board TREL
PwrC_P
PwrB_P
PwrA_P
<R>
VTUR
J4
PwrC_N
SOL1 02
Trip
solenoid
#1 or 4
+
02
"ETR1"
"PTR 1"
RD
KR2
RD
ID
ID
P28 VR
K4R
PwrA_N
KR1,2,3
RD
KS1
RD
KS2
RD
KT2
RD
KT3
Mon
K4T
KT1,2,3
TRP1 43
TRP2 44
CL
TRP4 45
47
K4T
TRP6
48
KT3
KT3
KR3
PwrC_P
To JR1,
JS1, JT1
P28R1
P28S1
P28T1
Mon
(3)
J2
Trip
solenoid
#3 or 6
+
08
"ETR3"
J2
9
11
18
PwrC_P
19
Sol
Pwr
Monitor
PwrA_P
PwrB_P
PwrC_P
PwrA_N 22
K4R
K4S
Secondary E-Stop when

applicable, remove jumper
to enable function.
KS3
P28VV
TRP3 46
TRP5
J2
Solenoid volts monitor
to JR1,JS1,JT1
P28 VT
41
08
10
KS3
"ETR2"
07
PwrB_P
"PTR 3" KR3
05
05
PwrC_N
KT1
RD
42
Primary E-Stop
KR2
P28T1 to
monitor
JT1
40
KT2
Trip
solenoid
#2 or 5
+
J2
K4S
KS1,2,3
39
KT2
SOL2 06
PwrB_N
RD
Miscellaneous tie
points; no internal
connections
KS2
KS3
Mon
ID
KS2

to JR1,JS1,JT1
P28 VS
<T>
VTUR
J4
01
03
to JR1,JS1,JT1
04
PwrA_P
"PTR 2" KR2

P28S1 to
monitor
JS1
ID
J2
KR3
Mon
<S>
VTUR
J4
J2
PwrB_N 23
PwrC_N 24
To
JR1
JS1
JT1
To relay
K25A on
TTUR driven
from TREL
JR1
JS1
JT1
J2
TRPL Terminal Board
GEI-100566
Terminal
Board TRPL
02
Trip
solenoid
#1 or 4
-
J2
Terminal Board TREL
01
02
03
06
J2
KX1
RD
KY1
KZ1
KX2
RD
KZ1
KX1
KX3
RD
"ETR2" KX2
J2
Trip
solenoid
#3 or 6
-
J2
P28X
KY2
KY2
KZ2
KZ2
KX2
PwrB_N
KY1
RD
KY2
RD
KY3
RD
PwrB_P
07
08
"ETR3" KX3
KY3
KY3
KZ3
ID
KZ1
RD
KZ3
KX3
KZ2
RD
KZ3
RD
P28Y
JZ1
PwrA_P
Mon
KZ1,2,3
PwrB_P
PwrB_N
J2
A
B
C
PwrC_P
PwrC_N
P28VV
K4CL
To TSVO
boards on J1
SMX systems
RD 2
3
K4CL
Servo clamp
K4CL
P28Z
Sol Pwr
Monitor
JX1
JY1
JZ1
JX1
JY1
JZ1
RD 2
3
JH1
Excit_P
Excitation_N
Mon
PwrA_P
13
PwrB_P
14
PwrC_P
15
To JX1,JY1,JZ1
Mon
J25
J2

VPRO
section T8
J3
ID
PwrC_P
PwrA_N
From
PDM

VPRO
section S8
J3
Mon
09 PwrC_N
To relay
K25A on J2
TTUR
JY1
KY1,2,3
J2
Power J2
buses
ID
KX1,2,3
PwrA_P
04
05

VPRO
section R8
J3
Mon
PwrA_N
06
10
KY1
J2
Trip
solenoid
#2 or 5
JX1
"ETR1" KX1
JX1
JY1
JZ1
Exc_P
Excitation
volts
Trip interlock
NS
7
NS
35 TRP1A
36 TRP1B
.
.
.
BCOM
7 circuits as above
TRPL Terminal Board (continued)
GEI-100566
Installation
The three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first I/O terminal block. The
primary emergency stop and optional secondary emergency stop are wired to the
second terminal block. Trip solenoid power is supplied through plugs JP1, JP2, and
JP3. The wiring connections are shown in the following figures.
Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPL

(Large Steam Turbine)
JT1
125/24 Vdc, bus A
JP1
125/24 Vdc, bus B
JP2
125/24 Vdc, bus C
JP3
Trip solenoid 1 or 4
PwrA_P
PwrB_P
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PwrC_P
x
x
PwrA_N
PwrC_N
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
PwrA_P
PwrB_P
JS1
PwrC_P
PwrB_N
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
NC2
NC4
Primary E-Stop TRP2
TRP3
To second TRP6
TREG
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JR1
NC1
NC3
TRP1
TRP4
TRP5
Misc. tie points,

no internal
connection
J2
Cable to TREL
Primary E-Stop
To add secondary E-Stop,

remove jumper across
terminals 46 and 47
Up to two #12 AWG wires

per point with 300 volt
insulation
Terminal blocks can be

unplugged from board for
maintenance
TRPL Terminal Board Wiring
GEI-100566
Primary Trip Terminal

Board TREL
(Large Steam Turbine)
TTUR
Excitation
J25
JH1
J2
Sol1B
Sol2A
PwrB_N
Sol3B
x
x
x
x
x
x
PwrB_P
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
J1
Servo clamp
x
x
JZ1
Sol1A
PwrA_N
Sol2B
Sol3A
PwrC_N
KZ1
PwrA_P
PwrC_P
KZ3
JY1
KZ2
KY1
x
x
x
x
x
x
TRP1(L)
TRP2(L)
TRP3(L)
TRP4(L)
TRP5(L)
TRP6(L)
TRP7(L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
KY2
KY3
TRP1(H)
TRP2(H)
TRP3(H)
TRP4(H)
TRP5(H)
TRP6(H)
TRP7(H)
JX1
KX3
KX1
KX2


TREL Terminal Board Wiring
GEI-100566
TRPS/TRES Small/Medium Steam Turbine Primary Trip

TRPS and TRES are used to provide primary and emergency overspeed protection
for small/medium size steam turbines. These two terminal boards are used in a
similar way as TRPG and TREG are used on gas turbine applications.
Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TRES and TRPS terminal
boards. TRES provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPS
provides the negative side.
VTUR provides primary overspeed protection and the emergency stop functions. It
controls the six relays on TRPS, three of which control the three trip solenoids.
VPRO provides emergency overspeed protection and the trip functions. It controls
the three relays on TRES, which control the three trip solenoids.
Features
TRPS and TRES are used for both simplex and TMR applications. Three separate
power buses, PwrA, PwrB, PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in the TRPS
through connectors JP1, JP2, and JP3, and then distributed to TRES through
connector J2.
The power buses have a nominal voltage of 125 V dc (70 to 145 V dc) or 24 V dc
(18 to 32 V dc). The board includes power bus monitoring (three buses). The
maximum current per bus is 3 amps.
Each of the three trip solenoids is controlled by a relay driver providing 2/3 logic
voting with signals from JR1, JS1, and JT1. In the Simplex application, the relay
driver is controlled by a single signal from JA1. The relay output rating (for 100,000
operations) is as follows:
At 24 V dc, 3 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression
At 125 V dc, 1.0 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression
The trip circuits include solenoid suppression, and associated solenoid voltage
monitoring and trip relay contact monitoring. In the TRPS, the hardwired trip (ESTOP) and associated monitoring provides approximately 6.6 V dc to VTUR when
the K4 relays are picked up.
In the TRES, seven dry contact inputs are used as trip interlocks, and the excitation
and signal are monitored and fanned to the three VPROs. The board includes the
synch check relay driver, K25A, and associated monitoring, the same as on TREG,
and the servo clamp relay driver, K4CL, and its associated monitoring.
Configuration
TRPS configuration has no flame detectors. Only the single-wide VTUR is used with
a single J4 connector.
TRES configuration has no emergency stop, and no economizing relay feedback.
Only one VPRO J3 connector is used; there can be no second TRES board.
GEI-100566
125/24 Vdc bus C

125/24 Vdc bus B
125/24 Vdc bus A
J2, power
buses to
TRES
Terminal Board TRPS JP1

Simplex JA1
P28A
system
uses
P28R
JA1
K4_1
P28S
P28
P28T
JP2
PwrA_P
PwrA_N
JP3
PwrB_P
PwrC_N
PwrB_N
PwrA_P1 01
PwrA_P
ID
<R> JR1
VTUR
J4
Terminal
Board TRES
PwrC_P
PwrA_P2 02
PwrA_P3 03
SUS1A 04
2
3
RD
To R,S,T, A
Solenoid volts
monitor to JR1,
JS1, JT1, JA1
PTR1
ID
ID
SUS1B
05
SUS1C
06
SUS1D
07
PTR1
SOL1A
Trip
solenoid
08 +
PTR1
SOL1B
09
PwrA_N
Mon
PTR1
J2
J2
SOL1A
K4_2
Several jumper
positions for
different
applications
36
P28
<S> JS1
VTUR
J4
PwrB_P1 11
2
3
RD
PTR2
PwrB_P
PwrB_P3 13
To R,S,T, A
SUS2A 14
Mon
Solenoid volts
monitor to JR1,
JS1, JT1, JA1
PTR2
K4_3
PwrB_N
P28
PTR2
JT1
PTR2
2
3
RD
To R,S,T, A
Misc. tie points,

no internal
connections
NC2 40
NC3 41
To JR1,
JS1,JT1,
JA1
NC4 42
TRP2 44
CL
PwrC_P
TRP3 46
K4_2
47
K4_3
TRP5
Secondary E-Stop when

applicable, remove jumper
48
to enable function.
TRP6
SOL2A
17 solenoid
18 +
SOL2B
19
Trip
PwrC_P2 22
PwrC_P3 23
SUS3A 24
Sol.
Power
Monitor
PwrA_P
PwrB_P
Solenoid volts
monitor to JR1,
JS1, JT1, JA1
PTR3
PTR3
J2
J2
SOL3A
PwrC_P
P28VV
K4_1
16
SUS2D
PwrC_P1 21
Mon
PwrC_N
TRP4 45
15
37
TRP1 43
Primary E-Stop
SUS2B
SUS2C
PTR3
PTR3
NC1 39 ID
J2
J2
SOL2A
ID
ID
<T>
VTUR
J4
PwrB_P2 12
SUS3B
25
SUS3C
26
SUS3D
27
SOL3A
Trip
solenoid
28 +
SOL3B
29
38
AND
Monitor
(3)
JA1
JR1
JS1
JT1
To R,S,T,A
J2
To relay K25A on
TTUR driven from
TRES
TRPS Terminal Board
GEI-100566
J2, power
buses from
TRPS
Simplex
system
uses JA1
JA1
Terminal
Board
TRPS
Terminal Board TRES

PwrA_N
P28A
P28X
PwrB_N
PwrA_P
PwrC_N
PwrB_P
P28Y
PwrC_P
P28
ID

VPRO
J3
Sol.
To JX1, Power
JY1,JZ1, Monitor
JA1
P28Z
JX1
2
3
RD
SUS1A
PwrA_P
Mon
ETR1
ETR1
ETR1
ID
ID
P28
RD
01
Trip
solenoid
SOL1A 03 +
SUS1B
02
SOL1B
04
PwrA_P 08
PwrA_N 09
PwrA_N
JY1
2
3
To X,Y,Z, A
Mon
ETR2
PwrB_P
ID
ETR2
P28
ETR2
JZ1
PwrB_N
2
3
RD
To X,Y,Z,A
ETR3
Mon
PwrC_P
ID
ETR3
P28VV
K4CL
K4CL
To TTURH1B
To relay K25A
on TTUR
From
PDM
2
RD 3
K4CL
Servo Clamp
SUS2A
11
SUS2B
12
JX1
JY1
JZ1
JA1
ETR3
PwrC_N
J2
Trip
solenoid
SOL2A 13 +
SOL2B
14
PwrB_P
18
PwrB_N
19
J2
ETR3
To TSVO
boards on
J1
SMX systems
Several jumper
positions for different
applications
ETR2
J2

VPRO
J3
J2
ETR1
To X,Y,Z, A

VPRO
J3
J2
SUS3A
21
SUS3B
22
J2
Trip
solenoid
SOL3A 23 +
SOL3B
24
PwrC_P
28
PwrC_N
29
To JX1, JY1,
JZ1, JA1
Mon
Exc_P
J25
2
J2
RD 3
JH1 Excit_P
Mon
JX1
JY1
JZ1
JA1
Excitation
volts
NS
7
NS
35
TRP1A
36 TRP1B
Trip interlock
.
.
.
Excitation_N
BCOM
7 circuits as above
TRPS Terminal Board (continued)
GEI-100566
Installation
In the TRPS board, three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first and second I/O
terminal blocks. The primary emergency stop and optional secondary emergency
stop are wired to the second terminal block. Trip solenoid power is supplied
throu0gh plugs JP1, JP2, and JP3. The wiring connections are shown in the
following figure.
Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPS

(Small/Medium Steam Turbine)
x
PwrA_P2
SUS1A
SUS1C
SOL1A
x
x
x
x
x
PwrB_P2
SUS2A
SUS2C
SOL2A
x
x
x
x
x
PwrC_P2
SUS3A
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
PwrA_P1
PwrA_P3
SUS1B
SUS1D
SOL1B
PwrB_P1
PwrB_P3
SUS2B
SUS2D
SOL2B
PwrC_P1
PwrC_P3
JT1
125/24 V dc, bus A
JP1
125/24 V dc, bus B
JP2
125/24 V dc, bus C
JP3
PTR1
JS1
PTR2
PTR3
x
SUS3C
SOL3A
x
x
x
x
x
PwrA_N
PwrC_N
NC2
NC4
Primary E-Stop TRP2
TRP3
TRP6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
K4_3
SUS3B
SUS3D
SOL3B
JA1
JR1
K4_1
PwrB_N
NC1
NC3
TRP1
TRP4 Primary E-Stop
TRP5
K4_2
J2
Cable to TRES
Jumper


TRPS Terminal Board Wiring
GEI-100566
In the TRES board, the three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first I/O terminal
block. The seven trip interlocks are wired to the second terminal block. Trip solenoid
power is supplied through plug J2 from TRPS, and contact excitation comes through
JH1 from the PDM. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.
Emergency Trip Terminal

Board TRES
(Small/Medium Steam
Turbine)
JZ1
JH1
J25
J2
J1
SUS1B
SOL1B
x
x
x
PwrA_P
x
x
SUS2B
SOL2B
x
x
x
PwrB_P
x
x
SUS3B
SOL3B
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
SUS1A
SOL1A
Cable to TRPS
ETR1
PwrA_N
SUS2A
SOL2A
JY1
PwrB_N
SUS3A
SOL3A
ETR2
ETR3
x
x
PwrC_P
x
x
x
x
TRP1(L)
TRP2(L)
TRP3(L)
TRP4(L)
TRP5(L)
TRP6(L)
TRP7(L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JA1
JX1
PwrC_N
TRP1(H)
TRP2(H)
TRP3(H)
TRP4(H)
TRP5(H)
TRP6(H)
TRP7(H)
Trip interlocks
1 through 7

Cable for Simplex

applications

TRES Terminal Board Wiring
GEI-100566
TPRO Turbine Protection Terminal Board

The VPRO) and associated terminal board (TPRO) provide an independent
emergency overspeed protection system. The protection system consists of triple
redundant VPRO boards in a module separate from the turbine control system,
controlling the trip solenoids through TREG.
TPRO Terminal Board
VPRO- R8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Ethernet
IONet
I
O
N
E
T
JY1
Cables to VPRO-T8
J
5
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
J
6
P5
COM
P28A
P28B
E
T
H
R
JY5
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
RUN
FAIL
STAT
8
X
4
Y
T 2
Z
1
R
C
S
E
R
JZ5
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JZ1
JX1
J
3
Cables to VPRO-S8
J
4
P
A
R
A
L
JX5
F
VPRO
x
N
x
P
O
W
E
R
x
Cables to VPRO-R8
x
To TREG
To second TREG
(optional)
Shield
bar
37-pin "D" shell

type connectors
with latching
fasteners
Turbine Protection Terminal Board, VPRO Board, and Cabling
The following figure shows how the VTUR and VPRO processor boards share in the
turbine protection scheme. Either one can independently trip the turbine through the
relays on TRPG or TREG.
GEI-100566
VTUR
Special speed cable
JR5 TTUR
JS5
JT5
J5
Two
xfrs
JR1
JS1
Optional
daughterboard
JT1
3 relays
Gen Synch
335 V dc from <Q>
J3 J4 J5
JR1
TRPG
JS1
J3
JT1
J4
To second
TRPG board
(optional)
J4
9 relays
(3 x 3 PTR's)
J1
J2
125 V dc
Cable
JX1
J2
TREG
J1
JY1
VPRO
Trip signal to
TSVO TB's
JZ1
J3
To second
TREG Board
(optional)
J4
J5
J6
Trip solenoids,
three circuits
12 relays
JH1
(9 ETR's,
3 econ relays)
P125 V dc from <PDM>

NEMA class F
Special speed cable
JX5
TPRO
JY5
J7
JZ5
JX1
2 transformers
JY1
JZ1
125 V dc
Turbine Control and Protection Boards
GEI-100566
Termination Board TPRO

Noise suppression
1
Generator V
120 V ac
from PT
ID
TCY1H
TCY1L
TCZ1H
TCZ1L
P24V1
V dc
20mA1
mAret
J6
J6
J6
Overspeed
Em Stop
Sync
Check
Overtemp
Overspeed
Em Stop
Sync
Check
Overtemp
Overspeed
Em Stop
Sync
Check
Overtemp
JY1
NS
To TTUR
TCX1L
VPRO T8
Protection
JX1
Noise suppression
TCX1H
VPRO S8
Protection
NS
Bus V
120 Vac
from PT
VPRO R8
Protection
13
Thermocouple inputs
CJ
NS
14
Three TC circuits to X
NS
ID
CJ
19
JZ1
NS
Three TC circuits to Y
20
NS
CJ
25
NS
Three TC circuits to Z
26
NS
P28VV
Current
Limiter
5
7
J5
J5
J5
J3
J3
J3
J4
J4
J4
ID
VDC
P28V,X
P28V,Y
P28V,Z
JPA1
20 mA
250 ohms To R8,S8, T8
8
Open
Ret
One of the above circuits
JPB1
P24V2
20 mA2
P28VV
Current
limiter
10
250
ohms
To TREG and
trip solenoids
To R8, S8, T8
Two of the above circuits

JX5
#1
Emergency
magnetic
speed
pickup
MX1H
31
NS
MX1H
32
3 circuits
#2
emergency
magnetic
speed
pickup
MY1H
37
MY1L
38
#3
emergency
magnetic
speed
pickup
MZ1H
Filter
Clamp
Ac
Coupling
ID
NS
3 circuits
Filter
Clamp
Ac
Coupling
JY5
ID
GEI-100566
MZ1L
43
44
NS
3 circuits
Filter
Clamp
Ac
Coupling
JZ5
ID
Installation
The generator and bus potential transformers and the analog inputs are wired to the
first TPRO terminal block. The magnetic speed pickups are wired to the second
block. Jumpers JP1A and JP1B are set to give either a 420 mA or voltage input on
the first of the three analog inputs. The wiring connections are shown in the
following figure.
Turbine Protection
Termination Board TPRO
JZ1
ma
JP1A
Gen (L)
Bus (L)
20mA1
mAret
20mA2
20mA3
TC1X (L)
TC2X (L)
TC3X (L)
TC1Y (L)
TC2Y (L)
TC3Y (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
VOLTS
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
Gen (H)
Bus (H)
P24V1
VDC
P24V2
P24V3
TC1X (H)
TC2X (H)
TC3X (H)
TC1Y (H)
TC2Y (H)
TC3Y (H)
Gen
volts
Analog
inputs
OPEN RETURN
JP1B
JZ5
JY1
To VPRO-Z
J6
Thermocouple
inputs
To J5
JY5
x
TC1Z (L)
TC2Z (L)
TC3Z (L)
MX1 (L)
MX2 (L)
MX3 (L)
MY1 (L)
MY2 (L)
MY3 (L)
MZ1 (L)
MZ2 (L)
MZ3 (L)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
TC1Z (H)
TC2Z (H)
TC3Z (H)
MX1 (H)
MX2 (H)
MX3 (H)
MY1 (H)
MY2 (H)
MY3 (H)
MZ1 (H)
MZ2 (H)
MZ3 (H)

JX1
Magnetic
speed
pickups
To VPRO-Y
J6
To J5
JX5
To J5
Terminal blocks can be

unplugged from terminal board
for maintenance
To VPRO-X
J6
Terminal Board TPRO
GEI-100566
Operation
The main purpose of the protection module is emergency overspeed (EOS)
protection for the turbine. In addition, the module has backup synchronization check
protection, three analog current inputs, and nine thermocouple inputs, primarily
intended for exhaust overtemperature protection on gas turbines.
The VPRO board has a VME
interface to allow
programming and testing in a
VME rack; however, the
backplane is neutralized when
plugged into the protection
module to eliminate any
continuity between the three
independent sections.
The protection module is always triple redundant with three completely separate and
independent sections named X, Y, and Z. Any one of these sections can be powered
down and replaced while the turbine is running without jeopardizing the protection
system. Each section contains its own I/O interface, processor, power supply, and
Ethernet communications (IONet) to the control modules. The communications
allow initiation of test commands from the control module to the protection module
and the monitoring of EOS system diagnostics in the control module and on the
operator interface. Communications are resident on the VPRO board which is the
heart of the system.
Features
Speed Control and Overspeed Protection
Speed control and overspeed protection is implemented with six passive, magnetic
speed pickups. The first three are monitored by the control module(s) which use the
median signal for speed control and the primary overspeed protection. The second
three are separately connected to the X, Y, and Z sections of the protection module.
Provision is made for nine passive magnetic speed pickups or active pulse rate
transducers (TTL type) on the TPRO terminal board with three being monitored by
each of the X, Y, and Z sections. Separate overspeed trip settings are programmed
into the application software for the primary and emergency overspeed trip limits,
and a second emergency overspeed trip limit must be programmed into the I/O
configurator to confirm the EOS trip point.
The speed is calculated by counting passing teeth on the wheel and measuring the
time involved. Another protection feature is the calculation of the rate of change of
speed which is compared with 100%/sec and transmitted to the control module to trip
the unit if it is detected after the turbine reaches a predetermined steady-state speed.
This steady-state speed limit is a tuning constant located in the controllers
application software. Another speed threshold which is monitored by the EOS
system is 10% speed. This is transmitted to the control module to verify that there is
no gross disagreement between the first set of three speed pickups being monitored
by the controller (for speed control and the primary overspeed protection) and the
second set of three speed pickups being monitored by the EOS system.
Interface To Trip Solenoids

The trip system combines the primary trip interface from the control module(s) with
the EOS trip interface from the protection module. Three separate, triple redundant
trip solenoids (also called electrical trip devices - ETDs) are used to interface with
the hydraulics. The ETDs are connected between the TRPG and TREG terminal
boards. A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control for
each solenoid which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode.
GEI-100566
Backup Synch Check Protection

Backup synch check protection is provided in the protection module. The
generator and bus voltages are supplied from two, single phase, potential
transformers (PTs) secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. The maximum
cable length between the PTs and the turbine control is 100 meters of 18 AWG
twisted, shielded wire. Each PT is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms rated
barrier and a circuit load less than 3 VA. The synch algorithms are based on phase
lock loop techniques. Phase error between the generator and bus voltages is less than
+/-1 degree at nominal voltage and 50/60 Hz. A frequency range of 45 to 66 Hz is
supported with the measured frequency within 0.05% of the input frequency. The
algorithm is illustrated under TTUR, generator synchronizing.
Each PT input is internally connected in parallel to the X, Y, and Z sections of the
Protection Module. The triple redundant phase slip windows result in a voted logical
output on the TREG terminal board which drives the K25A relay. This relays
contacts are connected in series with the synch permissive relay (K25P) and the auto
synch relay (K25) to insure that no false command is issued to close the generator
breaker. Similarly, contacts from the K25A contact are connected in series with the
contacts from remote, manual synchronizing equipment to insure no false
commands.
Thermocouple and Analog Inputs

Thermocouple and analog inputs are available in the protection module, primarily for
gas turbine applications. Nine thermocouple inputs are monitored with three
connected to each section of the protection module. These are generally used for
backup exhaust overtemperature protection. Also, one 5, 10 V dc, 420 mA
(selectable) input, and two 420 mA inputs can be connected to the TPRO terminal
board which feeds the inputs in parallel to the three sections of the protection
module.
Power Supply
Each VPRO board has its own on-board power supply. This generates 5 V dc and 28
V dc using 125 V dc supplied from the cabinet PDM. The entire TMR VPRO
module therefore has three power supplies for high reliability.
Specifications
VPRO Board Specifications
Item
Specification
Number of inputs
TPRO: 9
VPRO: 3
Passive speed pickups

1
Generator and 1 bus voltage
9
Thermocouples
1
420 mA current or voltage
2
420 mA current
Passive speed pickups
1
Generator and 1 bus voltage
3
Thermocouples
1
420 mA current or voltage
2
420 mA current
7
Trip interlocks
2
Emergency stop
GEI-100566
Number of Outputs
TREG: 3
VPRO: 6
Power Supply Voltage
Trip solenoids per TREG

3
Economizer relays
1
Breaker relay command, K25A on TTUR
1
Servo clamp relay contact, to TSVO boards
Trip solenoids
6
Economizer relays
1
Breaker relay command, K25A on TTUR
1
Servo clamp relay contact, to TSVO boards
TPRO: 28 V dc from X, Y, and Z boards, voted

VPRO: Input supply 125 V dc (70145 V dc)
Output 5 V dc and 28 V dc
Frame Rate
Up to 100 Hz
MPU Characteristics
Output resistance 200 ohms with inductance of 85 mH.

Output generates 150 V p-p into 60k ohms at the TPRO terminal
block, with insufficient energy for a spark.
The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA.
The system applies up to 400 ohm normal mode load to the input
signal to reduce the voltage at the terminals.
MPU Cable
Sensors can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the cabinet, assuming

that shielded pair cable is used, with typical 70 nF single ended or
35 nF differential capacitance, and 15 ohms resistance.
MPU Pulse Rate Range
2 Hz to 20 kHz
MPU Pulse Rate Accuracy
0.05% of reading; resolution is 15 bits at 100 Hz

Noise of the acceleration measurement is less than 50 Hz/sec
for a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms.
MPU Input Circuit Sensitivity
Minimum signal is 27 mV pk at 2 Hz
Minimum signal is 450 mV pk at 14 kHz
Generator and Bus Voltage

Sensors
Two single-phase potential transformers, 115 V rms secondary

Voltage accuracy is 0.5% of rated V rms
Frequency accuracy 0.05%
Phase difference measurement better than 1 degree.
Allowable voltage range for synchronizing is 75 to 130 V rms.
Each input has a load of less than 3 VA.
Thermocouple Inputs
Same specifications as for VTCC board
Analog Inputs
Same specifications as for VAIC board
Diagnostics
Board diagnostics cover the thermocouple limits, reference voltage, cold junction,
analog input health, and contact input test failure. Relay diagnostics cover the trip
relay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage, economizer relay driver and
contact feedbacks, K25A relay driver and coil, and the servo clamp relay driver and
contact feedback. Voltage diagnostics cover the solenoid power bus, and the voltage
to the solenoids.
Connectors JX1, JY1, JZ1, JX5, JY5, and JZ5 on the terminal board have their own
ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip
coded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the
plug location.
GEI-100566
Configuration
Typical VPRO-TPRO Configuration
Parameter
Description
Choices
Turbine_Type
Define the type of turbine from selection of ten types
Two gas turbine

Two LM
Two large steam
One medium steam
One small steam
Two stage GT
LMTripZEnable
On LM machine, when no PR on Z, enable vote for trip
Enable, disable
OT_Trip_Enbl
Enable overtemperature trip
Enable, disable
OvrTemp_Trip
Iso-thermal overtemperature trip setting for exhaust

thermocouples in degree F
60 to 2,000
CPD_Corner
Overtemperature trip compressor discharge

pressure in psi at which CDP bias starts
0 to 450
CPD_Slope
Overtemperature trip compressor discharge pressure

bias slope in degrees F/psi
10 to 0
TA_Trip_Enab1
Steam, enable trip anticipation on ETR1
Enable, disable
RatedRPM_TA
Steam, rated RPM, used for trip anticipation calculation
0 to 20,000
Auto Reset
Automatic restoring of thermocouples removed from

scan
Enable, disable
DiagSolPwrA
When using TREL/TRES, solenoid power, BusA,

diagnostic enable
Enable, disable
Min_MA_Input
Minimum mA for healthy 420 mA Input
0 to 21
Max_MA_Input
Maximum mA for healthy 420 mA Input
0 to 21
AccelCalType
Select acceleration calculation type
Slow, medium, fast
Configuration
J5:IS200TPROH1A
J5 cable section of TPRO board
PulseRate1
First of three speed inputs - board point
PRType
Selects gearing (resolution)
Unused, PR<6,000 Hz,

PR>6,000 Hz
PRScale
Pulses per revolution (output RPM)
0 to 1,000
OS_Setpoint
Overspeed trip setpoint in RPM
0 to 20,000
OS_Tst_Delta
Offline overspeed test setpoint delta in RPM
-2,000 to 2,000
Zero_Speed
Zero speed for this shaft in RPM
0 to 20,000
Min_Speed
Minimum speed for this shaft in RPM
0 to 20,000
Accel_Trip
Enable Acceleration trip
Enable, disable
Acc-Setpoint
Accelerate trip setpoint in RPM/second
0 to 20,000
TMR_DiffLimt
Difference limit for voted pulse rate inputs in

engineering units
0 to 20,000
J6:IS200TPROH1A
J6 cable section of TPRO board
GEI-100566
BusPT_KVolts
kV rms, bus potential transformer - board point
PT_Input
PT input in kV rms for PT_Output
0 to 1,000
PT_Output
PT output in V rms for PT_Input-typically 115
60 to 150
TMR_DiffLimt
Difference limit for voted PT inputs in %
0 to 100
GenPT_KVolts
kV rms, generator PT, configuration similar to bus PT board point
TC11
Thermocouple 1, for X module (first of 3) - board point
Select thermocouple type or mV input
Unused, mV, T, K, J, E
Low pass filter
Enable 2 Hz low pass filter
Enable, disable
TC21
Thermocouple 1, for Y module (first of three)

configure as above - board point
TC31
Thermocouple 1, for Z module (first of three)

configure as above - board point
Cold Junction
CJ for thermocouples 1-3
ThermCplType
TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR CJ inputs in degrees F
60 to 2,000
AnalogIn1
First of three analog inputs - board point
Input Type
Unused, 420 mA, 10 V
Low_Input
Input mA at low value
10 to 20
Low_Value
Input value in engineering units at low value
3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38
High_Input
Input mA at high value
10 to 20
High_Value
Input value in engineering units at high mA
3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38
Filter bandwidth in Hz
Unused, 12 Hz, 6 Hz, 3Hz, 1.5

Hz, 0.75 Hz
Trip_Enable
Enable trip for this mA Input
Enable, disable
TripSetpoint
Trip setpoint in engineering units
3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38
Time delay before tripping turbine after signal exceeds

setpoint in seconds
0 to 10
InputFilter
TripTimeDelay
TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of

(High_Value-Low_Value)
0 to 100
J3:IS200TREGH1A
First TREG board (see TREG section for configuration) Connected, not connected
J4:IS200TREGH1A
Second TREG board (optional)
Direction
Type
L3DIAG-VPRO1
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG-VPRO2
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
L3DIAG-VPRO3
Board diagnostic
Input
BIT
PR1_Zero
L14HP_ZE
Input
BIT
PR2_Zero
L14IP_ZE
Input
BIT
PR3_Zero
L14LP_ZE
Input
BIT
Spare
Spare
Input
BIT
OS1_Trip
L12HP_TP
Input
BIT
GEI-100566
OS2_Trip
L12IP_TP
Input
BIT
OS3_Trip
L12LP_TP
Input
BIT
Dec1_Trip
L12HP_DEC
Input
BIT
Dec2_Trip
L12IP_DEC
Input
BIT
Dec3_Trip
L12LP_DEC
Input
BIT
Acc1_Trip
L12HP_ACC
Input
BIT
Acc2_Trip
L12IP_ACC
Input
BIT
Acc3_Trip
L12LP_ACC
Input
BIT
TA_Trip
Trip anticipate trip L12TA_TP
Input
BIT
TA_StpLoss
L30TA
Input
BIT
OT_Trip
L26TRP
Input
BIT
MA1_Trip
L3MA_TRP1
Input
BIT
MA2_Trip
L3MA_TRP2
Input
BIT
MA3_Trip
L3MA_TRP3
Input
BIT
SOL1_Vfdbk
When TREG, trip solenoid 1 voltage
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
SOL6_Vfdbk
When TREG, trip solenoid 6 voltage
Input
BIT
L25A_Cmd
L25A breaker close pulse
Input
BIT
Cont1_TrEnab
Configure - Contact 1 trip enabled
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Cont7_TrEnab
Configure - Contact 7 trip enabled
Input
BIT
Acc1_TrEnab
Configure - Accelerate 1 trip enabled
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
Acc3_TrEnab
Configure - Accelerate 3 trip enabled
Input
BIT
OT-TrEnab
Configure - Overtemperature trip enabled
Input
BIT
GT_1Shaft
Configure - Gas turbine, 1 shaft enabled
Input
BIT
GT_2Shaft
Configure - Gas turbine, 2 shaft enabled
Input
BIT
LM_2Shaft
Configure - LM turbine, 2 shaft enabled
Input
BIT
LM_3Shaft
Configure - LM turbine, 3 shaft enabled
Input
BIT
LargeSteam
Configure - Large steam 1, enabled
Input
BIT
MediumSteam
Configure - Medium steam, enabled
Input
BIT
SmallSteam
Configure - Small steam, enabled
Input
BIT
STag_GT_1S
Configure - Stage 1 shaft, enabled
Input
BIT
STag_GT_2S
Configure - Stage 2 shaft, enabled
Input
BIT
ETR1_Enab
Configure - ETR1 relay enabled
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
ETR6_Enab
Configure - ETR6 relay enabled
Input
BIT
K4CL_Enab
Configure - Servo clamp relay enabled
Input
BIT
K25A_Enab
Configure - Sync check relay enabled
Input
BIT
GEI-100566
L5CFG1_Trip
HP configure trip
Input
BIT
L5CFG2_Trip
IP configure trip
Input
BIT
L5CFG3_Trip
LP configure trip
Input
BIT
OS1_SP_CfgEr
HP overspeed setpoint configure mismatch error
Input
BIT
OS2_SP_CfgEr
IP overspeed setpoint configure mismatch error
Input
BIT
OS3_SP_CfgEr
LP overspeed setpoint configure mismatch error
Input
BIT
ComposTrip1
Composite trip 1
Input
BIT
ComposTrip2
Composite trip 2
Input
BIT
ComposTrip3
Composite trip 3
Input
BIT
L5ESTOP1
ESTOP 1 trip, TREG, J3
Input
BIT
L5ESTOP2
ESTOP 2 trip, TREG, J4
Input
BIT
L5Cont1_Trip
Contact 1 trip
Input
BIT
Input
BIT
L5Cont7_Trip
Contact 7 trip
Input
BIT
LPShaftLock
LP shaft locked
Input
BIT
Bus Freq
SFL 2 Hz
Input
FLOAT
GenFreq
SF 2 Hz
Input
FLOAT
Gen VoltsDiff
DV_ERR kV rms - generator low is negative
Input
FLOAT
GenFreqDiff
SFDIFF2 slip Hz - generator slow is negative
Input
FLOAT
GenPhaseDiff
SSDIFF2 phase degrees - generator lag is negative
Input
FLOAT
PR1_Accel
HP accelerate in RPM/second
Input
FLOAT
PR2_Accel
IP accelerate in RPM/second
Input
FLOAT
PR3_Accel
LP accelerate in RPM/second
Input
FLOAT
PR1_Max
HP maximum speed since last zero speed in RPM
Input
FLOAT
PR2_Max
IP maximum speed since last zero speed in RPM
Input
FLOAT
PR3_Max
LP maximum speed since last zero speed in RPM
Input
FLOAT
SynCk_Perm
L25A_PERM - sync check permissive
Output
BIT
SynCk_ByPass
L25A_BYPASS - sync check bypass
Output
BIT
Cross_Trip
L4Z_XTRP - control cross trip
Output
BIT
OnLineOS1Tst
L97HP_TST1 - online HP vverspeed test
Output
BIT
OnLineOS1X
L43EOST_ONL - online HP overspeed test, with auto

reset
Output
BIT
OnLineOS2Tst
L97IP_TST1 - online IP overspeed test
Output
BIT
OnLineOS3Tst
L97LP_TST1 - online LP overspeed test
Output
BIT
OffLineOS1Tst
L97HP_TST2 - online HP overspeed test
Output
BIT
OffLineOS2Tst
L97IP_TST2 - offline IP overspeed test
Output
BIT
OffLineOS3Tst
L97LP_TST2 - offline LP overspeed test
Output
BIT
TrpAntcptTst
L97A_TST - trip anticipate test
Output
BIT
LokdRotorByp
L97LR_BYP - locked rotor bypass
Output
BIT
GEI-100566
HPZeroSpdByp
L97ZSC_BYP - HP zero speed check bypass
Output
BIT
TestETR1
L97ETR1 - ETR1 test, true deenergizes relay
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
TestETR4
L97ETR4 - ETR4 test, true deenergizes relay
Output
BIT
PTR1
L20PTR1 - primary trip relay CMD for diagnostic only
Output
BIT
Output
BIT
PTR6
L20PTR6 - primary trip relay CMD for diagnostic only
Output
BIT
PR_Max_Rst
Maximum speed reset
Output
BIT
CJBackup
Estimated TC CJ temperature in degrees F
Output
FLOAT
OS1_Setpoint
HP overspeed setpoint in RPM
Output
FLOAT
OS2_Setpoint
IP overspeed setpoint in RPM
Output
FLOAT
OS3_Setpoint
LP overspeed detpoint in RPM
Output
FLOAT
OS1_TATrpSp
PR1 overspeed trip setpoint in RPM for trip anticipate

Fn
Output
FLOAT
CPD
Compressor discharge pressure for overtemperature

trip CPD bias
Output
FLOAT
DriveFreq
Drive (generator) frequency (Hz), used for non standard

drive configuration
Output
FLOAT
GEI-100566
I/O Board Alarms

Board
Fault
Fault Description
Possible Cause
VPRO

CRC failure override is active

16

configuration.
17
Board ID Failure
18
J3 ID Failure

cable problem
19
J4 ID Failure

cable problem
20
J5 ID Failure

cable problem
21
J6 ID Failure

cable problem
22
J3A ID Failure

cable problem
23
J4A ID Failure

cable problem
24

VME I/O board
30

board

factory.
31


factory.
32-38
Contact Input # Not Responding to Test Mode. Trip

interlock number # is not reliable
Contact input circuit failure on VPRO

or TREG board.
39-40
Contact Excitation Voltage Test Failure. Contact

excitation voltage has failed, trip interlock monitoring
voltage is lost
Loss of P125 voltage caused by

disconnection of JH1 to TREG, or
disconnect of JX1, JY1, JZ1 on TREG
to J3 on VPRO.
GEI-100566
41-43
Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ##

thermocouple input to the analog to digital converter
exceeded the converter limits and will be removed from
scan
44-46
Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocouple The board detected a thermocouple
input to the analog to digital converter exceeded the
open and applied a bias to the circuit
converter limits and will be removed from scan
driving it to a large negative number,
or the TC is not connected, or a
condition such as stray voltage or
noise caused the input to exceed 63
millivolts.
47
Cold Junction Raw Counts High. Cold junction device

input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the
converter. Normally two cold junction inputs are
averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other is
used

48
Cold Junction Raw Counts Low. Cold junction device

input to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of the
converter

49
Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High.

Calibration reference # input to the A/D converter

board has failed.
50
Calibration Reference Raw Counts Low.

Calibration reference input to the A/D converter exceeded board has failed.
the converter limits
51
Null Reference Raw Counts High. The null (zero)

reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the
converter limits

52
Null Reference Raw Counts Low. The null (zero)

reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded the
converter limits

53-55
Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermocouple input has exceeded the range of the linearization
the table's maximum value

56-58
Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization
the table's minimum value

59-61
Analog Input # Unhealthy. The number # analog input to

the A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits
The input has exceeded 420 mA

range, or for input #1 if jumpered for
10 V, it has exceeded 10 V range,
or the 250 ohm burden resistor on
TPRO has failed.
63
P15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P15 power

supply is out of the specified +12.75 to +17.25 V
operating limits
Analog 15 V power supply on VPRO

board has failed.
A condition such as stray voltage or

noise caused the input to exceed +63
millivolts.
GEI-100566
64
N15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 power

supply is out of the specified 17.25 to 12.75 V
operating limits
Analog 15 V power supply on VPRO

board has failed.
67
P28A=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A

power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V
operating limits
The P28A power supply on VPWR

board has failed, test P28A at VPRO
front panel, otherwise there may be a
bad connection at J9, the VPWR to
VPRO interconnect.
68
P28B=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B

power supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 V
operating limits
The P28B power supply on VPWR

board has failed, test P28B at VPRO
front panel, otherwise there may be a
bad connection at J9, the VPWR to
VPRO interconnect.
69-71
Trip Relay (ETR) Driver # Mismatch Requested State.

The state of the command to the Emergency Trip Relay
(ETR) does not match the state of the relay driver
feedback signal; the ETR cannot be reliably driven until
corrected
The ETR # relay driver or relay driver

feedback monitor on the TREG
terminal board has failed, or the
cabling between VPRO and TREG is
incorrect.
75
Servo Clamp Relay Driver Mismatch Requested State.

The state of the command to the servo clamp relay does
not match the state of the servo clamp relay driver
feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamp
relay until corrected
The servo clamp relay driver or relay

driver feedback monitor on the TREG
board has failed, or the cabling
between VPRO and TREG is
incorrect.
76
K25A Relay (Synch Check) Driver Mismatch Requested

State. The state of the command to the K25A relay does
not match the state of the K25A relay driver feedback
signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until corrected
K25A relay driver or relay driver

feedback on the TREG board has
failed, or the cabling between VPRO
and TREG is incorrect.
83-85
Trip Relay (ETR) Contact # Mismatch Requested State.

The state of the command to the ETR does not match the
state of the ETR contact feedback signal; the ETR cannot
be reliably driven until corrected
The relay driver on TREG may have

failed, or the ETR on the TREG board
has failed, or the cabling between the
VPRO and TREG is incorrect.
99-104
TREG Solenoid Voltage # Mismatch Requested State.

The state of the trip solenoid # does not match the
command logic of the voted ETR # on TREG, and the
voted primary trip relay (PTR) # on TRPG, the ETR
cannot be reliably driven until corrected
The trip solenoid # voltage monitor on

TREG has failed or ETR # driver
failed, or PTR # driver failed. There
may be a loss of 125 V dc via the J2
connector from TRPG, which has a
diagnostic.
72-74
Econ Relay Driver # Mismatch Requested State. The

state of the command to the economizing relay does not
match the state of the economizing relay driver feedback
signal; cannot reliably drive the economizing relay until
corrected
Economizing relay driver # or relay

driver feedback monitor on TREG
board has failed, or the cabling
between VPRO and TREG is
incorrect.
Econ Relay Contact # Mismatch Requested State. The

state of the command to the economizing relay does not
match the state of the economizing relay contact
feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the economizing
Economizing relay driver # on TREG

board has failed, or the economizing
relay on TREG has failed, or the
cabling between VPRO and TREG is
incorrect.
K25A Relay (Synch Check) Coil Trouble, Cabling to P28V

on TTUR. The state of the command to the K25A relay
does not match the state of the K25A relay contact
feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until
the problem is corrected. The signal path is from VPRO to
TREG to TRPG to VTUR to TTUR
The K25A relay driver or relay driver

feedback on the TREG board has
failed, or the K25A relay on TTUR has
failed, or the cabling between VPRO
and TTUR is incorrect.
77-79
91-93
80-82
86-88
94-96
90
GEI-100566
89
Servo Clamp Relay Contact Mismatch Requested State.

The state of the command to the servo clamp relay does
not match the state of the servo clamp relay contact
feedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamp
The servo clamp relay driver or the

servo clamp relay on the TREG board
has failed, or the cabling between
VPRO and TREG is incorrect.
97
TREG J3 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V

dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected;
cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids
The power detection monitor on the

TREG1 board has failed, or there is a
loss of P125 V dc via the J2 connector
from TRPG board, or the cabling
between VPRO and TREG1 or
between TREG1 and TRPG is
incorrect.
98
TREG J4 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 V

dc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected;
cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids K4-K6
The power detection monitor on the

TREG2 board has failed, or there is a
loss of P125 V dc via the J2 connector
from TRPG board, or the cabling
between VPRO and TREG2 or
between TREG2 and TRPG is
incorrect. Also trip relays K4-K6 may
be configured when there is no
TREG2 board.
105
TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus A, Absent. The voltage

source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus A;
cannot reliably drive these solenoids
Loss of power bus A through J2

connector from TRPL/S
106
TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus B, Absent. The voltage

source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus B;
Loss of power bus B through J2

107
TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus C, Absent. The voltage

source for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus C;
Loss of Power Bus C through J2

128-319
cable.
320-339


cable.
+1 540 387 7000


1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100566
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- 2002 by General Electric Company, USA.

Indicates a procedure or condition that, if not strictly
observed, could result in damage to or destruction of
equi pment or data.
Indicates a procedure, practice, condition, or statement that,

if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury or
death.
Section
Page
VME Rack Power Supply .......................................................................................................2
Operation....................................................................................................................................5
Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8
Specifications..........................................................................................................................10
Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................11
VME Rack Redundant Power Supply Module (RPSM)..................................................15
Operation..................................................................................................................................17
Diagnostics and Troubleshooting........................................................................................19
Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................19
VME Rack Power Supply

The VME rack power supply mounts on the side of the VME control and interface
modules. It supplies + 5, 12, 15, and 28 V dc to the VME backplane and an
optional 335 V dc output is provided for powering flame detectors connected to
TRPG. Two supply input voltage selections are available. There is a 125 V dc input
supply that is powered from a Power Distribution Module (PDM) and a low voltage
version for 24 V dc operation.
Note A different power supply is used on the stand-alone control rack which only
powers the Mark VI controller, VDSK, and VCMI.
2 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
PSA
PSB
POWER
SUPPLY
PULL TO TOGGLE
1 (ON)
SWITCH
0 (OFF)
GREEN LED
RED LED
YELLOW LED
NORMAL
FAULT
AVAILABLE
REV. NO.
GE CAT. NO.
S/N
PS335
PS125 or PS24
PS335
PS125 or PS24
PS28C
PS28B
PS28A
IS2020LVPSG1
and
IS2020RKPSG1
PS28
PSSTAT
IS2020LVPSG2 -4
and
IS2020RKPSG2-3
VME Rack Power Supply, Front, Side, and Bottom Views
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 3
PS24
P24 3
N24 2
1
PS125
NC
PSB
18 22,26,30
Suppression
OV Protect
Control
Power
14
14
12
10
OV Protect
16
Suppression
OV Protect
N12V
10 W
Ret
OV Protect
Suppression
P15V
100 W
+
Ret
Enable/Status
OV Protect
Suppression
P15V
50 W
+
Ret
Enable
Yellow Avail
On/Off
switch
10
UV Detect
12
Suppression
P12V
25 W
+
Ret
125 or 24V
Power
16
OV Protect
OV Protect
Suppression
P5.0V
150 W
s
s Ret
24,28,32 20
IS2020LVPSG2,
G3 & G4
24V Input
PS24
P24 3
N24 2
1
3
4
P125 2
N125 1
18,22,26,30
Suppression
OV Protect
Suppression
Suppression
UV Detect
Yellow Avail
On/Off
switch
N12V
25 W
Ret
125 or 24V
Power
Control
Power
P12V
50 W
+
Ret
Suppression
P5.0V
75 W x 2
s
s Ret
IS2020RKPSG2 & G3
125V Input
PSB
NC
24,28,32,20
PS125
P125 2
N125 1
3
IS2020LVPSG1
24V Input
Enable Control
Logic
Enable Control
Logic
IS2020RKPSG1
125V Input
Normal
Fault
32
28
26
N15V
100 W
Ret
PSA
32
30
Suppression
OV Protect
N28V
50 W
Ret
28
26
Suppression
OV Protect
22
24
22
OV Protect
Suppression
18
20
3 2
14
18
16
14
Suppression
OV Protect
P28V (B)
100 W
Ret
+
RKPSG2 & LVPSG4

335V Option
Suppression
OV Protect
Ret
16
10
Suppression
OV Protect
12
Suppression
OV Protect
P28V (D)
100 W
Ret
+
3
2
1
PS28
RKPSG2 & LVPSG2

400W Option
+ 3
2
1
PS28B
+ 3
2
1
PS28A
+ 3
2
1
PS28C
Suppression
OV Protect
P28V (E)
50 W
Ret
+
To safety Ground
10
P28V (C)
100 W
Ret
+
12
Suppression
OV Protect
Suppression
OV Protect
Suppression
OV Protect
20
P28V (D)
50 W
Ret
+
P28V (C)
50 W
Ret
+
To safety Ground
P28V (B)
50 W
Ret
P335VDC
P28V (A)
100 W
Ret
+
24
Suppression
OV Protect
Suppression
OV Protect
1 2 3 4
30
P28V (A)
50 W
Ret
RKPSG1 335V
3 2
Suppression
OV Protect
Ret
P335VDC
N28V
25 W
Ret
IS2020RKPSG2- 3 & IS2020RKPSG2- 3

125/24VDC Input
300/400 W Output
Power Supplies
Normal
Fault
PSSTAT
PSA
Green
Red
N15V
50 W
Ret
Suppression
OV Protect
OV Faults
Green
Red
IS2020RKPSG1 & IS2020LVPSG1

125/24VDC Input
400 W Output
Power Supplies
STAT1
STAT2
From 125V
Supply
From 24V
Supply
From 125V
Supply
From 24V
Supply
ID
P335V
1.68 W
+
Ret
P335V
1.68 W
+
Ret
4 VME Power Supply

IDSIG
IDGND
Block Diagram of RKPS and LVPS VME of the Power Supplies
GEI-100567
There are currently seven major variations of the VME rack power supply. These
variations provide different power supply input and output requirements. The
following table defines these variations.
VME Rack Power Supply Option Definitions
IS2020
Part
Number
Input
Voltage
Output
Rating
+28V
PSA
Outputs
+28V
Remote
Outputs
PS335
Output
Status
ID
Output
Support
Redundant
Operation
LVPSG1
24VDC
400W
Qty. 5
Qty. 3
No
No
No
RKPSG1
125VDC
400W
Qty. 5
Qty. 3
Yes
No
No
RKPSG2*
125VDC
400W
Qty. 5
Qty. 1
Yes
Yes
Yes
RKPSG3*
125VDC
400W
Qty. 5
Qty. 1
No
Yes
Yes
LVPSG2*
24VDC
400W
Qty. 5
Qty. 1
No
Yes
Yes
LVPSG3*
24VDC
300W
Qty. 3
None
No
Yes
Yes
LVPSG4*
24VDC
300W
Qty. 3
None
Yes
Yes
Yes
*Newer design power supplies
With the exception of the number of remote 28 V outputs, the RKPSG2 and
LVPSG2 are designed to be direct replacements for the RKPSG1 and LVPSG1
respectively. These two supplies have been replaced with the newer designs (marked
with asterisk in the table above).
Operation
Newer supply designs also
have a status output that
mimics the status of the green
LED and an ID output that
uniquely identifies the supply
back to the system.
The VME Rack power supply has only one user control, the power switch, and three
status LED indicators. The power switch provides front control of the power supply
output voltages and when toggled serves as a fault reset. The yellow, red and green
LEDs indicate the status of the input power, fault presence and normal operation.
Power Switch:
The front panel power switch is a locking type that must be pulled out to change
position. This switch is a low voltage control to enable or disable the output
voltages. If the red LED is ON indicating a fault condition the power switch can be
toggled OFF and then back ON again to clear the fault. The fault will only be cleared
if the condition the caused it no longer exists.
Yellow LED:
When the power switch is OFF the yellow LED will indicate the status of the input
power. If this LED is ON there is power present on the supply input connector. For
the newer design, the yellow LED will only turn ON if the input voltage is above the
input under voltage fault threshold.
Red LED
This LED will only be ON if there is input power, the power switch is ON and a fault
has been detected.
Green LED/Status Output:
If there is input power, the power switch is ON, and there are no detectable faults,
the Green LED will be ON. The newer designs also have a status output that mimics
the status of this LED. The status output is a NO solid state relay contact that will be
CLOSED when the green LED is ON.
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 5
Fault Conditions
There are three classes of faults:
Those that transiently shutdown an output
Those that require some reset action to clear
Permanent failures that require the replacement of the supply.
This section describes the first two fault classes and assumes the cause of the fault is
external. For a detailed fault diagnostics, refer to the section, Diagnostics and
Troubleshooting.
When the external condition
causing the current limit
condition is corrected, the
output voltage will return to
normal.
If an overcurrent condition exists on an output, the voltage on that output will fold
back as required to maintain the constant current limit output. For every output
other than the 5 V supply, this condition is not detectable at the supply and the green
LED will remain ON. Detection of a low output voltage due to excessive output
current has to be detected at the system level through the power supply voltage
monitoring. The newer design also has an over temperature monitor of the output
modules and a current limit detector on the optional 335V supply. These additional
fault detectors may cause the red LED to come on when an output is in current limit
but the red LED will also go out when the output voltage returns to normal.
The 5 V current limit is a special case due to the 5 V undervoltage detector. If the
current limit causes the 5 V output voltage to fold back below the UV threshold, all
of the other outputs will be disabled until the 5 V output voltage returns to a voltage
above the UV threshold.
All of the other faults will shut down one or all of the outputs until the external cause
of the fault condition is removed and the supply is reset. A reset can be initiated
through the front panel power switch or by removing and reapplying input power to
the supply. Output overvoltage faults on the newer design require the removal of
input power for a minimum of one minute to reset the fault once the source of the
fault has been removed. Below is a power supply fault summary.
Input undervoltage
(Latched)
Input overvoltage
(Newer Design Only)
P5 output undervoltage
Output overvoltage
(Latched)
Over temperature
(Newer Design Only)
The following figure shows the power supply connections to the VME rack and the
distribution of the power supply outputs.
6 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
PS28 or PS28C Configuration:
Note: The power supply PS28 or PS28C may be

isolated from the I/O rack for external use. One plug,
two positions Normal (PL2), Isolation (PS3), for
selection; Plug is located on left side of rack (from the
front). P28A and P28B are for internal cabinet use only,
notto go outside of the cabinet.
Power Supply
PS335
PS28A
PS125 or
PS24
PSA
Ret
Ret
12
10
6
Ret
14
P28E
16
P28D
18
Ret
20
Ret
22
P28C
24
Ret
26
P28B
28
P28A
30
Ret
32
N28
N15
Ret
10
Ret
12
P15
14
N12
16
P12
Ret
Ret
Ret
Ret
18,22,26,30
Ret
PSB
24,28,32,20
*PS28 or
*PS28C
PS28B
Remote
28V
IS2020RKPSG1 - 3 or IS2020LVPSG1 - 4
P5
P5
P5
P5
To safety ground
Input power
VME Rack
P5
P28A
1
Fan
2
Power
PL1
P5
DCOM
DCOM
P12
P12
N12
PCOM
N12
s
1
2
3
4 PL2
1
*PS28C 2
"Isolation" 3
4
P15
P15
s
ACOM
21 Slot Only
*PS28C
"Normal"
ACOM
s
N15
N15
s
PL3
PL2
Test Pts
P15
N15
PL3
ACOM P28AA
P28BB
P28CC
P28DD
P28EE
PCOM
N28
DCOM
SCOM
P28B
P28A
P28C
P28D
P28E
PCOM
PCOM
N28
N28
SCOM
SCOM
J5
Ether IO
Slots 1 thru 5
Slots 6 thru 9
Slots 10 thru 13
Slots 14 thru 17
Slots 18 thru 21
SCOM
I/O 21 slot rack only
The symbol,
represents a "pi" suppression filter:

scom
Note: SCOM must be connected to ground via therack

mounting hardware, metal to metal conductivity, to the
mounting base and hence to ground.
VME I/O Rack Power Supply and Cables
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 7
Diagnostics
Incoming and outgoing voltages and currents are monitored for control and
protection purposes. If the red LED is ON, this is not a direct indication that the
power supply has failed and has to be replaced. The LED ON could indicate that
something is wrong in the system and the fault LED is latched on. The following is
a description of the power supply parameters that are monitored and the conditions
that can cause faults.
Input Undervoltage (below the minimum operating voltage)
If the supply power switch is
turned on in this condition
there will be no output
voltages.
The input voltage has to be above the undervoltage threshold or operation of the
supply will be inhibited. For the newer design this is indicated by no LEDs ON. The
red LED will come ON and remain on until the input voltage is above the
undervoltage threshold and the power switch is toggled. If an undervoltage fault
occurs during normal operation, the outputs will be disabled and the red LED will
come ON and remain ON until the input voltage is above the undervoltage threshold
and the power switch is toggled.
Input Overvoltage (newer design above maximum operating voltage)
The input voltage has to be

below the overvoltage
threshold or operation of the
supply will be inhibited and
the yellow LED will be ON.
If the supply power switch is turned on in this condition there, will be no output
voltages and the red LED will come ON and remain on until the input voltage is
below the overvoltage threshold and the power switch is toggled. If an overvoltage
fault occurs during normal operation, the outputs will be disabled and the red LED
will come ON and remain ON until the input voltage is below the over voltage
threshold and the power switch is toggled.
5 V Output Undervoltage (typically below 4.7 V)
The P5 output voltage has to be above the undervoltage threshold or operation of the
supply will be inhibited, all supply outputs will be turned off, and the red LED will
be ON. If an undervoltage fault occurs during normal operation, the outputs will be
disabled and the red LED will come ON and remain ON until the output voltage is
above the undervoltage threshold.
5 V Output Overvoltage (typically above 6 V)
The P5 output voltage has to be below the overvoltage threshold or operation of the
supply will be inhibited. All supply outputs will be latched OFF and the red LED
will be ON until the power switch is toggled. For the newer design, this fault must be
reset by removing input power to the supply (wait for one minute and re-apply input
power).
Output Overvoltage other than P5 (typically above 120%)
The output voltage has to be below the overvoltage threshold or operation of the
supply output that is above the threshold will be inhibited (latched OFF) until the
power switch is toggled. The red LED will be ON during this fault. For the newer
design, this fault must be reset by removing input power to the supply (wait for one
minute and re-apply input power).
Output Overtemperature (newer design typically above 100 degrees C)
The modules that supply the output voltage have to be operated below the
overtemperature threshold. A specific supply output module operated above the
threshold will be inhibited until the temperature is lowered below the threshold. The
red LED will be ON during this fault. An overtemperature of the 5 V module will
cause a 5 V undervoltage fault.
8 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
Troubleshooting
The supply has no field serviceable components. If a supply is found to be defective
it must be replaced. The power supply cover should not be removed in the field.
There are only two indications of a problem on the power supply itself. A problem is
indicated when there are no LEDs ON or the red LED is ON. Both conditions will be
annunciated on the newer designs through the status output.
No LEDs ON is a good indication of an input voltage problem or a defective supply.
If the red LED is ON, the cause could be any of the fault conditions listed above or a
defective supply. Below is a list of troubleshooting hints.
Note Overvoltage faults on the newer design must be reset by removing input
power to the supply, waiting for one minute, and re-applying input power.
No LEDs ON
Verify that the input connector and voltage to the supply are correct. If they are, then
replace the supply. Use caution when powering on the replacement supply because
the failure could have been caused by a problem in the system.
Red LED ON and system up
This condition indicates that the 5 V power is OK. Use the system diagnostics and or
testpoints on the left bottom of the control rack or at the supply connectors to find
the faulted outputs. Try and clear the fault with the input power or switch reset. If the
green LED comes ON, the fault was a transient one and may come back. If the red
LED is still ON, remove the connector supplying the faulted output and reset the
supply. If the red LED is still ON, then a defective supply is the most probable cause.
If the green LED comes ON, then the problem is most likely in the system.
Red LED ON and system down
This condition indicates that the 5 V power is not OK. In this case, all of the supply
outputs should be off. Try and reset the fault with the input power. If the green LED
comes on the fault was a transient one and may come back. If the red LED is still
ON, remove the PSA/PSB output connector at the top of the supply and reset the
supply. If the red LED is still ON, then a defective supply is the most probable cause.
If the green LED comes ON, then the problem is most likely in the system.
Green LED ON and system up but one or more of the voltages out of
specification
This condition indicates that the 5 V power is OK. Each supply output has a current
limit and short circuit protection. This condition could be caused by a short or failed
component in the system. Remove the connector supplying the failed output voltage.
If the voltage returns to normal this is an indication of a system problem. If the
voltage does not return to normal then the most probable cause is a defective supply.
Thermal overtemperature faults (new design only)
Even in the worst case ambient conditions, a thermal fault should not occur if the
outputs are not overloaded. A sustained current limit on a supply output will be the
most likely cause of a thermal fault.
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 9
Specifications
Power Supply Specifications
Item
Description
Input voltage
125 V
70 V to 145 V dc floating supply
input
18.5 V to 32 V dc floating supply
24 V input
Input
undervoltage
Up to 10 V pp ripple
Up to 2 V pp ripple
Undervoltage protection provided to prevent supply operation when the input voltage is
below the minimum operating level.
Input overvoltage* Overvoltage protection provided to prevent supply operation when the input voltage is
above the maximum operating level.
Isolation
True isolation from input to output, 1500 V
Output voltages
Output Voltage
Voltage
Voltage Regulation
For the RKPSG1

and LVPSG1
supplies
P5
P15
N15
P12
N12
P28
N28
P335
+5 V dc
+15 V dc
15 V dc
+12 V dc
12 V dc
+28 V dc
28 V dc
+335 V dc
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
5%
5%
5%
150 Watts
50 Watts
50 Watts
50 Watts
25 Watts
50 Watts
25 Watts
1.68 Watts
+5 V dc
+15.35 V dc
15.35 V dc
+12.3 V dc
12.3 V dc
+28 V dc
28 V dc
+335 V dc
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
Less than
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
5%
5%
5%
150 Watts
100 Watts
100 Watts
25 Watts
10 Watts
100 Watts
50 Watts
1.68 Watts
For the RKPSG2 3 and LVPSG2 - 4

supplies*
P5
P15
N15
Note: P5 on these P12
N12
supplies has
P28
remote voltage
N28
sensing.
P335
Capacity
Typical Over
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
110% to 120%
130% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
120% 5%
110% to 120%
Power
sequencing
The 5 V dc supply comes up first, then all the others
Total Output
Maximum of 400 Watts
Total output
LVPSG3 & 4 only*
Maximum of 300 Watts
Short circuit
Short circuit protection on all power supplies, with self-recovery.

circuit on the new design will cause a latched fault.
Temperature
Ambient air convection cooling 0 to 60 degree C
Indicating lights
Green: Normal
Red:
Fault
Yellow: Available
Status output*
NO SSR contact .5A @ 55V dc - Closed when the green indicating light is on
ID tag output*
Dallas DS2502 output. 2502 data = Week & year tested, unit number, part number and
revision
Note: A 5 V short
Status is OK
Power is applied, but one or more outputs off due to a fault.
Power is applied, but switch is OFF
*Only pertain to the newer design power supplies
10 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
Removal and Installation

The power supply is mounted to the right-hand side of the VME rack on a sheet
metal bracket. The dc input, 28 V dc output, and 335 V dc output connections are at
the bottom. The newer design also has a status connector on the bottom. Two
connectors, PSA and PSB, at the top of the assembly mate with a cable harness
carrying power to the VME rack.
Power cables to
VME chassis
4 slots - B
5 slots - A
4 slots - C
4 slots - D
4 slots - E
Fan
+/- 12 V
to fan, used
with controller
PSA
PSB
Power
Supply
Plug position
P28 normal
Plug position
P28 isolated
VME chassis,
21 slots for I/O
and control, or
for just I/O
J301
Power supply
Testpoints
GND
Rack Ethernet
ID plug
Cable from
PDM monitor
P28C power to external

peripheral device (move
plug from normal to
isolated position)
125
V dc
input
from
PDM
335 V dc
Power Supply, VME Chassis, and Cabling to External Devices
Each of the five 28 V dc power modules supplies a section of the VME rack. These
sections are labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The P28C output or PS28 at the bottom of
the power supply can be used to power an external peripheral device. To do this the
jumper plug shown on the bracket to the left of the rack must be moved from the
Normal position to the Isolated position below.
The fan is only used when the controller is mounted in the rack. It is powered from
the top connector on the same bracket, located on the left side of the rack.
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 11
To prevent electric shock, turn off power to the RPSM to be

replaced, then test to verify that no power exists on the
module before touching it or any connected circuits.
To prevent equipment damage, do not remove, insert, or

adjust any connections while power is applied to the
equipment.
To remove the power supply (see figures below)

1.
Loosen the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the supply.
2.
Separate the PSA/PSB bracket assembly from the supply.
3.
Disconnect the bottom connectors.
4.
Loosen the two sheet metal bracket captive fasteners.
5.
Pull the sheet metal bracket/power supply assembly forward and off of the
control rack.
6.
Remove the four mounting bolts that hold the power supply to the bracket and
remove the supply.
Note Reinstall the bolts and bracket on the control rack if a replacement supply is
not going to be installed.
To install the power supply (see figures below)
12 VME Power Supply
1.
Locate the supply mounting sheet metal bracket and four mounting bolts.
2.
Position the supply on the bracket heatsink up with the front of the supply at the
captive fasteners and install the four mounting bolts from the heatsink side.
3.
Slide the power supply bracket assembly on to the control rack and tighten the
two captive fasteners.
4.
Slide the PSA/PSB assembly rear tab into the slot on the bracket located athe top
rear of the power supply.
5.
Push the connector assemble into the mating connectors on the top of the supply.
6.
Tighten the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the supply.
7.
Connect the power supply bottom connectors.
GEI-100567
30
28
26
PSB
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
32
30
28
26
PSA
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
PIN32 -15V
PIN30 RET
PIN28 -28V
PIN26 RET
PIN24 28VA
PIN22 RET
PIN20 28VB
PIN18 RET
PIN16 28VC
PIN14 RET
PIN12 28VD
PIN10 RET
PIN8 28VE
PIN6 RET
PIN4 N/C
PIN2 N/C
32
PIN32 5V
PIN30 RET
PIN28 5V
PIN26 RET
PIN24 5V
PIN22 RET
PIN20 5V or (+SEN)
PIN18 RET or ( -SEN)
PIN16 +12V
PIN14 RET
PIN12 -12V
PIN10 RET
PIN8 +15V
PIN6 RET
PIN4 N/C
PIN2 N/C
Power Supply, Top Connectors
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 13
IS2020LVPSG1
and
IS2020RKPSG1
IS2020LVPSG2 - 4
and
IS2020RKPSG2 - 3
PS24
PS125 or PS24
PS125 or PS24
PS335
PS335
PS335
RETURN
GND
+335VDC
PS28C
PS28
+24VDC
CIRCUIT
NO.1
GND
RETURN
CIRCUIT
NO.1
RETURN
+125VDC
N/C
GND
CIRCUIT
NO.1
PS125
PSSTAT
1/4 X 20 STUD
WITH STAR WASHER
AND TWO (2)
JAM NUTS
IDSIG
NO.1
PSSTAT
PS28A
STAT1
NO.3
STAT2
NO.4
PS28B
IDGND
NO.2
RETURN
GND
+28VDC
CIRCUIT
NO.1
PS28 &
PS28A-C
Power Supply, Bottom Connectors
14 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
VME Rack Redundant Power Supply Module (RPSM)

To improve system reliability, the redundant power supply module (RPSM) module can
parallel ten output voltages from two independent power supplies. ORing diodes are
used to OR the outputs of one supply with the outputs from a second redundant
supply. Nine of the paralleling circuits have an additional current limit function. All
of the output circuits have an LED status indicator.
Refer to the table for suitable
power supplies for use with
RPSM.
The folllowing figure shows the power and signal flow for two paralleled power
supplies providing power for a Mark VI control rack. To provide redundancy, the
outputs of each supply are passed into the RPSM, ORed and the redundant voltages
are passed out the RPSM outputs. The RPSM module mounts on the side of the
control rack in place of the power supply. The two power supplies that feed the
RPSM are remotely mounted.
PSSTAT
Power
Supply
1
PSA
PSB
1PSSTAT
1PSA
PSA
1PSB
RPSM
MarkVI rack
connections
PSB
2PSA
2PSB
PSSTAT
PS28
PSA
Power
Supply
2
2PSSTAT
PSB
PSSTAT
Power Supply and RPSM Signal Flow
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 15
1
2
3
4
1PSSTAT
PSSTAT
RPSA
ID
1
4
2
5
3
6
1
2
3
4
2PSSTAT
1PSA
1
12
15
11
14
10
13
2PSA
1
12
15
11
14
10
13
P28V (B)
ECB
ECB
P28V (A)
100 W
+
P28V (C)
100 W
+
Ret
24
22
20
18
ECB
ECB
P28V (D)
100 W
Ret
+
16
14
P28V (E)
100 W
Ret
+
12
10
3
2
1
PS28
Ret
8
15
1, 2, 3
PSA
1PSA
1PSB
5
10
13
14
11
12
4, 5, 6
2PSA
2PSB
5
10
13
14
11
12
15
1, 2, 3
+s
ECB
N28V
50 W
Ret
26
ECB
28
PSA
N15V
100 W
Ret
30
ECB
32
Ret
8
N12V
10 W
Ret
10
4, 5, 6
-s
ECB
ECB
P15V
100 W
+
12
P12V
25 W
+
16
P5V
150 W
+
Ret
14
20,24,28,32
Ret
18,22,26,30
PSB
RPSM Block Diagram
16 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
Operation
Output Voltage ORing
The ten outputs of two supplies are ORed together using low forward drop Schottky
diodes. If an output of one of the supplies fails, the corresponding output on the
other supply will pick up the full load through the diode. It is not intended that the
two supplies equally share the load current, but if a short occurs on a RPSM output,
it is possible to supply twice the normal short circuit current to the load. To prevent
this, all of the outputs of the ORing diodes, with the exception of the 5 V, have an
additional current limit circuit.
These circuits will hold the

short circuit current to an
acceptable level.
Refer to the table for expected RPSM output voltages accounting for the voltage
losses introduced by passing the supply outputs through the ORing circuits. Due to
the wiring impedance between the supply outputs and the RPSM, the supplies will
tend to share the load. The sharing will reduce the diode and conductor losses so the
expected losses for normal operations will be less than with one supply faulted.
RPSM Voltage Outputs
Output
Voltage
Conditions
Min.
Typical
Max.
Units
+5 V
20 30 A
4.90
5.05
5.20
V dc
12 V
0.1 1.6 A
11.64
12.0
12.72
V dc
15 V
0.1 5.3 A
14.55
15.0
15.97
V dc
28 V
0.2 3.2 A
26.6
28.0
29.4
V dc
Current Limit ECB

No current limiting is
provided on the RPSM
module for the 5 V output.
Nine of the outputs have electronic circuit breakers (ECBs) to limit the short circuit
current. These circuit breakers are of the auto-reset type. Once the supplied output
current exceeds the overcurrent threshold the output will be turned OFF and the reset
timer started. Once the reset timer has expired the output will be turned back ON. If
the overcurrent condition still exists, the output will be turned OFF and the reset
timer started again. This cycle will continue until the short is removed. The output
will then return to normal operation.
RPSM Electronic Circuit Breaker Limits
Parameter
Min.
Reset Time
GEI-100567
Typical
Max.
500
Units
msec
12 OC Threshold
2.78
3.3
3.89
Amps
15 OC Threshold
8.30
10
11.70
Amps
28 OC Threshold
4.15
5.85
Amps
VME Power Supply 17
Indicator LEDs
A flashing LED indicates that
the output ECB is tripped.
All of the RPSM supply outputs have green status LEDs to indicate that power is
being supplied to the load. The LEDs are located on the front panel of the module.
For normal operations these LEDs will be ON solid. If the RPSM is not supplying
the correct power to the load, one or more of these LEDs are OFF or flashing.
LED Definitions
LED
Description
P5
P5 output voltage indicator
P12
N12
N12 output voltage indicator
P15
N15
N28
P28AB
P28A/B output voltage indicator
P28C
P28C output voltage indicator
P28D
P28D output voltage indicator
P28E
P28E output voltage indicator
Parallel Status/ID
Each status connector from the power supplies has a status and ID signal. The ID
signals from the two supplies are wired together along with the ID signal from the
RPSM and passed out through the PSSTAT connector. The ID signal output is a
single wire LAN line with three DALLAS 2502 ID ICs connected on it. The NO
SSR contact status signals from the both supplies are passed through the RPSM and
out the PSSTAT connector.
Power Supply 1 and 2 Status SSR NO Contacts
Parameter
Conditions
Min.
Typical
Max.
Units
V dc rating
55
V dc
V ac rating
55
V peak
Current rating
500
ON resistance
Isolation
18 VME Power Supply
mA
1.0
Input to output
1500
Ohm
V dc
GEI-100567
Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

There are no field serviceable components in the RPSM module. If one or more of
the green front panel LEDs are OFF, this is not a direct indication that the RPSM
module has failed and has to be replaced. An LED OFF could indicate that
something is wrong in the system and the fault is not due to the RPSM module.
Below is a list of fault indications and the possible causes.
All RPSM green LEDs OFF - This is an indication of a problem back at the power
supplies and not an RPSM failure.
One or more RPSM green LEDs OFF (but not all) - An RPSM LED OFF
condition is an indication that there is no output voltage due to a short in the control
rack or an RPSM failure.
5 V output problems - The 5 V output is unique from all of the other outputs. This
RPSM output does not have current limit protection and has remote voltage sensing
from the power supplies to the RPSM module. With a 5 V transient short or problem
in the system, the most likely failure mode will be a 5 V output overvoltage fault
back at the power supplies. Under high currents the losses will become high enough
to cause the voltage at the power supplies to exceed the overvoltage threshold. Refer
to the 5 V paragraph in the Power Supply section for details. Any time the RPSM P5
green LED is on, the RPSM 5 V output voltage is above 4.55 V.
Redundant power supply replacement - As long as one of the power supplies is
fully operational, the RPSM green LEDs will be ON and the correct power will be
supplied to the system. When one of the power supplies fails, replacement can be
postponed until it is convenient to do so. Before replacing the supply, refer to the
troubleshooting guidelines outlined in the Power Supply section to rule out a
transient fault that can be reset such as an input power undervoltage. If the supply is
found to be defective, follow removal and installation procedure outlined in the
Power Supply section.
Removal and Installation

The RPSM module is mounted to the right hand side of the VME rack on a sheet
metal bracket. The status and 28 V dc output connections are at the bottom. Two
connectors, PSA and PSB, at the top of the assembly mate with a cable harness
carrying power to the VME rack. The four 15-pin Mate-N-Lock connectors at the
back side of the module are the primary power feeds from the remotely mounted
power supplies.
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 19
Top View
PSA
PSB
Mounting
screw
Mounting
screw
1PSB
Captive
fastener
IS2020RPSM
13
2PSB
15
15
13
Status
LEDs
1
1PSA
1PSSTAT
PSSTAT
2PSSTAT
Mounting
screw
Captive
fastener
15
13
2PSA
15
13
PS28
Slide
mounting
plate
Mounting
screw
Side View
Control
rack
RPSM Module and VME Chassis
20 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
To prevent electric shock, turn off power to the RPSM to be

replaced, then test to verify that no power exists on the
module before touching it or any connected circuits.
To prevent equipment damage, do not remove, insert, or

adjust any connections while power is applied to the
equipment.
To remove the RPSM (see figures below)

1.
Loosen the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the module.
2.
Separate the PSA/PSB bracket assembly from the RPSM .
3.
Disconnect the bottom connectors.
4.
Loosen the two front sheet metal bracket captive fasteners.
5.
Pull the sheet metal bracket/power module assembly forward, disconnect the
four rear side connectors and then slide the assembly off of the control rack.
6.
Remove the four mounting screws that hold the RPSM to the bracket and
remove it.
Note Reinstall the screws and bracket on the control rack if a replacement module
is not going to be installed.
To reinstall the RPSM (see figures below)
GEI-100567
1.
Locate the supply mounting sheet metal bracket and four mounting screws.
2.
Position the module on the bracket with the front of the module at the captive
fasteners, then install the four mounting screws and tighten.
3.
Slide the module bracket assembly on to the control rack, connect the four rear
side connectors and then push the assembly in to tighten the two front captive
fasteners.
4.
Slide the PSA/PSB assembly rear tab into the slot on the bracket located at the
top rear of the RPSM.
5.
Push the connector assemble into the mating connectors on the top of the RPSM.
6.
Tighten the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener.
7.
Connect the bottom connectors to the RPSM.
VME Power Supply 21
30
28
26
PSB
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
32
30
28
26
PSA
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
PIN32 -15V
PIN30 RET
PIN28 -28V
PIN26 RET
PIN24 28VA
PIN22 RET
PIN20 28VB
PIN18 RET
PIN16 28VC
PIN14 RET
PIN12 28VD
PIN10 RET
PIN8 28VE
PIN6 RET
PIN4 N/C
PIN2 N/C
32
PIN32 5V
PIN30 5V RET
PIN28 5V
PIN26 5V RET
PIN24 5V
PIN22 5V RET
PIN20 5V
PIN18 5V RET
PIN16 +12V
PIN14 RET
PIN12 -12V
PIN10 RET
PIN8 +15V
PIN6 RET
PIN4 N/C
PIN2 N/C
RPSM Top Connectors
22 VME Power Supply
GEI-100567
1 & 2PSB
Pin
15
1PSB
13
15
2PSB
13
1
2
3
P5V1/2
P5V1/2
P5V1/2
4
5
6
7
P5RTN
P5RTN
P5RTN
NC
8
9
10
P5SENP
P5SENN
P15V1/2
11
12
13
N12
P12V1/2
P15RTN
14
15
N12RTN1/2
P12RTN
1 & 2PSA
1PSA
15
2PSA
13
15
13
Pin
1
2
3
P28AB1/2
N28
N15
4
5
6
AB28RTN
N28RTN1/2
N15RTN1/2
7
8
9
10
NC
P28AB1/2
AB28RTN
P28E1/2
11
12
13
P28D1/2
P28C1/2
E28RTN
14
15
D28RTN
C28RTN
RPSM Back Side Connectors
GEI-100567
VME Power Supply 23
P28E
CHASS
E28RTN
PS28
PS28
Pin
1
2
PSSTAT
1
4
2
5
3
6
IDSIG
IDGND
1STAT1
1STAT2
2STAT1
2STAT2
3
6
PSSTAT
Pin
1PSSTAT 2PSSTAT
1
2
1 2
3
3 4
4
2PSSTAT
Pin
1
2
3
IDSIG
IDGND
2STAT1
2STAT2
1PSSTAT
Pin
1
2
3
IDSIG
IDGND
1STAT1
1STAT2
RPSM Bottom Connectors
g
+1 540 387 7000
24 VME Power Supply
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100567
GEI-100568
Power Conditioning Boards

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Functional Description ...........................................................................................................2
TTPWH1B..................................................................................................................................4
Installation ................................................................................................................................5
TTPWH1A..................................................................................................................................6
TTPWH1A Application DiagramInstallation......................................................................7
Large steam turbines use 24 V dc electrical trip solenoid valves (ETSV) board.
Power for these valves is provided to the TRPL and TREL trip boards by a power
transition board TTPW. Wiring from the rack power supplies, through TTPW, to the
trip board is shown in the following figure.
2 Power Conditioning Boards
GEI-100568
<R>
VME rack
Single ETSV Applications:
Power
supply
PL2
PS28C PL3
"Isolation"
PS28C
<S>
VME rack
Power
supply
PL2
PS28C
"Isolation"
T
T
P
W
P1
P2
PL3
PS28C
P3
JA1 PwrA JP1
T
B
A
I
Discret
ewiring
<T>
VME rack
Power
supply
ETSV
T
R
E
L
Monitoring
PL2
PS28C
"Isolation"
T
R
P
L
PL3
PS28C
Double ETSV Applications:

<R>
VME rack
Power
supply
P1
PL2
PS28C
"Isolation"
PL3
T
T
P
W
PS28C
PS28C
"Isolation"
JP2
P2
PL3
PS28C
<T>
VME rack
JP1
Monitoring
Power
supply
PL2
PwrA
T
B
A
I
<S>
VME rack
JA1
Power
supply
T
T
P
W
T
R
P
L
JA1 PwrB
T
B
A
I
ETSV1
ETSV2
T
R
E
L
Monitoring
PL2
PS28C PL3
"Isolation"
PS28C
TTPW Wiring to the ETSV
GEI-100568
Power Conditioning Boards 3
TTPWH1B
The turbine ETSV is a 24 V dc device with a 24 watt, 2022 ohm coil. Power is
supplied from the three I/O rack supplies to TTPWG1B, where the three 28 V
supplies are diode ORed to produce a single 28 V dc output. The primary output is 0
2 A (total), 22 30 V dc, and there are four secondary outputs of 0.25 A each.
P1
TTPWG1B
Power Supply Monitoring
P2
Sig
Gnd
PCOM
(screw compatible to TBAI)

PCOM
P3
PCOM
100k
3
4
10k
P28R
P28S
SCOM
P28R
Sig
Gnd
7
8
P28S
Sig
Gnd
11
12
P28T
Sig
Gnd
15
16
P28V
Sig
Gnd
19
20
P28T
100k
10k
100k
SCOM
10k
SCOM
100k
P28V
10k
100k
SCOM
10k
SCOM
Bus voltage
centering bridge
1k
1k
Peripheral Power Outputs

SCOM
22 - 30 V dc, 2.0 A total
2.0 A
(total)
P28V1 (-)
(+)
25
26
P28V2 (+)
27
28
(-)
To TRPL
P28V3
0.25 A
outputs
(each)
(+)
(-)
2
JA1
31
32
33
34
(+)
35
36
(+)
(-)
37
38
P28V5 (-)
P28V6
SCOM
P28V4 (+)
(-)
P28V
PCOM
PCOM
TTPWG1B Board Showing Outputs and Monitoring
GEI-100568
Installation
Three 28 V dc supplies are wired from I/O racks R, S, and T to plugs P1, P2, and P3.
The primary 28 V dc output comes from plug JA1 and is wired to the trip board
TRPL. The power monitoring signals are wired to the top terminal block (TB1) and
go to an analog input board. The secondary voltage outputs are wired to the lower
terminal block (TB2) as shown in the following figure.
Power Conditioning Board TTPWG1B

28 V power from
racks R, S, T
x
x
PCOM (Gnd)
x
x
P28R (Gnd)
x
x
P28S (Gnd)
x
x
P28T (Gnd)
x
x
P28V (Gnd)
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
P1
(R)
PCOM (Sig)
P28R (Sig)
P28S (Sig)
P28T (Sig)
Monitoring
signals to
TBAI board
P28R
PCOM
P2
(S)
P28S
PCOM
P3
(T)
P28T
PCOM
P28V (Sig)
28 V power to
TRPL trip board
P28V1 (Neg)
P28V2 (Neg)
x
x
x
P28V3 (Neg)
P28V4 (Neg)
P28V5 (Neg)
P28V6 (Neg)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
JA1
(P28V)
P28V1 (Pos)
P28V2 (Pos)
P28V3
P28V4
P28V5
P28V6
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
P28V
PCOM
Power
outputs
TTPWG1B Board with Wiring and Cabling
GEI-100568
TTPWH1A
The TTPWH1A power conditioning board provides branch circuit protection and
distribution between one or more Mark VI rack mounted +28 V dc power supplies
and discrete wiring to peripheral devices. The H1A has three 2-pin inputs for +28 V
dc from the Mark VI power supply. It provides diode OR selection between the three
inputs to power the +28 V dc outputs. Outputs are rated 22 30 V dc, 0 0.25 A
individually and capable of parallel operation. There is high frequency isolation
between the inputs and the outputs and the voltage drop is less than +4 V dc when
delivering rated current.
Typical applications power the H1A from the P28C output of the VME rack power
supply. When this is done, the isolation jumper on the rack is placed in the isolated
position removing all connections between the P28C output and the rack. The
TTPWH1A then provides a resistive bridge to ground to center the power circuit
with respect to ground. Voltage feedback monitoring signals are provided using
0.1% resistors allowing monitoring of three input voltages, output voltage, and
voltage between PCOM and SCOM.
The TTPWH1A internal

signal paths are shown in the
following figure. Nine current
limited 0.25 A outputs are
provided and may be
paralleled for higher current
applications.
The +28 V dc power source should have an isolated common (return), especially if
the load is external to the cabinet and is grounded. Wiring from the rack power
supplies through TTPWH1A to the trip board is shown in the following figure.
<R>
VME rack
Power
supply
PL2
PS28C PL3
"Isolation"
PS28C
<S>
VME rack
Power
supply
PL2
PS28C
"Isolation"
TB2
P1
P2
PL3
PS28C
P3
TB1
Discret
ewiring
<T>
VME rack
Power
supply
Nine 0.25 A
outputs
T
T
P
W
T
B
A
I
Monitoring
PL2
PS28C
"Isolation"
PL3
PS28C
TTPWH1A Application Diagram
GEI-100568
Installation
Three 28 V dc supplies are wired from I/O racks R, S, and T to plugs P1, P2, and P3.
The power monitoring signals are wired to the top terminal block (TB1) and go to an
analog input board. The secondary voltage outputs are wired to the lower terminal
block (TB2) as shown in the following figure.
P2
P1
P3
2
TTPWH1A
Power Supply
Monitorin g
PCOM
PCOM
100k
10k
PCOM
P28R
P28S
SCOM
P28R
7
8
10k
SCOM
11
P28S
12
100k
SCOM
10k
16
SCOM
19
P28V
100k
10k
15
P28T
P28T
100k
Bus voltage
centering
bridge
100k
20
10k
SCOM
1k
1k
SCOM
Peripherial
power
22 - 30 V dc
0.25 A each
P28V
25
26
SCOM
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
PCOM
42
GEI-100568
k
inal B
Term
3
TTPWH1A Board Block Diagram
Power Conditioning Board TTPWH1A

28 V power from
racks R, S, T
x
x
PCOM (Gnd)
x
x
P28R (Gnd)
x
x
P28S (Gnd)
x
x
P28T (Gnd)
x
x
P28V (Gnd)
x
x
x
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
P1
(R)
PCOM (Sig)
P28R (Sig)
P28S (Sig)
P28T (Sig)
Monitoring
signals to
TBAI board
P28V (Sig)
P28R
PCOM
P2
(S)
P28S
PCOM
P3
(T)
P28T
PCOM
P28V1 (Neg)
P28V2 (Neg)
P28V3 (Neg)
P28V4 (Neg)
P28V5 (Neg)
P28V6 (Neg)
P28V7 (Neg)
P28V8 (Neg)
P28V9 (Neg)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
P28V1
P28V2
P28V3
P28V4
P28V5
P28V6
P28V7
P28V8
P28V9
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
(Pos)
Power
outputs
TTPWH1A Wiring and Cabling Diagram
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100568
GEI-100569
Power Distribution Module (PDM)

Post Sales Service
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
Phone:
Fax:
+ 1 540 387 8606 (All)
the USA)
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Section
Page
Functional Description ...........................................................................................................2
Operation...................................................................................................................................3
Diagnostic Monitoring............................................................................................................5
Control Cabinet PDM..............................................................................................................5
Interface Cabinet PDM Installation .....................................................................................7
Fuses in Interface and Control Cabinet PDM.....................................................................8
Ground Reference Jumper ......................................................................................................8
The Power Distribution Module (PDM) provides 125 V dc and 115 V ac (or 230 V
ac) to the Mark VI system for all racks and terminal boards. There is a second
version of the PDM for the control cabinet in those systems using remote I/O
cabinets.
Diagnostics to
VCMI through J301
in <R> rack
Power cables to
interface modules
125 V dc, 115/230 V ac
DIN-rail
termination
board
Output power
connectors
Power Distribution Module

(for interface modules)
TB2
TB1
Input
terminals
TB3
JTX1
115 V
Cable to
transformer
inside ac/dc
converter
AC/DC
Converter
JTX2
230 V
Power
filters
Filtered dc
and ac power
to PDM
Cable to
PDM JZ2
or JZ3
JZ
TB1
One or two converters
Customer's power
cables, 125 V dc
and 115/230 V ac
TB2
Power Distribution Module, Ac to Dc Converter, and Diagnostic Cabling
2 Power Distribution Module (PDM)
GEI-100569
Operation
The customer's 125 V dc and 115/230 V ac power is brought into the PDM through
power filters. The ac power is cabled out to one or two ac/dc converters which
produce 125 V dc. This dc voltage is then cabled back into the PDM and diode
coupled to the main dc power, forming a redundant power source. This power is
distributed to the VME racks and terminal boards.
Either 115 V ac or 230 V ac can be handled by the ac/dc converters. The transformer
cable must be plugged into either JTX1 for 115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V ac
operation.
Diagnostic information is collected in the PDM and wired out to a DIN rail mounted
terminal board. A cable then runs to the VCMI in rack <R> through J301.
Ac feeders, J17-20, are fused and cabled out to the relay terminal boards. 125 V dc
feeders are fused and cabled to the interface (I/O) cabinets, protection modules,
TRPG, TREG, and TRLY. To ensure a noise free supply to the boards, the PDM is
supplied through a control power filter (CPF) which suppresses EMI noise. The CPF
rack holds either two or three Corcom 30 A filter modules as shown in the following
figure.
Power to the contact inputs first passes through resistors R3 and R4, through TB2,
before being fused and cabled to the TBCI boards. Contact inputs operate with 125 V
dc excitation.
GEI-100569
Power Distribution Module (PDM) 3
Ac 1
115/230 V ac
125 V dc
+ P125
- N125
TB2
5
TB1
ACF1
6
4 1
DCF1
TB1
Ac 2
115/230 V ac
ACF2
4
3
4
Power filter board
10
11
12
Chassis
Chassis
DS2020PDMAG6
DS200TCPD
DCHI
DCLO
AC1H
FU29
AC1N
AC2H
AC2N
FU30
JZ4
For bus
monitoring
TB3
1
P125S
(+1.82V)
FU32
BJS
P125 VR
JZ3 DACA#2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N125 S
(-1.82V)
ACSHI
JZ2 DACA#1
332k
Chassis
FU31
JZ5
P125V
FU1/FU2
332k
125 V dc
to TREG,
JH1,
Contact
inputs
+
1
10
9
6
TB2
SW1
P125 VR 4
N125 VR 7
FU19/FU20
J8D
FU34/FU35
SW6
FU38/FU39
SW8
J7A
1 J7W
2
FU21/FU22
3
2
+ P125 V
FU27
3.2 A
R6, 50 ohm,* 70 W
Diagnostic info
*Note: Field configurable
P125 V
N125 V
J12A
J12B
J12C
FU25/FU26
FU28
3.2
A
R5, 50 ohm,* 70 W
Door
J7X
J7Y
J7Z
11
12
Door
11 10
Dc feeders
J1R
[J2R
J1S
[J2S J1T
[
J1C J2T R1
R2
J1D
22
22
ohm ohm
J8A
70
70
J8B
W
W
J8C
FU9/FU10 SW5
JZ1
R3
R4
22
22
ohm ohm
70 W 70 W
J20
TB3 12
10k
J19
FU13/FU14
J18
10k
N125 VR
Ac feeders
J17
3
2
1
1
2
3
J15
J16
JPD
Distribution Module for I/O Cabinet
GEI-100569
Diagnostic Monitoring
As shown in the following figure, the 125 V dc is reduced by a resistance divider
network to signal level for monitoring. Other items monitored include the fuses in
the feeders to the relay output boards. In the interface cabinet this diagnostic data is
monitored by the VCMI; in the control cabinet it is cabled to the VDSK board and
then to the VCMI.
DS2020PDMAGx
P125 VR
N125 VR
Din Rail Transition

Termination Board
TB3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
332k
10k
P125S (+1.82V)
Chassis
+ 28 Analog In 1
29 P125_Grd
27 Analog In 2
+ 26 N125_Grd
10k
332k
37-pin
connector
N125 S (-1.82V)
+7
8
+5
6
Analog In 4
Spare02
10 P5V
JPD
37-wire cable
Analog In 3
Spare01
DCOM
One to one
compatability
between
screw (TB)
and 37-pin
connector
numbers
Connect to VCMI
via J301, in <Rx>
I/O rack
35 DIN1, Logic_In_1
P5V
7
DCOM
8
BAT
1
AC1
2
AC2
3
Spare
4
J19 Fuse31
5
J20 Fuse32
6
J17 Fuse29
9
34 DIN2, Logic_In_2
33 DIN3, Logic_In_3
32 DIN4, Logic_In_4
31 DIN5, Logic_In_5
30 DIN6, Logic_In_6
16 DIN7, Logic_In_7
PDM Diagnostic Monitoring
Control Cabinet PDM

Power requirements for the control cabinet are less than for the interface cabinet. The
PDM has the same layout but different fuse ratings, since only the control racks and
relay output boards require power. For additional noise filtering for the controllers,
Corcom power filters are included with the PDM.
GEI-100569
Ac1
115/230
V ac
125 V dc
+P125 - N125
AC1H
TB1
AC1N
AC2H
To safety
ground
Ac2
115/230
V ac
IS2020CCPD
AC2N
Chassis
MOV suppression
In+
Gnd
In- In+
Gnd
In-
DCF1
ACF1
120/250 V, 30 Amp
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out+
DCHI
Out-
In+
AC1H
DCLO
In-
ACF2
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out-
Out+
Gnd
Out+
AC1N
AC2H
Power filters
Out-
DS200TCPD
FU29
AC2N
FU30
JZ4
P125V
FU31
JZ5
FU32
BJS
Ac feeders to
TRLY boards
J17
J18
J19
J20
DACA#1
ACSHI
DACA#2
JZ2
JZ3
SW1
FU1/FU2
FU3/FU4
FU5/FU6
J1R
J1S
J1T
SW2
SW3
Dc feeders to
controller racks
<R0>,<S0>,<T0>
DIN-rail transition terminal board
P125 V
TB2
P125S (+1.82V)
1
2
332k
6
7
8
N125 V
N125 S
(-1.82V)
10k
10k
Chassis
332k
26 N125_Grd
+ 7 Analog In 3
8
P5V
DCOM
BAT
AC1
AC2
Spare
J19 Fuse31
J20 Fuse32
J17 Fuse29
Spare 01
+ 5 Analog In 4 One to one

6
Spare 02
10 P5V
9
Diagnostic information
37- pin
connector
29 P125_Grd
+ 27 Analog In 2
3
4
5
+ 28 Analog In 1
DCOM
compatability
between screw
(TB) and 37-pin
connector
numbers.
JPD
35 DIN1, Logic_In_1
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
34 DIN2, Logic_In_2
33
Cable to VCMI
via VDSK on
front of <R0>
control rack.
DIN3, Logic_In_3
32 DIN4, Logic_In_4
31 DIN5, Logic_In_5
30 DIN6, Logic_In_6
16 DIN7, Logic_In_7
PDM for Controller Cabinet
GEI-100569
Interface Cabinet PDM Installation

The cabling, wiring connections, and fuse locations for the PDM in the interface
cabinet are shown in the following figure.
JZ1
Ground reference
jumper BJS
Note : When connecting ac power

to the power distribution (TB1),
that JTX connector on both ac
verify
source selectors (see Ac/dc
converter) are plugged into JTX1 for
115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V ac.
PDM
Cable Destination
JPD
JZ2
JZ3
JZ1
Diagnostic term. brd.

Ac/dc convert #1
Ac/dc convert #2
Cable to door resis.
J1R
J2R
J1S
J2S
J1T
J2T
<R> power supply

<R> power supply
<S> power supply
<S> power supply
<T> power supply
<T> power supply
J1C
J1D
Spare
Spare
J7X
J7Y
J7Z
<X> power supply

<Y> power supply
<Z> power supply
J7A
J7W
TRPG#1
TREG
J8A
J8B
J8C
J8D
TRLY
TRLY
TRLY
TRLY
J12A
J12B
J12C
TBCI
TBCI
TBCI
J15
J16
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
J17
J18
J19
J20
TRLY
TRLY
TRLY
TRLY
125 V dc supply
120 V ac supply
Auxiliary 120
V ac supply
Interface Cabinet PDM Circuit Board
GEI-100569
Fuses in Interface and Control Cabinet PDM

Values of the fuses for the PDM interface cabinet are shown in the following table.
Interface Cabinet PDM Fuse Ratings
PDM Fuse* No.
J Connector
Current
Rating
Voltage
Rating
Vendor Catalog No.
FU1FU6
J1R, S, T
15 Amps
125 V
Bussman GMA-15A
FU7FU10
J1C, D
5 Amps
125 V
Bussman GMA-5A
FU13FU20
J8A, B, C, D
15 Amps
125 V
Bussman GMA-15A
FU21FU26**
J12A, B, C
1.5 Amps
250 V
Bussman GMC-1.5A
FU27FU28***
J15, 16
3.2 Amps
250 V
Bussman MDL-3.2A
FU29
J17
15 Amps
250 V
Bussman ABC-15A
FU30
J18
5 Amps
250 V
Bussman ABC-5A
FU31FU32
J19, 20
15 Amps
250 V
Bussman ABC-15A
FU34FU39
J7X, Y, Z
5 Amps
125 V
Bussman GMA-5A
*All fuses are ferrule type 5 mm x 20 mm, except for FU27-FU32 which are 0.25" x 1.25 ".
**The short circuit rating for FU21-FU26 is 100 Amps
***The short circuit rating for FU27-FU28 is 70 Amps
The PDM in the control cabinet (IS2020CCPD) does not supply power to any
terminal boards except the TRLY boards. Values for the fuses in the control cabinet
PDM are similar to those in the I/O cabinet PDM, except the rating for fuses
FU1FU6 is 5 Amps instead of 15 Amps.
Ground Reference Jumper

Jumper BJS is supplied for isolation of ground reference on systems with an external
ground reference. The ground reference bridge across the 125 V dc power has two
resistances, one on each side, and BJS connects the center to ground.
Note When more than one PDM is supplied from a common 125 V dc source,
remove all the BJS connections except one.
g
+1 540 387 7000
1501 Roanoke Blvd.
GEI-100569
Glossary of Terms
application code
Software that controls the machines or processes, specific to the application.
ARCNET
Attached Resource Computer Network. A LAN communications protocol developed
by Datapoint Corporation. The physical (coax and chip) and datalink (token ring and
board interface) layer of a 2.5 MHz communication network which serves as the
basis for DLAN+. See DLAN+.
attributes
Information, such as location, visibility, and type of data that sets something apart
from others. In signals, an attribute can be a field within a record.
Balance of Plant (BOP)

Plant equipment other than the turbine that needs to be controlled.
baud
A unit of data transmission. Baud rate is the number of bits per second transmitted.
Bently Nevada
A manufacturer of shaft vibration monitoring equipment.
BIOS
Basic input/output system. Performs the controller boot-up, which includes hardware
self-tests and the file system loader. The BIOS is stored in EEPROM and is not
loaded from the toolbox.
bit
Binary Digit. The smallest unit of memory used to store only one piece of
information with two states, such as One/Zero or On/Off. Data requiring more than
two states, such as numerical values 000 to 999, requires multiple bits (see Word).
Glossary of Terms G-1
block
Instruction blocks contain basic control functions, which are connected together
during configuration to form the required machine or process control. Blocks can
perform math computations, sequencing, or continuous control. The toolbox receives
a description of the blocks from the block libraries.
board
Printed wiring board.
Boolean
Digital statement that expresses a condition that is either True or False. In the
toolbox, it is a data type for logical signals.
bus
An electrical path for transmitting and receiving data.
byte
A group of binary digits (bits); a measure of data flow when bytes per second.
CIMPLICITY
Operator interface software configurable for a wide variety of control applications.
COI
Computer Operator Interface that consists of a set of product and application specific
operator displays running on a small panel pc hosting Embedded Windows NT.
COM port
Serial controller communication ports (two). COM1 is reserved for diagnostic
information and the Serial Loader. COM2 is used for I/O communication
configure
To select specific options, either by setting the location of hardware jumpers or
loading software parameters into memory.
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check, used to detect errors in Ethernet and other transmissions.
CT
Current Transformer, used to measure current in an ac power cable.
data server
A PC which gathers control data from input networks and makes the data available
to PCs on output networks.
DCS (Distributed Control System)

Control system, usually applied to control of boilers and other process equipment.
G-2 Glossary of Terms
DDPT
IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board that is used in
conjunction with the IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used to
monitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.
dead band
A range of values in which the incoming signal can be altered without changing the
output response.
device
A configurable component of a process control system.
DIN-rail
European standard mounting rail for electronic modules.
DLAN+
GE Industrial System's LAN protocol, using an ARCNET controller chip with
modified ARCNET drivers. A communications link between exciters, drives, and
controllers, featuring a maximum of 255 drops with transmissions at 2.5 MBPS.
DRAM
Dynamic Random Access Memory, used in microprocessor-based equipment.
EGD
Ethernet Global Data is a control network and protocol for the controller. Devices
share data through EGD exchanges (pages).
EMI
Electro-magnetic interference; this can affect an electronic control system
Ethernet
LAN with a 10/100 M baud collision avoidance/collision detection system used to
link one or more computers together. Basis for TCP/IP and I/O services layers that
conform to the IEEE 802.3 standard, developed by Xerox, Digital, and Intel.
EVA
Early valve actuation, to protect against loss of synchronization.
event
A property of Status_S signals that causes a task to execute when the value of the
signal changes.
EX2000 (Exciter)
GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control the
generator output voltage.
EX2100 (Exciter)
Latest version of GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current
to control the generator output voltage.
fanned input
An input to the termination board which is connected to all three TMR I/O boards.
fault code
A message from the controller to the HMI indicating a controller warning or failure.
firmware
The set of executable software that is stored in memory chips that hold their content
without electrical power, such as EEPROM.
flash
A non-volatile programmable memory device.
forcing
Setting a live signal to a particular value, regardless of the value blockware or I/O is
writing to that signal.
frame rate
Basic scheduling period of the controller encompassing one complete
input-compute-output cycle for the controller. It is the system dependent scan rate.
function
The highest level of the blockware hierarchy, and the entity that corresponds to a
single .tre file.
gateway
A device that connects two dissimilar LAN or connects a LAN to a wide-area
network (WAN), pc, or a mainframe. A gateway can perform protocol and
bandwidth conversion.
Graphic Window
A subsystem of the toolbox for viewing and setting the value of live signals.
health
A term that defines whether a signal is functioning as expected.
heartbeat
A signal emitted at regular intervals by software to demonstrate that it is still active.
hexadecimal (hex)
Base 16 numbering system using the digits 0-9 and letters A-F to represent the
decimal numbers 0-15. Two hex digits represent 1 byte.
HMI
Human Machine Interface, usually a PC running CIMPLICITY software.
HRSG
Heat Recovery Steam Generator using exhaust from a gas turbine.
ICS
Integrated Control System. ICS combines various power plant controls into a single
system.
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. A United States-based society that
develops standards.
initialize
To set values (addresses, counters, registers, and such) to a beginning value prior to
the rest of processing.
Innovation Series Controller

A process and logic controller used for several types of GE industrial control
systems.
I/O
Input/output interfaces that allow the flow of data into and out of a device
I/O drivers
Interface the controller with input/output devices, such as sensors, solenoid valves,
and drives, using a choice of communication networks.
I/O mapping
Method for moving I/O points from one network type to another without needing an
interposing application task.
IONet
The Mark VI I/O Ethernet communication network (controlled by the VCMIs)
insert
Adding an item either below or next to another item in a configuration, as it is
viewed in the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox.
instance
Update an item with a new definition.
item
A line of the hierarchy of the Outline view of the toolbox, which can be inserted,
configured, and edited (such as Function or System Data)
IP Address
The address assigned to a device on an Ethernet communication network.
LCI Static Starter

This runs the generator as a motor to bring a gas turbine up to starting speed.
logical
A statement of a true sense, such as a Boolean
macro
A group of instruction blocks (and other macros) used to perform part of an
application program. Macros can be saved and reused.
Mark VI Turbine controller

A version of the Innovation Series controller hosted in one or more VME racks that
perform turbine-specific speed control, logic, and sequencing.
median
The middle value of three values; the median selector picks the value most likely to
be closest to correct.
Modbus
A serial communication protocol developed by Modicon for use between PLCs and
other computers.
module
A collection of tasks that have a defined scheduling period in the controller.
MTBFO
Mean Time Between Forced Outage, a measure of overall system reliability.
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association; a U.S. standards organization.
non-volatile
The memory specially designed to store information even when the power is off.
online
Online mode provides full CPU communications, allowing data to be both read and
written. It is the state of the toolbox when it is communicating with the system for
which it holds the configuration. Also, a download mode where the device is not
stopped and then restarted.
pcode
A binary set of records created by the toolbox, which contain the controller
application configuration code for a device. Pcode is stored in RAM and flash
memory.
period
The time between execution scans for a module or task - also a property of a mo dule
that is the base period of all of the tasks in the module
pin
Block, macro, or module parameter that creates a signal used to make
interconnections.
Plant Data Highway (PDH)

Ethernet communication network between the HMI Servers and the HMI Viewers
and workstations
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller. Designed for discrete (logic) control of machinery.
It also computes math (analog) function and performs regulatory control.
PLU
Power load unbalance, detects a load rejection condition which can cause overspeed.
Power Distribution Module (PDM )

The PDM distributes 125 V dc and 115 V ac to the VME racks and I/O termination
boards.
PROFIBUS
An open fieldbus communication standard defined in international standard EN 50
170 and is supported in Simplex Mark VI systems.
Proximitor
Bently Nevada's proximity probes used for sensing shaft vibration.
PT
Potential Transformer, used for measuring voltage in a power cable.
QNX
A real time operating system used in the controller.
realtime
Immediate response, referring to process control and embedded control systems that
must respond instantly to changing conditions.
reboot
To restart the controller or toolbox.
RFI
Radio Frequency Interference is high frequency electromagnetic energy which can
affect the system.
register page
A form of shared memory that is updated over a network - register pages can be
created and instanced in the controller and posted to the SDB
resources
Also known as groups. Resources are systems (devices, machines, or work stations
where work is performed) or areas where several tasks are carried out. Resource
configuration plays an important role in the CIMPLICITY system by routing alarms
to specific users and filtering the data users receive.
RPSM
IS2020RPSM Redundant Power Supply Module for VME racks that mounts on the
side of the control rack instead of the power supply. The two power supplies that
feed the RPSM are mounted remotely.
RTD
Resistance Temperature Device used for measuring temperature.
runtime
See product code.
runtime errors
Controller problems indicated on the front panel by coded flashing LEDS, and also
in the Log View of the toolbox.
sampling rate
The rate at which process signal samples are obtained, measured in samples/second.
Serial Loader
Connects the controller to the toolbox PC using the RS-232C COM ports. The Serial
Loader initializes the controller flash file system and sets its TCP/IP address to allow
it to communicate with the toolbox over Ethernet.
Server
A pc which gathers data over Ethernet from plant devices, and makes the data
available to PC-based operator interfaces known as viewers.
SIFT
Software Implemented Fault Tolerance, a technique for voting the three incoming
I/O data sets to find and inhibit errors. Note that Mark VI also uses output hardware
voting.
signal
The basic unit for variable information in the controller.
Simplex
Operation that requires only one set of control and I/O, and generally uses only one
channel. The entire Mark VI control system can operate in Simplex mode, or
individual VME boards in an otherwise TMR system can operate in Simplex mode.
stall detection
Detection of stall condition in a gas turbine compressor.
SOE
Sequence of Events, a high-speed record of contact closures taken during a plant
upset to allow detailed analysis of the event.
Static Starter
See LCI.
symbols
Created by the toolbox and stored in the controller, the symbol table contains signal
names and descriptions for diagnostic messages.
task
A group of blocks and macros scheduled for execution by the user.
TBAI
Analog input termination board, interfaces with VAIC.
TBAO
Analog output termination board, interfaces with VAOC.
TBCC
Thermocouple input termination board, interfaces with VTCC.
TBCI
Contact input termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TCP/IP
Communications protocols developed to inter-network dissimilar systems. It is a
de facto UNIX standard, but is supported on almost all systems. TCP controls data
transfer and IP provides the routing for functions, such as file transfer and e-mail.
TGEN
Generator termination board, interfaces with VGEN.
TMR
Triple Modular Redundancy. An operation that uses three identical sets of control
and I/O (channels R, S, and T) and votes the results.
toolbox
A Windows-based software package used to configure the Mark VI controllers, also
exciters and drives.
TPRO
Turbine protection termination board, interfaces with VPRO.
TPYR
Pyrometer termination board for blade temperature measurement, interfaces with
VPYR.
TREG
Turbine emergency trip termination board, interfaces with VPRO.
trend
A time-based plot to show the history of values, similar to a recorder, available in the
Historian and the toolbox.
TRLY
Relay output termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TRPG
Primary trip termination board, interfaces with VTUR.
TRTD
RTD input termination board, interfaces with VRTD.
TSVO
Servo termination board, interfaces with VSVO.
TTUR
Turbine termination board, interfaces with VTUR.
TVIB
Vibration termination board, interfaces with VVIB.
UCVB
A version of the Mark VI controller.
Unit Data Highway (UDH)

Connects the Mark VI controllers, LCI, EX2000, PLCs, and other GE provided
equipment to the HMI Servers.
validate
Makes certain that toolbox items or devices do not contain errors, and verifies that
the configuration is ready to be built into pcode.
VAMA
IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used in conjunction with the
IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board to monitor acoustic or
pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.
VCMI
The Mark VI VME communication board which links the I/O with the controllers.
VME board
All the Mark VI boards are hosted in Versa Module Eurocard (VME) racks.
VPRO
Mark VI Turbine Protection Module, arranged in a self contained TMR subsystem.
Windows NT
Advanced 32-bit operating system from Microsoft for 386-based PCs and above.
word
A unit of information composed of characters, bits, or bytes, that is treated as an
entity and can be stored in one location. Also, a measurement of memory length,
usually 4, 8, or 16-bits long.
Notes
*(,QGXVWULDO6\VWHPV
*HQHUDO(OHFWULF&RPSDQ\

5RDQRNH%OYG
ZZZ*(LQGXVWULDOFRP
6DOHP9$86$

Geh-6421 Vol I Mkvi Vol2

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Geh-6421 Vol I Mkvi Vol2

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

g

Mark VI Turbine Control

Mark VI Turbine Control

2002 General Electric Company, USA.

ARCNET is a registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation.

General Electric Company

We welcome comments and suggestions to make this publication more useful.

Your Companys Name and Address

If needed, how can we contact you?

Your Job Function / How You Use This Publication

Publication Issue/Revision Date

Detach and fax or mail to the address noted above.

......................................................................... Fold here and close with staple or tape ..........................................................................................

...........................................................................................Fold here first .........................................................................................................

Safety Symbol Legend

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if not

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that should

Note Indicates an essential or important procedure, condition, or statement.

GEH-6421F, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide

Safety Symbol Legend a

This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock

To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused by

The example and setup screens in this manual do not reflect

b Safety Symbol Legend

Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421F, Vol. II

Safety Symbol Legend

IEC 417, No. 5031

IEC 417, No. 5032

IEC 417, No. 5033

Both direct and alternating

IEC 417, No. 5017

Earth (CCOM signal ground) Terminal

IEC 417, No. 5019

Protective Conductor Terminal

Frame or Chassis Terminal

IEC 417, No. 5021

IEC 417, No. 5007

IEC 417, No. 5008

IEC 417, No. 5172

Equipment protected throughout

ISO 3864, No. B.3.6 Caution, risk of electric shock

GEH-6421F, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide

Safety Symbol Legend c

Bus Aux Compt Device

Generator Compt Device

Mounted on Door 1, 2, and so on

Generator Terminal Enclosure

Packaged Electrical Cont. CTR (PEEC)

Mounted in Main Operator Station

Equipment Exists in place

Load Commutated Inverter

Generator Control Panel

Generator Excitation Compartment

Cable Plug Connector

Contact Actually Shown Elsewhere

Current Limiter (Polyfuse)

Voltage Limiter (MOV)

Twisted Shielded Pair Wire

1. For wire runs internal to the controller, twisted

Shielded Pair Wire

2. For wire runs external to the controller (and

Low Level Signal Wiring